Historical_Tables-Height-Adjustable_NA-Price-Book_Feb2023 (1)

Page 1


• Includes the price book title and pricing effectivity date.

2 Canadian Conversion / Update Page

• Pricing conversion information for converting US pricing into the equivalent Canadian pricing is located on the footer of this page.

• All Price Book updates will be listed on this page including the date, page number and description of the update.

3 Price List Table of Contents

• Price List table of contents with page numbers.

4 Statement of Line

• Provides a pictorial outline of the entire product offering.

5 Price List

Each price list page contains the following:

• Product Illustration

• Catalog Number

• To Order Specify – sequencing for ordering product options and finishes

• List Prices

• Product Specification Dimensions

• Features

• Specification Tips

• Class, Discount Group Number (used for discounting) and GSA information

6 Specification Guide

• Table of Contents – specification guide content with page numbers

• Statement of Line – provides a pictorial outline of the product offering

• Product Overview – brief introduction of the product and application intent

• Easy Planning Steps – basic steps of planning with the product line

• Product Details – product attributes, dimensions, surface materials and functionality

• Product Application – vertical and horizontal planning guidelines including support and load, power, and storage

• Technical Specifications – provides performance ratings, material composition and manufacturing process information

7 Finishes, Fabrics and COM

• Lists information for material finishes and availability.

• Provides COM information and requirements (if applicable).

8 Index

• Products are listed alphabetically by alpha-numeric catalog numbers with price list page number.

9 Product Non-Obsolescence, Warranty Policy and Terms of Sale

• Provides information about the Haworth policy for non-obsolescence, warranty and Terms of Sale.

Additional Information and Resources

Prices are subject to change without notice or approval. Haworth dealers should always submit proposals through Lynx before presenting to customers. See North American Terms of Sale for more information.

Online Resources haworth.com

• Haworth's corporate website provides access to price books and a variety of other resources and publications. surfaces.haworth.com

• Website provides access to the most current fabrics and finishes offered across Haworth's various product lines.

Price Book Overview

StatementofLine

StatementofLine 6-11

UpsideTables

GeneralGuidelinesforProductSpecification .................13

Upside—Rectangular–LaminateTop–ElectricAdjustment forC-legBaseorT-legBase ............................ 14-15

Upside—BaseOnly 16-17

Upside90°CornerWrap-AroundTopOnly–Laminate ..........18

Upside90°CornerWrap-AroundExtendedTopOnly–Laminate 19-20

Upside90°CornerWrap-AroundTransitionalExtended TopOnly–Laminate 21-22

Upside120°CornerWrap-AroundTopOnly–Laminate .........23 UpsideBaseOnlyfor90°or120°Top–ElectricAdjustment...24-25

Belong Suspended Pedestal

PlanesHeightAdjustableTables

GeneralGuidelinesforProductSpecification .................27

Rectangular–LaminateorWood–IncrementalorCrank ..... 28-30 Rectangular–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment ...... 32-34

90°Angled–LaminateorWood–IncrementalAdjustment .....35

90°Angled–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment ....... 36-37

90°Straight–LaminateorWood–IncrementalAdjustment .....38

90°Straight–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment ...... 40-41 90°WrapAround–LaminateorWood–Incremental Adjustment ...........................................42

90°WrapAround–LaminateorWood–Electric Adjustment 44-45

90°Notched–LaminateorWood–IncrementalAdjustment ....46

90°Notched–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment 48-49

Corner,90°Notched–LaminateorWood–Incremental orCrankAdjustment 50-51

Corner,90°Notched–LaminateorWood–Electric Adjustment ......................................... 53-55

Corner,90°Wrap-Around–LaminateorWood–Incremental orCrankAdjustment 56-57

Corner,90°Wrap-Around–LaminateorWood–Electric Adjustment 58-59

Corner,90°Wrap-AroundExtended–LaminateorWood–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment ...................... 61-63

Corner,90°Wrap-AroundExtended–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment 65-67

Corner,90°NotchedExtended–LaminateorWood–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment ...................... 69-71

Corner,90°NotchedExtended–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment 73-75

Corner,120°Wrap-Around–LaminateorWood–Incremental orCrankAdjustment ................................. 76-77

Corner,120°Wrap-Around–LaminateorWood–Electric Adjustment 78-79

BaseforRectangularTops–IncrementalorCrank Adjustment 80-81

BaseforRectangularTops–ElectricAdjustment 82-83

BaseforCorner,90°–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment ........84

BaseforCorner,90°–ElectricAdjustment 85-86

BaseforCorner,90°Extended–IncrementalorCrank Adjustment 87-88

BaseforCorner,90°Extended–ElectricAdjustment 89-90

BaseforCorner,120°–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment .......91

BaseforCorner,120°–ElectricAdjustment 92-93

PlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Bench

GeneralGuidelinesforProductSpecification .................95

Bench–LaminateorWood–CrankAdjustment 96-97 Bench–LaminateorWood–CrankandElectricAdjustment..98-99 Bench–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment 101-104 GeneralGuidelinesforProductSpecification ................105

Single-SidedBench,Freestanding–LaminateorWood–CrankAdjustment ................................. 106-107

Single-SidedBench–FreestandingLaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment 109-112 120°Bench–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment 114-115

BaseforBench—CrankAdjustment .......................116

BaseforBench—CrankandElectricAdjustment .............117

BaseforBench—ElectricAdjustment 118-119

PlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable

GeneralGuidelinesforProductSpecification ................121 Rectangular–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment ........... 122-123 Corner,90°Notched–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment .... 124-125 Corner,90°NotchedExtended–Laminate–Electric Adjustment ....................................... 126-127 Corner,90°Wrap-Around–Laminate–Electric Adjustment ......................................

Corner,90°Wrap-AroundExtended–Laminate–Electric Adjustment

Corner,120°Wrap-Around–Laminate–Electric Adjustment

PlanesLTHeightAdjustableBase

RectangularTops–ElectricAdjustment

PlanesLTHeightAdjustableTables

Bench–GeneralGuidelinesforProductSpecification

PlanesLTHeightAdjustableBase

Bench–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment

PlanesLTHeightAdjustableBench

Accessories–BenchStretcherCover .......................156

JiveTable—DiscBase

Round–LaminateorWoodPneumaticAdjustment ...........157 Square–LaminateorWoodPneumaticAdjustment ..........158 Pebble–LaminateorWoodPneumaticAdjustment ..........159

Accessories

UpsideOnly–CasterKit ..................................160

PlanesandPlanesValueModelOnly–CasterKit .............161

PlanesandPlanesValueModelOnly–CollisionSensor ........161 PlanesandPlanesValueModelOnly–GalleryEndPanel Bracket ..............................................161

BelongScreens

BackScreenwithModestyforHeightAdjustableTables...163-165

BackScreenwithoutModesty–HeightAdjustableTablesand Benching 166-168

PlanesScreens

CenterScreen–PlanesandPlanesLTBenches 169-170

ElectricalComponents

WireManagementBasket ................................172 BasketCover ...........................................172

ElectricalComponents—HeightAdjustableBench InfeedHarness ..........................................173

BaseFeedModule—ConcealedHardwireConnection ........173 WallFeedFieldWired1Port ...............................174 InternalPowerBase™AIBaseFeed .........................174

ElectricalComponents

SingleCircuitBaseFeed–ReceptacleConnectionwith PowerCord—3-Circuitand4-Circuit .....................175

SingleCircuitBaseFeed–ReceptacleConnection—3-Circuit and4-Circuit .........................................175

ElectricalComponents—HeightAdjustableBench UtilityTrayPowerRetrofitKit ..............................176 Jumper ................................................176

ElectricalComponents

TriplexReceptacle–15Amp ..............................177 TriplexReceptacle–20Amp ..............................178

PlanesHeightAdjustableBenchElectrical Components

HeightAdjustableBench–TopFeed,End-of-Run— 3-Circuitand4-Circuit ..................................179

HeightAdjustableBench–TopFeed,Middle-of-Run— 3-Circuitand4-Circuit ..................................180

HeightAdjustableBench–TopFeed,End-of-Run— Hardwire .............................................181

HeightAdjustableBench–TopFeed,Middle-of-Run— Hardwire .............................................182 HardwireKit ............................................182

PlanesBenchElectricalComponents

HeightAdjustableBench–TransitionTray ...................183

HeightAdjustableBench–TransitionTray—Forusewith Middle-of-Run,TopFeed ...............................183

HeightAdjustableBench–TransitionTray–Forusewith FixedScreensandMiddle-of-Run,TopFeed ...............184

HeightAdjustableBench–TransitionTray–Asymmetrical .....184 CableChain ............................................185

BaseFeedCover—Vertical ...............................185

FinishesandFabrics

and Upside+ Finish/Color Legends 335 Jive Table Finish/Color Legends 336 Planes and Planes LT Table Finish/Color Legends 337 Planes Fabrics/Color Legend .............................. . 338 Index 339-341

Upside–Laminate —Pages14-15

TJRA C-Leg Rectangular ElectricAdjustment

T-Leg Rectangular ElectricAdjustment

Upside —Pages16-17

C-Leg BaseOnly

T-Leg BaseOnly

Upside–Laminate —Page18 Upside —Pages19-20 Upside–Laminate —Page21-22

TRCR-5252

90°CornerWrap-Around TopOnly

TRCZ-4646

120°CornerWrap-Around TopOnly

TRCR-7070 (Left-handOrientation)

90°CornerWrap-Around TopOnly

TRCE-4652 (Right-handOrientation)

90°CornerWrap-Around ExtendedTopOnly

ElectricAdjustment

TJBA-3CXB-G BaseOnlyfor90°or120°Top ElectricAdjustment

TRCE-6470 (Left-handOrientation)

90°CornerWrap-Around ExtendedTopOnly

TRCR-4652 (Right-handOrientation)

90°CornerWrap-Around TransitionalExtendedTop Only

TRCE-4652 (Left-handOrientation)

90°CornerWrap-Around TransitionalExtendedTop Only

Box/File

OpenwithBox Drawer

ElectricAdjustment

TACN-5858-NCDB Corner,90°Notched IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TACN-6464-NCDE Corner,90°Notched IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TACN-5858-NCEB Corner,90°Notched ElectricAdjustment

TACN-6464-NCEE Corner,90°Notched ElectricAdjustment

TACR-5858-NCDB Corner,90°Wrap-Around IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TACR-7070-NCDE Corner,90°Wrap-Around IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TACR-5858-NCEB Corner,90°Wrap-Around ElectricAdjustment

TACR-7070-NCEE Corner,90°Wrap-Around ElectricAdjustment

TACE-4064-NCDB Corner,90°Wrap-AroundExtended IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TACE-6470-NCDE Corner,90°Wrap-AroundExtended IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TACE-4064-NCEB Corner,90°Wrap-AroundExtended ElectricAdjustment

TACE-6470-NCEE Corner,90°Wrap-AroundExtended ElectricAdjustment

TACP-4070-NCDB Corner,90°NotchedExtended IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TACP-5270-NCDB Corner,90°NotchedExtended IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TACP-4070-NCEB Corner,90°NotchedExtended ElectricAdjustment

TACP-5270-NCEB Corner,90°NotchedExtended ElectricAdjustment

TACZ-5858-NCDB Corner,120°Wrap-Around IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TACZ-5858-NCEB Corner,120°Wrap-Around ElectricAdjustment

PlanesHeightAdjustableBase —Pages80-93

TMRA forRectangularTops IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TMRA forRectangularTops ElectricAdjustment

TMCR-5858-NCDB forCorner,90° IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TMCR-6464-NCDE forCorner,90° IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TMCR-5858-NCEB forCorner,90° ElectricAdjustment

TMCR-6464-NCEE forCorner,90° ElectricAdjustment

TMCE-4064-NCDB forCorner,90°Extended IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TMCE-6470-NCDE forCorner,90°Extended IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TMCE-4064-NCEB forCorner,90°Extended ElectricAdjustment

TMCE-6470-NCEE forCorner,90°Extended ElectricAdjustment

TMCZ-5858-NCDB forCorner,120° IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TMCZ-5858-NCEB forCorner,120° ElectricAdjustment

PlanesHeightAdjustableTable-LaminateorWood —Pages96-115

TARA-2458-NHB Bench CrankAdjustment

TARA-2458-NH Bench CrankandElectric Adjustment

TARA-2458-NH Bench ElectricAdjustment

PlanesHeightAdjustableBase —Pages116-119

TARA-2458-NHB Single-SidedBench, Freestanding CrankAdjustment

TMRA-2458-NHB forBench CrankAdjustment

TMRA-2458-NHB forBench CrankandElectric Adjustment

TMRA-2458-NH forBench ElectricAdjustment

PlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable-Laminate —Pages122-133

TLRA C-Leg Rectangular ElectricAdjustment

TLRA T-Leg Rectangular ElectricAdjustment

TLCN-5858-NCEB C-Leg Corner,90°Notched ElectricAdjustment

TLCP-4070-NCEB C-Leg Corner,90°NotchedExtended ElectricAdjustment

TLCP-5270-NCEB C-Leg Corner,90°NotchedExtended ElectricAdjustment

TLCR-5858-NCEB C-Leg Corner,90°Wrap-Around ElectricAdjustment

TLCZ-5858-NCEB C-Leg Corner,120°Wrap-Around ElectricAdjustment HeightAdjustableTablesandBenchesPriceList

TARA-2458-NH Single-SidedBench, Freestanding ElectricAdjustment

120°Bench ElectricAdjustment

TLCN-6464-NCEE C-Leg Corner,90°Notched ElectricAdjustment

TLCR-7070-NCEE C-Leg Corner,90°Wrap-Around ElectricAdjustment

TLCE-4064-NCEB C-Leg Corner,90°Wrap-AroundExtended ElectricAdjustment

TLCE-6470-NCEE C-Leg Corner,90°Wrap-AroundExtended ElectricAdjustment

PlanesLTHeightAdjustableBase —Pages134-141

TLRA C-Leg

Rectangular ElectricAdjustment

TLRA T-Leg

Rectangular ElectricAdjustment

TLCE-4064-NCEB C-Leg

Corner,90°ExtendedTop ElectricAdjustment

TLCE-6470-NCEE C-Leg

Corner,90°ExtendedTop ElectricAdjustment

PlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—Bench —Pages144-156

TLCR-5858-NCEB C-Leg

Corner,90° ElectricAdjustment

TLCR-6464-NCEE C-Leg

Corner,90° ElectricAdjustment

Bench ElectricAdjustment

C-Leg Single-SidedBench,Freestanding ElectricAdjustment

TLCZ-5858-NCEB C-Leg

Corner,120°Tops ElectricAdjustment

Single-SidedBench,Freestanding ElectricAdjustment

120°Bench ElectricAdjustment

JiveTable–DiscBase–LaminateorWood —Pages157-159

120°Bench ElectricAdjustment

Bench Accessories

Round PneumaticAdjustment

Pebble PneumaticAdjustment

Bench ElectricAdjustment

Accessories —Pages160-161

(2) Locking (2) Non-Locking (2) Locking (2) Non-Locking

TA01-CSTR Upside CasterKit

BelongScreens —Pages163-165

TA01-CSTR PlanesandPlanesLT CasterKit

TA01-CLSN CollisionSensor

BelongScreens —Pages166-168

TA01-BRKT-E GalleryPanelBracket

PlanesScreens —Pages169-170

SUFB

BackScreenwithModestyforHeight AdjustableTables

ElectricalComponents —Page172

SUFB

BackScreenwithoutModesty–Height AdjustableTablesandBenching

TAWB WireManagementBasket

TABC BasketCover

ElectricalComponents–HeightAdjustableBench–LaminateorWood —Pages173-174

TASC CenterScreen–PlanesandPlanesLTBenches

EUEH-0087-3

EUEH-0087-2

EUEH-0087-4 InfeedHarness ElectricAdjustment

ElectricalComponents —Page175

VZEB-0000-Y BaseFeedModule–Concealed HardwireConnection ElectricAdjustment

FBEW WallFeedFieldWired 1Port ElectricAdjustment

EUEJ-0064-3WF

EUEJ-0064-2WF

EUEJ-0064-4WF InternalPowerBase™ AIBaseFeed ElectricAdjustment

4TEB-20

SingleCircuitBaseFeed–ReceptacleConnection withPowerCord— 3-Circuitand4-Circuit

4TEB-15

SingleCircuitBaseFeed–ReceptacleConnection— 3-Circuitand4-Circuit

ElectricalComponents—HeightAdjustable Bench —Page177

ElectricalComponents —Pages177-178

EUEK-35

EUEK-25

EUEK-45

UtilityTrayPowerRetrofitKit

EUEJ-0018-3

EUEJ-0024-2

EUEJ-0024-4 Jumper

EUER-15 TriplexReceptacles–15AMP

PlanesBenchElectricalComponents–Accessories —Pages179-185

EAET-C000-S3

HeightAdjustableBench TopFeed,End-of-Run–3-Circuit and4-Circuit

EAET-C00C-S3

HeightAdjustableBench TopFeed,Middle-of-Run–3-Circuitand4-Circuit

EAET-C000-SC

HeightAdjustableBench TopFeed,End-of-Run–Hardwire

EUER-20 TriplexReceptacles–20AMP

EKEP-0000-C HardwireKit

TA01-HBTT-MA

HeightAdjustableBench TransitionTray–Asymmetrical

TA01-HBTT-M

HeightAdjustableBench TransitionTray

TA01-HBTT-MT

HeightAdjustableBench TransitionTray–Forusewith Middle-of-Run,TopFeed

EAET-C00C-DC

HeightAdjustableBench–TopFeed,Middle-of-Run— Hardwire

EAAW-0000-H CableChain

BSFD-S BaseFeedCover–Vertical

TA01-HBTT-MTS

HeightAdjustableBench TransitionTray–Forusewith FixedScreensandMiddle-ofRun,TopFeed

Thispageintentionallyblank

RA 23 -46 - T

JL J S N C U G

Product Type

(T) Table

Product Line (J) Upside

Shape (RA) Rectangle

Depth

23-23" (584mm)

29-29" (737mm)

Width

46-46" (1168mm)

52-52" (1321mm)

58-58" (1473mm)

64-64" (1626mm)

70-70" (1778mm)

76-76" (1930mm)

82-82" (2083mm)

Surface Material

(L) Laminate

Edge (J) Laminate Edgeband

Core Type (S) Standard

Cutout (N) No Cutout

Base Type (C) C-Leg (T) T-Leg

Height Adjustment Actuator Option

Single Stage:

(X) Simple Paddle (Y) Programmable Paddle

Dual Stage Low:

(U) Simple Paddle

(W) Programmable Paddle

Model

(N) Upside (3 base colors)

(G) Upside+ (Additional premium colors, GSA)

Upside—Rectangular

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicklaminatetop,C-legorT-legtelescoping baseassembly,standardorprogrammablepaddle,wiremanagement clips,adjustableglidesandhardware.

•Laminatetopwith3mmedgebandedgeonusersideand1mmon remainingedges.

•ElectricHeightadjustment:

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStage(StandardRange)

• Telescopingcolumnswith19.2″(488mm)continuousadjustment range.

•Tableheightadjustsfrom27.4″(696mm)to46.6″(1184mm),table heightincludes1.18″(30mm)tabletop.

• –DualStage(ExtendedRange)

• Telescopingcolumnswith26.1″(663mm)continuousadjustment range.

•Tableheightadjustsfrom22.6″(574mm)to48.7″(1237mm),table heightincludes1.18″(30mm)tabletop.

•PaddleActuator:

• –Simplepaddlewithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablepaddlewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,two memor ysettings,movereminderandOLEDdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusingpredrilledholes; standardwithblackhousing.

•Baseincludes:

• –Controlboxwhichcontainsabuilt-incollisiondetectionsystemusing gyro-sensortechnology.

• –Twotelescopingcolumns

• –Expandableframe(40.18″(1021mm) to71.7″(1821mm))

• –Endbrackets

• –Flatsteelfeet(pair)withmiterededge.

• –Availableinthreestandardcolors.Additionalpremiumcolors availablewithUpside+ specification.

•Includes9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplug.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Maximumworktopoverhangallowedis12″(305mm)overhangonone orbothsidesoftheframelegs.Donotmountsuspendedstorageto theoverhang.

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•SelectsuspendedstorageisallowedonUpsidetables58″(1473mm) wideandgreater.

•Recommendedsuspendedstorage:

• –BelongSuspendedPedestalsKUPA-1609-SNSUNNandKUPD-1609SNSUNN.

• UpsidenotdesignedtoacceptHaworthAKP’sorCPUholders.

•SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication.SEECHARTBELOW.

•Recommendedscreens:

• –BelongScreenforHeightAdjustableTablesSUFB- ___-_A;all materialsallowedexceptglass,SUFB-____-GA.

• –BelongPlusScreensforHeightAdjustableTablesSUSB-_ ___-FNUUNNN

•Draweraccessoriesareallowedon29″(737mm)deepCLegTablesonly (TJRA-29__-__SNC__).Mustmountbetweentablelegs,forwardof tablesupport.Ensurekneespacecomplianceforseatedkneespace (seeSpecificationGuideforapplication):

• –ActiveComponentsSecurityDrawerAHDD-0312-SUNNL

• –ShallowDrawerDS-3

• –SteelCenterDrawerSCD-19

• Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonalltables.Recommend HorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

•Separatelyspecifiedcasterkitavailable.SeeSpecificationGuideforapplication. •Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 Base: C C-leg

T T-leg

2 PaddleOptions:

Single Stage(StandardRange):

X Simple

Y Programmable,add $99.17 list. DualStage(ExtendedRange):

U Simple

W Programmable,add $99.17 list.

3 Model(colors): N Upside(3basecolors) G Upside+ (additionalpremiumcolors, GSA),add $198.34 list.

2)Laminatesurfacecolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor.

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$55.00 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Itemsmarkedwiththissymbolavailableas GSAopenmarket.

TableDepth andBaseScreensMonitorArms

23″(584mm) C-legGlides NoNo

23″(584mm) C-legCasters NoNo

23″(584mm) T-legGlides YesYes(25lbs.max)

23″(584mm) T-legCasters Yes* Yes*

29″(737mm) C-legGlides YesYes(50lbs.max)

29″(737mm) C-legCasters YesYes(25lbs.max)

29″(737mm) T-legGlides YesYes(50lbs.max)

29″(737mm) T-legCasters YesYes(25lbs.max)

*ScreenorMonitorArms;notboth NOTE: Glidesareincluded.Castersareseparately specified.

Features

•IncludesheightadjustabletwoC-legorT-legbaseassemblieswith expandableframe,heightadjustmentmechanism(withtwomotors), adjustableglidesandhardware.

•ElectricHeightadjustment:

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStage(StandardRange)

• Telescopingcolumnswith19.2″(488mm)continuousadjustment range.

•Tableheightadjustsfrom27.4″(696mm)to46.6″(1184mm),table heightincludes1.18″(30mm)tabletop.

• –DualStage(ExtendedRange)

• Telescopingcolumnswith26.1″(663mm)continuousadjustment range.

•Tableheightadjustsfrom22.6″(574mm)to48.7″(1237mm),table heightincludes1.18″(30mm)tabletop.

•PaddleActuator:

• –Standardpaddlewithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablepaddlewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,two memor ysettings,movereminderandOLEDdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusingpredrilledholes; standardwithblackhousing.

•Baseincludes:

• –Controlboxwhichcontainsabuilt-incollisiondetectionsystemusing gyro-sensortechnology.

• –Twotelescopingcolumns

• –Expandableframe(40.18″(1021mm) to71.7″(1821mm))

• –Endbrackets

• –Flatsteelfeet(pair)withmiterededge.

• –Availableinthreestandardcolors.Additionalpremiumcolors availablewithUpside+ specification.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplug.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

TopDepth 23″ 29″

NumberofLegs 2-Legs2-Legs WidthWidth MinMaxMinMax

SpecificationTips

•Sizeworktopperguidelinesinchartbelow.A properlysizedworktopallowsformounting accessorieslistedbelow.

•Maximumworktopoverhangallowedis 12″(305mm)ononeorbothsidesoftheframe legs.Donotmountsuspendedstoragetothe overhang.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.including surface;appliedweightshouldbeevenly distributed.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm) pinchpointclearanceonallsidesandmeetsat leastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

•Heightadjustabletablesnotdesignedtoaccept AKP,suspendedorattachedpedestals.

•SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelineson pinchpointswhenHeightAdjustableTableis surroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocal authorityhavingjurisdiction(AHJ);ensure compliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 Model(colors):

N Upside(3basecolors)

G Upside+ (additionalpremiumcolors, GSA),add $198.34 list.

2)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$55.00 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Itemsmarkedwiththissymbolavailableas GSAopenmarket.

*Chartisnotaffectedbystandardorprogrammableoptions.

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicklaminatetopwithpredrilledholesfor attachmenttoUpside+ 3-legbaseassembly(separatelyspecified).

•Laminatetopwith3mmedgebandonuseredgeand1mmon remainingedges.

•A64″(1626mm)2-piecetopincludesa46″(1168mm)cornerand 18″(457mm)rectangulartop;70″(1778mm)includesa52″(1321mm) cornerand18″(457mm)rectangulartop.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•One-piecetopsarenon-handed;two-piecetopsarehanded.

•Theseamlessprimaryusersideofthetable(sidewithoutrectangular top)determinesthehandednessfromaseatedposition.

•Sizeofthecornertopisreflectedinthecataloglogicwhichallowsfora 2″(51mm)pinchpointinspaceplanning;58″(1473mm)cornermaybe spaceplannedasa60″(1524mm)cornerformodularplanning purposes.

•Powermodulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•Separatelyspecifiedscreensmustbesmallerthanthetablewidth.

•RecommendedScreens:

• –BelongScreenforheightadjustabletablesSUFB____-_A

• –BelongPlusscreensforheightadjustabletablesSUSB-___ _-FNUUNNN

• Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonallworksurfaces. RecommendHorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

•SuspendedpedestalforUpside29"deepC-legheightadjustable tables:

• –BelongOpenPedw/BoxDrawerKUPD-1609-SNSUNN

• –BelongBox/FilePedestalKUPA-1609-SNSUNN

** SeeBase-Onlyspectipsforapplicationguidelines/exceptions.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 DepthandOrientation:

23″ deep tops:

E LH(64″ and70″ widths) two-piecetop

H RH(64″ and70″ widths) two-piecetop

29″ deeptops:

F LH(64″ and70″ widths) two-piecetop

J RH(64″ and70″ widths) two-piecetop

2)Laminatesurfacecolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor.

4652

6470

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicklaminatetopwithpredrilledholesfor attachmenttoUpside 3-legbaseassembly(separatelyspecified).

•Laminatetopwith 3mmedgebandonusersideand1mmon remainingedges.

•A 64″(1626mm)x 70″(1778mm) 2-piecetopincludesa 52″(1321mm) cornerand18″(457mm)rectangulartop(seechartbelow).

• Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Handednessdeterminedbylengthsideoftablefromseatedposition.

•Sizeofthecornertopisreflectedinthecataloglogicwhichallowsfora 2″(51mm)pinchpointinspaceplanning; 58″(1473mm)cornermaybe spaceplannedasa 60″(1524mm)cornerformodularplanning purposes.

•Powermodulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•Separatelyspecifiedscreensmustbesmallerthanthetablewidth.

•RecommendedScreens:

• –BelongScreenforheightadjustabletablesSUFB____-_A

• –BelongPlusscreensforheightadjustabletablesSUSB_

• Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonallworksurfaces.

• –RecommendedHorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

• SuspendedpedestalforUpside 29"deepC-legheightadjustable tables:

• –BelongOpenPedw/Box DrawerKUPD-1609-SNSUNN

–BelongBox/FilePedestalKUPA-1609-SNSUNN

** SeeBase-Onlyspectipsforapplicationguidelines/exceptions.

TwoPieceTop Corner Rectangle

64″ x 70″

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 DepthandOrientation:

23″ deep tops:

E LH(64″ and82″ widths) two-piecetop

H RH(64″ and82″ widths) two-piecetop

29″ deeptops:

F LH(64″ and82″ widths) two-piecetop

J RH(64″ and82″ widths) two-piecetop

2)Laminatesurfacecolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor.

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicklaminatetopwithpredrilledholesfor attachmenttoUpside 3-legbaseassembly(separatelyspecified).

•Laminatetopwith 3mmedgebandonusersideand1mmon remainingedges.

•A 64″(1626mm) 2-piecetopincludesa 46″(1168mm)cornerand 18″(457mm)rectangulartop; 70″(1778mm)includesa 52″(1321mm) cornerand18″(457mm)rectangulartop(seechartbelow).

• Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

SpecificationTips

•Transitionaldepthorientationislistedfromlefttoright(e.g."R"= 23″ depthonleftsidefromseatedpositionand 29″ depthonrightside fromseatedposition.

•One-piecetopsarenon-handed;two-piecetopsarehanded.

•Handednessdeterminedbylengthsideoftablefromseatedposition.

•Sizeofthecornertopisreflectedinthecataloglogicwhichallowsfora 2″(51mm)pinchpointinspaceplanning; 58″(1473mm)cornermaybe spaceplannedasa 60″(1524mm)cornerformodularplanning purposes.

•Powermodulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•Separatelyspecifiedscreensmustbesmallerthanthetablewidth.

•RecommendedScreens:

• –BelongScreenforheightadjustabletablesSUFB____-_A

• –BelongPlusscreensforheightadjustabletablesSUSB_

• Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonallworksurfaces. –RecommendedHorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

• SuspendedpedestalforUpside 29"deepC-legheightadjustable tables:

• –BelongOpenPedw/Box DrawerKUPD-1609-SNSUNN

• –BelongBox/FilePedestalKUPA-1609-SNSUNN

** SeeBase-Onlyspectipsforapplicationguidelines/exceptions.

TwoPieceTop Corner Rectangle

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 Orientation(asseated):

2)Laminatesurfacecolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor.

64

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicklaminatetopwithpredrilledholesfor attachmenttoUpside3-legbaseassembly(separatelyspecified).

•Laminatetopwith3mmedgebandonusersideand1mmon remainingedges.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

SpecificationTips

•Sizeofthecornertopisreflectedinthecataloglogicwhichallowsfora 2″(51mm)pinchpointinspaceplanning;58″(1473mm)cornermaybe spaceplannedasa60″(1524mm)cornerformodularplanning purposes.

•Powermodulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•Separatelyspecifiedscreensmustbesmallerthanthetablewidth

•RecommendedScreens:

• –BelongScreenforheightadjustabletablesSUFB____-_A

• –BelongPlusscreensforheightadjustabletablesSUSB-___ _-FNUUNNN

• Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonallworksurfaces.

•RecommendHorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

•NotforusewithAdjustableKeyboardTraysorsuspendedstoragedue tokneeclearancerestrictions.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber.

2)Laminatesurfacecolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor.

Features

•IncludestwoC-legheightadjustingbaseassemblies(telescoping columnandfeet),onecenterpostleg,andexpandableframesystem withmatchingorcoordinatingpaintcolor.

•ElectronicsandHardwarestandardinblack.

•ControlBoxcontainingabuilt-incollisiondetectionsystemusing gyro-sensortechnology.

•PaddleAdjustmentActuator:

• –Wiremanagementclips

• –Hardware

• ElectricHeightadjustmentoptions:

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStage(Standard)with27.4″(696mm) to46.6″(1184mm) continuousadjustmentrange.

• –DualStage(Extended)with22.6″(574mm) to48.7″(1237mm) continuousadjustmentrange.

• –Publishedrangeisbasedonusingseparatelyspecified1.18″(30mm) worksurface.

•PaddleActuator:

• –Standardpaddlewithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablepaddlewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,two memor ysettings,movereminderandOLEDdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusingpredrilledholes; standardwithblackhousing.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplug.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Maximumworktopoverhangallowedis6″(152mm).

•RefertoTopOnlypagesofpricelistforeachworksurfaceweight.

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis330lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•SelectanycornerworksurfacefromthestandardUpsideofferingto pairwith3-legbaseassembly.

•Verifyanyuserprovidedworksurfaceaccommodates1″(25mm)pinch pointclearanceonallsides,meetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammability rating,andiscompatiblewithallattachedcomponents.

•Considerationsforproperandsafeworkapplication:

• –Worktopsshouldbesizedtopreventpinchpoints,collisions,and cable shearing.

• –Pedestals,overheads,andadjacentcomponentsshouldbesizedand positioned toavoidcollisions.

•SeeTopOnlypagesforrecommendedScreens.

•RefertoSpecificationpagesforapplicationguidelines.

•Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonallworksurfaces.

•RecommendHorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

•RefertoWorkToolchartbelowforapplicationguidelines.

•SuspendedpedestalforUpside29"deepC-legheightadjustable tables:

• –BelongOpenPedw/BoxDrawerKUPD-1609-SNSUNN

• –BelongBox/FilePedestalKUPA-1609-SNSUNN

• BaseOnlyapplication(withuser-providedworksurface)mayrequire approvaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdictionAHJ);ensurecompliance beforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 PaddleOptions:

Single Stage(StandardRange): X Simple

Y Programmable,add $105.00 list

DualStage(ExtendedRange): U Simple

W Programmable,add $105.00 list

2)Basetrimcolor.

3-legBaseforusewith90°and120°tops: SingleStage(Standard)-HeightAdjustmentRange

C-Leg

23"D SingleStageGlidesYesNOYes

DualStageGlidesYesNOYes

29"D SingleGlidesYes70LBMAX(includingweightofunit)Yes DualStageGlidesYes70LBMAX(includingweightofunit)Yes •SuspendedStoragemaxweightloadincludestheweightoftheunit

Feature

•Includespaintedsteelbox/filepedestaloropenpedestalwithbox drawerandattachmenthardware.

SpecificationTips

•Separatelyspecifiedaccessories,ifapplicable(SeeActiveComponents Accessories):

• –DrawerLiner

• –DrawerTray

• –MagneticDivider

• –FilePartition

• Foruseonheightadjustableconfigurationsgreaterthan29″ deep:

• –UpsideC-Leg;singlestage(standardrange)anddualstage(extended range) models.

• –PlanesLTC-Leg;singlestageONLY

• –PlanesHATC-Leg;singlestageONLY

• Alsoforuseon:

• –Intuity

• –Panel-mountedAdaptableWorksurfaces

• Pedestalmustbemountedinsideoftheframeendbracketonall heightadjustabletables.

•SeeSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber.

2)Trimcolor.

Upside

Rectangle 29" >=58" C-Leg

Corner>58"

Planes Rectangle 29" >=58" C-Leg

GlidesSingleStage(Standard)70lbs.(includingweightofped)150lbs.(includingworksurface)

CastersSingleStage(Standard)70lbs.(includingweightofped)150lbs.(includingworksurface)

GlidesDualStage(Extended)50lbs.(includingweightofped)100lbs.(includingworksurface)

CastersDualStage(Extended)50lbs.(includingweightofped)100lbs.(includingworksurface)

GlidesSingleStage(Standard)70lbs.(includingweightofped)250lbs.(includingworksurface)

GlidesDualStage(Extended)70lbs.(includingweightofped)250lbs.(includingworksurface)

GlidesSingleStage(Standard)70lbs.(includingweightofped)150lbs.(includingworksurface)

CasterSingleStage(Standard)70lbs.(includingweightofped)150lbs.(includingworksurface)

Corner>58"GlidesSingleStage(Standard)50lbs.(includingweightofped)250lbs.(includingworksurface)

PlanesLT Rectangle 29" >=58" C-Leg

GlidesSingleStage(Standard)50lbs.(includingweightofped)100lbs.(includingworksurface)

CasterSingleStage(Standard)50lbs.(includingweightofped)100lbs.(includingworksurface)

Corner>58"GlidesSingleStage(Standard)50lbs.(includingweightofped)200lbs.(includingworksurface)

RA - 23 - 46 - L J S N C E

C – Leg

Leg Type Depth

23 – 23"

Shape

CE – 90° Wrap-Around Extended Corner

CN – 90° Notched Corner

CR – 90° Wrap-Around Corner

CP – 90° Notched Extended Corner

CZ – 120° Wrap-Around Corner

RA – Rectangle

Product Type

TA – Planes

Cutout

N – No Cutout

Core Type

S – Standard

Edge

J – Laminate Edgeband

F – Knife Edgeband

K – Wood Edgeband

U – Wood Knife Edgeband

Surface Material

L – Laminate

W – Wood

Height/Mechanism

L – Crank (27" - 45") / Single-Stage (27" - 46") Standard

M–Programmable Switch

Crank (27" - 45") / Single-Stage (27" - 46")

R– Single-Stage (27" - 46") Programmable

P – Dual-Stage Low (22" - 48") Standard

E– Single-Stage (27" - 46") Standard

B – Crank (27" - 45")

S – Dual-Stage Low (22" - 48") Programmable Switch

Q – Dual-Stage High (24" - 50") Standard

T –Dual-Stage High (24" - 50") Programmable Switch

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms:

• –Incrementaladjustmentbaseassemblyadjustsin1″(25mm) incrementswithin22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)heightrange. Buttonheadscrewsarestandardinbrightzinc.

Thumbscrewreplacementforbuttonheadscrewisavailable; separatelyspecified.

• –Handcrankprovides1″(25mm) verticalmovementforevery6turns within27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)heightrange.

Handcrankisfieldinstalledoneitherrightorleftsideandretracts underthetabletop.

Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Baseincludeslegassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•PowerModulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Topsaredesignedtoallowpinchpointclearancetoaccommodate cables;refertoSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

•HeightadjustabletablesnotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedor attachedpedestals.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongScreens forHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-A)anda monitorupto 50lbs.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-_A)ora monitor upto25lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

TableDepthandBase ScreensMonitorArms

23″(584mm)C-legGlides Yes* Yes*

29″(737mm)C-legGlides Yes Yes

23″(584mm)C-legCasters No No

29″(737mm)C-legCasters Yes* Yes*

*ScreenorMonitorArms;notboth

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOption: L Laminate W Wood

2 EdgeOption: Laminate: J Edgeband F Knife

Wood: K WoodEdgeband U Knife

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

29″(737mm)34″(864mm) 35 TARA-2934- SNCD

40″(1016mm) 41

Thispageintentionallyblank

ProgrammableActuator

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentoptions:

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes;standardwithblackhousing

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Baseincludeslegassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•PowerModulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Topsaredesignedtoallowpinchpointclearancetoaccommodate cables;refertoSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

•HeightadjustabletablesnotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedor attachedpedestals.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongScreens forHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-A)anda monitorupto 50lbs.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-_A)ora monitor upto25lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

TableDepthandBase ScreensMonitorArms

23″(584mm)C-legGlides Yes* Yes*

29″(737mm)C-legGlides Yes Yes

23″(584mm)C-legCasters No No

29″(737mm)C-legCasters Yes* Yes*

*ScreenorMonitorArms;notboth

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOption:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOption: Laminate:

J Edgeband

F Knife Wood:

K WoodEdgeband

U Knife

3 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage: E Standard

R Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,High: Q Standard

T Programmable,add $202.15 list.

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Left/Right

IncrementalLeg

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms:

• –Incrementaladjustmentbaseassemblyadjustsin1″(25mm) incrementswithin22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)heightrange. Buttonheadscrewsarestandardinbrightzinc. Thumbscrewreplacementforbuttonheadscrewisavailable; separatelyspecified.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Baseincludeslegassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•SingleFlipTopUnitsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separately specified.RefertoSpecificationGuide.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Topsaredesignedtoallowpinchpointclearancetoaccommodate cables;refertoSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

•HeightadjustabletablesnotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedor attachedpedestals.

•Totalcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;appliedweight shouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongScreens forHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-A)anda monitorupto 50lbs.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-_A)ora monitor upto25lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

TableDepthandBase ScreensMonitorArms

23″(584mm)C-legGlides Yes* Yes*

29″(737mm)C-legGlides Yes Yes

23″(584mm)C-legCasters No No

29″(737mm)C-legCasters Yes* Yes*

*ScreenorMonitorArms;notboth

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOption:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOption: Laminate:

J Edgeband

F Knife Wood:

K WoodEdgeband

U Knife

3 Orientation(asseated):

E Left(23″(584.2mm)depth)

H Right(23″(584.2mm)depth)

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentoptions:

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes;standardwithblackhousing.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Baseincludeslegassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•SingleFlipTopUnitsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separately specified.RefertoSpecificationGuide.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•PowerModulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Topsaredesignedtoallowpinchpointclearancetoaccommodate cables;refertoSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

•HeightadjustabletablesnotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedor attachedpedestals.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongScreens forHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-A)anda monitorupto 50lbs.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-_A)ora monitor upto25lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

TableDepthandBase ScreensMonitorArms

23″(584mm)C-legGlides Yes* Yes*

29″(737mm)C-legGlides Yes Yes

23″(584mm)C-legCasters No No

29″(737mm)C-legCasters Yes* Yes*

*ScreenorMonitorArms;notboth

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOption:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOption: Laminate: J Edgeband

F Knife Wood: K WoodEdgeband

U Knife

3 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage: E Standard R Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,Low: P Standard

S Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,High: Q Standard T Programmable,add $202.15 list.

4 Orientation(asseated):

E Left(23″(584.2mm)depth)

H Right(23″(584.2mm)depth)

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

IncrementalLeg

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms:

• –Incrementaladjustmentbaseassemblyadjustsin1″(25mm) incrementswithin22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)heightrange. Buttonheadscrewsarestandardinbrightzinc. Thumbscrewreplacementforbuttonheadscrewisavailable; separatelyspecified.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Baseincludeslegassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•SingleFlipTopUnitsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separately specified.RefertoSpecificationGuide.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Topsaredesignedtoallowpinchpointclearancetoaccommodate cables;refertoSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

•HeightadjustabletablesnotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedor attachedpedestals.

•Totalcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;appliedweight shouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongScreens forHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-A)anda monitorupto 50lbs.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-_A)ora monitor upto25lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

TableDepthandBase ScreensMonitorArms

23″(584mm)C-legGlides Yes* Yes*

29″(737mm)C-legGlides Yes Yes

23″(584mm)C-legCasters No No

29″(737mm)C-legCasters Yes* Yes*

*ScreenorMonitorArms;notboth

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOption: L Laminate W Wood

2 EdgeOption: Laminate: J Edgeband F Knife Wood: K WoodEdgeband U Knife

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Thispageintentionallyblank

LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentoptions:

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes,theyarestandardwithblackhousing.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Baseincludeslegassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•SingleFlipTopUnitsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separately specified.RefertoSpecificationGuide.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•PowerModulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Topsaredesignedtoallowpinchpointclearancetoaccommodate cables;refertoSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

•HeightadjustabletablesnotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedor attachedpedestals.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongScreens forHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-A)anda monitorupto 50lbs.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-_A)ora monitor upto25lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

TableDepthandBase ScreensMonitorArms

23″(584mm)C-legGlides Yes* Yes*

29″(737mm)C-legGlides Yes Yes

23″(584mm)C-legCasters No No

29″(737mm)C-legCasters Yes* Yes*

*ScreenorMonitorArms;notboth

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOption:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOption: Laminate:

J Edgeband

F Knife Wood: K WoodEdgeband

U Knife

3 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,High:

Q Standard

T Programmable,add $202.15 list.

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Notes:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

23

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms:

• –Incrementaladjustmentbaseassemblyadjustsin1″(25mm) incrementswithin22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)heightrange. Buttonheadscrewsarestandardinbrightzinc. Thumbscrewreplacementforbuttonheadscrewisavailable; separatelyspecified.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Baseincludeslegassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•SingleFlipTopUnitsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separately specified.RefertoSpecificationGuide.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Topsaredesignedtoallowpinchpointclearancetoaccommodate cables;refertoSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

•HeightadjustabletablesnotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedor attachedpedestals.

•Totalcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;appliedweight shouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-_A)ora monitor upto25lbs.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongScreens forHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-A)anda monitorupto 50lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

TableDepthandBase ScreensMonitorArms

23″(584mm)C-legGlides Yes* Yes*

29″(737mm)C-legGlides Yes Yes

23″(584mm)C-legCasters No No

29″(737mm)C-legCasters Yes* Yes*

*ScreenorMonitorArms;notboth

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOption: L Laminate W Wood

2 EdgeOption: Laminate: J Edgeband F Knife

Wood: K Edgeband U Knife

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Thispageintentionallyblank

ProgrammableActuator

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentoptions:

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes;standardwithblackhousing.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Baseincludeslegassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•SingleFlipTopUnitsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separately specified.RefertoSpecificationGuide.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•PowerModulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Topsaredesignedtoallowpinchpointclearancetoaccommodate cables;refertoSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

•HeightadjustabletablesnotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedor attachedpedestals.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-_A)ora monitor upto25lbs.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongScreens forHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-A)anda monitorupto 50lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

TableDepthandBase ScreensMonitorArms

23″(584mm)C-legGlides Yes* Yes*

29″(737mm)C-legGlides Yes Yes

23″(584mm)C-legCasters No No

29″(737mm)C-legCasters Yes* Yes*

*ScreenorMonitorArms;notboth

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOption: L Laminate W Wood

2 EdgeOption: Laminate: J Edgeband F Knife Wood: K Edgeband U Knife

3 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage: E Standard

R Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,Low: P Standard

S Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,High:

Q Standard

T Programmable,add $202.15 list.

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

23

IncrementalLeg

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms:

• –Incrementaladjustmentbaseassemblyadjustsin1″(25mm) incrementswithin22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)heightrange. Buttonheadscrewsarestandardinbrightzinc. Thumbscrewreplacementforbuttonheadscrewisavailable; separatelyspecified.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Baseincludeslegassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•SingleFlipTopUnitsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separately specified.RefertoSpecificationGuide.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Topsaredesignedtoallowpinchpointclearancetoaccommodate cables;refertoSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

•HeightadjustabletablesnotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedor attachedpedestals.

•Totalcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;appliedweight shouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-_A)ora monitor upto25lbs.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongScreens forHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-A)anda monitorupto 50lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

TableDepthandBase ScreensMonitorArms

23″(584mm)C-legGlides Yes* Yes*

29″(737mm)C-legGlides Yes Yes

23″(584mm)C-legCasters No No

29″(737mm)C-legCasters Yes* Yes*

*ScreenorMonitorArms;notboth

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOption:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOption:

Laminate:

J Edgeband F Knife

Wood:

K Edgeband U Knife

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Thispageintentionallyblank

LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentoptions:

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

ProgrammableActuator

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes;standardwithblackhousing.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Baseincludeslegassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•SingleFlipTopUnitsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separately specified.RefertoSpecificationGuide.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•PowerModulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Topsaredesignedtoallowpinchpointclearancetoaccommodate cables;refertoSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

•HeightadjustabletablesnotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedor attachedpedestals.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-_A)ora monitor upto25lbs.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongScreens forHeightAdjustableTables(SUFB-____-A)anda monitorupto 50lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

TableDepthandBase ScreensMonitorArms

23″(584mm)C-legGlides Yes* Yes*

29″(737mm)C-legGlides Yes Yes

23″(584mm)C-legCasters No No

29″(737mm)C-legCasters Yes* Yes*

*ScreenorMonitorArms;notboth

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOption: L Laminate W Wood

2 EdgeOption: Laminate: J Edgeband F Knife Wood: K Edgeband U Knife

3 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage: E Standard

R Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,Low: P Standard

S Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,High:

Q Standard

T Programmable,add $202.15 list.

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

TACN-5858-NCDB

TACN-6464-NCDE (Left-handOrientation)

Incremental Adjustment Crank Adjustment

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,onecenterpostleg,J-rail,controller,wiremanagement clips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•A64″(1626mm)2-piecetopincludesa46″(1168mm)cornerand 18″(457mm)rectangulartop;70″(1778mm)includesa52″(1321mm) cornerand18″(457mm)rectangulartop.

•Twopiecetopsareavailablewith3mmedgebandonly.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms:

• –Incrementaladjustmentbaseassemblyadjustsin1″(25mm) incrementswithin22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)heightrange.Button headscrewsarestandardinbrightzinc.Basestandardwithblack telescopingbasetubes.Thumbscrewreplacementforbuttonhead screwisavailable;separatelyspecified.

• –Handcrankprovides1″(25mm) verticalmovementforevery6turns within27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)heightrange.Handcrankisfield installedoneitherrightorleftsideandretractsunderthetabletop. BasestandardwithblacktelescopingbasetubesandJ-rails.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•One-piecetopsarenon-handed;two-piecetopsarehanded.

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Theseamlessprimaryusersideofthetable(sidewithoutrectangular top)determinesthehandednessfromaseatedposition.

•Sizeofthecornertopisreflectedinthecataloglogicwhichallowsfora 2″(51mm)pinchpointinspaceplanning;58″(1473mm)cornermaybe spaceplannedasa60″(1524mm)cornerformodularplanning purposes.

•NotforusewithAKP'sorattachedPedestals.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong screen(SUF_-____-_A)ora monitorupto25lbs.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongscreen andamonitorupto50lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions: L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOptions: Laminate: J Edgeband

F Knife Wood: K Edgeband

U Knife

3 DepthandOrientation:

23″ deep tops:

E LH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

H RH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

29″ deeptops:

F LH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

J RH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgebandtrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Thispageintentionallyblank

TACN-5858-NCEB

TACN-6464-NCEE (Left-handOrientation)

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,onecenterpostleg,J-rail,controller,wiremanagement clips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•A64″(1626mm)2-piecetopincludesa46″(1168mm)cornerand 18″(457mm)rectangulartop;70″(1778mm)includesa52″(1321mm) cornerand18″(457mm)rectangulartop.

•Twopiecetopsareavailablewithedgebandonly.

•Heightadjustmentoptions:

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes,theyarestandardwithblackhousing.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•One-piecetopsarenon-handed;two-piecetopsarehanded.

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Theseamlessprimaryusersideofthetable(sidewithoutrectangular top)determinesthehandednessfromaseatedposition.

•Sizeofthecornertopisreflectedinthecataloglogicwhichallowsfora 2″(51mm)pinchpointinspaceplanning;58″(1473mm)cornermaybe spaceplannedasa60″(1524mm)cornerformodularplanning purposes.

•NotforusewithAKP'sorattachedPedestals.

•PowerModulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong screen(SUF_-____-_A)ora monitorupto25lbs.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongscreen andamonitorupto50lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOptions: Laminate:

J Edgeband

F Knife Wood:

K Edgeband

U Knife

3 HeightAdjustmentActuator:

Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $202.15 list

DualStage,Low:

DualStage,High:

Standard T Programmable,add $202.15 list.

4 DepthandOrientation:

23″ deep tops:

E LH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

H RH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

29″ deeptops:

F LH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

J RH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

DualStage/Low—HeightAdjustmentRange:22″(559mm)to48″(1219mm)

″(584mm)/23″(584mm)52

TACR-5858-NCDB

TACR-7070-NCDE (Left-handOrientation)

Incremental Adjustment Crank Adjustment

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,onecenterpostleg,J-rail,controller,wiremanagement clips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•A64″(1626mm)2-piecetopincludesa46″(1168mm)cornerand 18″(457mm)rectangulartop;70″(1778mm)includesa52″(1321mm) cornerand18″(457mm)rectangulartop.

•Twopiecetopsareavailablewith3mmedgebandonly.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Twopiecetopsareavailablewithedgebandonly.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms:

• –Incrementaladjustmentbaseassemblyadjustsin1″(25mm) incrementswithin22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)heightrange.Button headscrewsarestandardinbrightzinc.Basestandardwithblack telescopingbasetubesandJ-rails.Thumbscrewreplacementfor buttonheadscrewisavailable;separatelyspecified.

• –Handcrankprovides1″(25mm) verticalmovementforevery6turns within27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)heightrange.Handcrankisfield installedoneitherrightorleftsideandretractsunderthetabletop. BasestandardwithblacktelescopingbasetubesandJ-rails.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•One-piecetopsarenon-handed;two-piecetopsarehanded.

•Theseamlessprimaryusersideofthetable(sidewithoutrectangular top)determinesthehandednessfromaseatedposition.

•Sizeofthecornertopisreflectedinthecataloglogicwhichallowsfora 2″(51mm)pinchpointinspaceplanning;58″(1473mm)cornermaybe spaceplannedasa60″(1524mm)cornerformodularplanning purposes.

•NotforusewithAKP'sorattachedPedestals.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong screen(SUF_-____-_A)ora monitorupto25lbs.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongscreen andamonitorupto50lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOptions: Laminate:

J Edgeband

F Knife Wood:

K Edgeband U Knife

3 DepthandOrientation:

23″ deep tops:

E LH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

H RH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

29″ deeptops:

F LH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

J RH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgebandtrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

TACR-7070-NCEE (Left-handOrientation)

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,onecenterpostleg,J-rail,controller,wiremanagement clips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•A64″(1626mm)2-piecetopincludesa46″(1168mm)cornerand 18″(457mm)rectangulartop;70″(1778mm)includesa52″(1321mm) cornerand18″(457mm)rectangulartop.

•Twopiecetopsareavailablewithedgebandonly.

•Heightadjustmentoptions:

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes,theyarestandardwithblackhousing.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•One-piecetopsarenon-handed;two-piecetopsarehanded.

•Theseamlessprimaryusersideofthetable(sidewithoutrectangular top)determinesthehandednessfromaseatedposition.

•Sizeofthecornertopisreflectedinthecataloglogicwhichallowsfora 2″(51mm)pinchpointinspaceplanning;58″(1473mm)cornermaybe spaceplannedasa60″(1524mm)cornerformodularplanning purposes.

•NotforusewithAKP'sorattachedPedestals.

•PowerModulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong screen(SUF_-____-_A)ora monitorupto25lbs.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongscreen andamonitorupto50lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOptions:

Laminate:

J Edgeband

F Knife

Wood:

K Edgeband

U Knife

3 HeightAdjustmentActuator:

Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $202.15 list

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,High:

Q Standard

T Programmable,add $202.15 list.

4 DepthandOrientation:

23″ deep tops:

E LH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

H RH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

29″ deeptops:

F LH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

J RH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

DualStage/Low—HeightAdjustmentRange:22″(559mm)to48″(1219mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)52″(1321mm)

Thispageintentionallyblank

TACE-4064-NCDB (Left-handOrientation)

TACE-6470-NCDE (Left-handOrientation)

Incremental Adjustment Crank Adjustment

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,onecenterpostleg,J-rail,controller,wiremanagement clips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•A64″(1626mm)x70″(1778mm)2-piecetopincludesa46″(1168mm) cornerand18″(457mm)rectangulartop.

•Twopiecetopsareavailablewithedgebandonly.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms:

• –Incrementaladjustmentbaseassemblyadjustsin1″(25mm) incrementswithin22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)heightrange.Button headscrewsarestandardinbrightzinc.Basestandardwithblack telescopingbasetubes.Thumbscrewreplacementforbuttonhead screwisavailable;separatelyspecified.

• –Handcrankprovides1″(25mm) verticalmovementforevery6turns within27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)heightrange.Handcrankisfield installedoneitherrightorleftside[except40″(1016mm)]andretracts underthetabletop.Basestandardwithblacktelescopingbasetubes andJ-rails.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Handednessdeterminedbylengthsideoftablefromseatedposition.

•Sizeofthecornertopisreflectedinthecataloglogicwhichallowsfora 2″(51mm)pinchpointinspaceplanning;58″(1473mm)sidemaybe spaceplannedasa60″(1524mm)sideformodularplanningpurposes.

•NotforusewithAKP'sorattachedPedestals.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong screen(SUF_-____-_A)ora monitorupto25lbs.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongscreen andamonitorupto50lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOptions: Laminate:

J Edgeband

F Knife Wood:

K Edgeband

U Knife

3 DepthandOrientation:

23″ deep tops:

E Left-hand

H Right-hand

29″ deeptops:

F Left-hand

J Right-hand

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Left/Right TopWeights No.of

Depth Width(lbs.)LengthPiecesNumber 123

IncrementalAdjustment—HeightAdjustmentRange:22″(559mm)to35″(889mm) 23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)40″(1016mm)5246″(1168mm)1TACE-4046- SNCD

5752″(1321mm)1TACE-4052- SNCD

6158″(1473mm)1TACE-4058- SNCD

6664″(1626mm)1TACE-4064- SNCD

46″(1168mm)6152″(1321mm)1TACE-4652- SNCD

6658″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNCD

7164″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNCD

7670″(1778mm)1TACE-4670- SNCD

52″(1321mm)7664″(1626mm)1TACE-5264- SNCD

8170″(1778mm)1TACE-5270- SNCD

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACE-5864- SNCD

8570″(1778mm)1TACE-5870- SNCD

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACE-6470- SNCD

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)7152″(1321mm)1TACE-4652- SNCD

7758″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNCD

8364″(1626mm)1TACE-4664-

8970″(1778mm)1TACE-4670- SNCD

52″(1321mm)8964″(1626mm)1TACE-5264- SNCD

9570″(1778mm)1TACE-5270- SNCD

58″(1473mm)9564″(1626mm)1TACE-5864- SNCD

10170″(1778mm)1TACE-5870- SNCD

64″(1626mm)10770″(1778mm)2TACE-6470- SNCD

CrankAdjustment—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm) 23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)40″(1016mm)5752″(1321mm)1TACE-4052- SNCB

6158″(1473mm)1TACE-4058- SNCB

6664″(1626mm)1TACE-4064- SNCB

46″(1168mm)6152″(1321mm)1TACE-4652- SNCB

6658″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNCB

7164″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNCB

7670″(1778mm)1TACE-4670- SNCB

52″(1321mm)7664″(1626mm)1TACE-5264- SNCB

8170″(1778mm)1TACE-5270- SNCB

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACE-5864- SNCB

8570″(1778mm)1TACE-5870- SNCB

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACE-6470- SNCB $4591.14$5091.15$4720.13$5220.14

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)7152″(1321mm)1TACE-4652- SNCB

7758″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNCB

8364″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNCB

8970″(1778mm)1TACE-4670- SNCB

52″(1321mm)8964″(1626mm)1TACE-5264- SNCB

9570″(1778mm)1TACE-5270- SNCB

58″(1473mm)9564″(1626mm)1TACE-5864- SNCB $4557.19$5024.33$4678.20$5145.34 10170″(1778mm)1TACE-5870- SNCB

64″(1626mm)10770″(1778mm)2TACE-6470- SNCB $4663.24$5166.71$4792.23$5295.70

Left/Right No.of

Depth WidthTopWeights(lbs.)LengthPiecesNumber 123

IncrementalAdjustment—HeightAdjustmentRange:22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)40″(1016mm) 52 46″(1168mm)1TACE-4046-

5752″(1321mm)1TACE-4052-

6158″(1473mm)1TACE-4058-

6664″(1626mm)1TACE-4064- SNCD

46″(1168mm) 61 52″(1321mm)1TACE-4652-

6658″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNCD

7164″(1626mm)1TACE-4664-

7670″(1778mm)1TACE-4670- SNCD

52″(1321mm) 76 64″(1626mm)1TACE-5264- SNCD $4280.55$5005.58$4304.43$5067.88 8170″(1778mm)1TACE-5270- SNCD 4323.215095.284349.975163.18

58″(1473mm) 81 64″(1626mm)1TACE-5864- SNCD

8570″(1778mm)1TACE-5870- SNCD

64″(1626mm) 90 70″(1778mm)2TACE-6470- SNCD $4432.23$5239.58$4466.35$5316.88 29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm) 71 52″(1321mm)1TACE-4652- SNCD

7758″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNCD

8364″(1626mm)1TACE-4664-

8970″(1778mm)1TACE-4670-

(1626mm)1TACE-5264-

9570″(1778mm)1TACE-5270-

(1626mm)1TACE-5864-

7670″(1778mm)1TACE-5270-

58″(1473mm) 81 64″(1626mm)1TACE-5864- SNCB

8570″(1778mm)1TACE-5870- SNCB

64″(1626mm) 90 70″(1778mm)2TACE-6470- SNCB $4883.69$5691.04$4917.81$5768.34 29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm) 71 52″(1321mm)1TACE-4652- SNCB $4680.29$5305.36$4695.85$5353.56 7758″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNCB 4718.215390.324736.335443.80 8364″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNCB 4756.135472.344776.815530.93 8970″(1778mm)1TACE-4670- SNCB

(1321mm) 89 64″(1626mm)1TACE-5264- SNCB $4803.53$5537.38$4827.41$5600.19

Thispageintentionallyblank

TACE-4064-NCEB (Left-handOrientation)

TACE-6470-NCEE (Left-handOrientation)

Programmable

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,onecenterpostleg,J-rail,controller,wiremanagement clips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•A64″(1626mm)x70″(1778mm)2-piecetopincludesa46″(1168mm) cornerand18″(457mm)rectangulartop.

•Twopiecetopsareavailablewithedgebandonly.

•Heightadjustmentoptions:

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes,theyarestandardwithblackhousing.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Handednessdeterminedbylengthsideoftablefromseatedposition.

•Sizeofthecornertopisreflectedinthecataloglogicwhichallowsfora 2″(51mm)pinchpointinspaceplanning;58″(1473mm)sidemaybe spaceplannedasa60″(1524mm)sideformodularplanningpurposes.

•NotforusewithAKP'sorattachedPedestals.

•PowerModulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong screen(SUF_-____-_A)ora monitorupto25lbs.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongscreen andamonitorupto50lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

• Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction(AHJ); ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOptions: Laminate:

J Edgeband F Knife Wood: K Edgeband U Knife

3 HeightAdjustmentActuator:

Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $202.15 list

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,High:

Q Standard

T Programmable,add $202.15 list.

4 DepthandOrientation:Left-hand 23″ deep tops:

E Left-hand

H Right-hand

29″ deeptops:

F Left-hand

J Right-hand

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Left/Right

SingleStage—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to46″(1168mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)40″(1016mm)5246″(1168mm)1TACE-4046- SNC

5752″(1321mm)1TACE-4052- SNC

6158″(1473mm)1TACE-4058- SNC

6664″(1626mm)1TACE-4064- SNC

46″(1168mm)6152″(1321mm)1TACE-4652- SNC

6658″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNC

7164″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNC

7670″(1778mm)1TACE-4670- SNC

52″(1321mm)7158″(1473mm)1TACE-5258- SNC

7664″(1626mm)1TACE-5264- SNC

8170″(1778mm)1TACE-5270- SNC

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACE-5864- SNC

8570″(1778mm)1TACE-5870- SNC

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACE-6470- SNC

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)7152″(1321mm)1TACE-4652- SNC

7758″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNC

8364″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNC

8970″(1778mm)1TACE-4670- SNC

″(1321mm)8358″(1473mm)1TACE-5258- SNC

8964″(1626mm)1TACE-5264- SNC

9570″(1778mm)1TACE-5270- SNC

″(1473mm)9564″(1626mm)1TACE-5864- SNC

6664″(1626mm)1TACE-4064- SNC

46″(1168mm)6152″(1321mm)1TACE-4652- SNC

6658″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNC

7164″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNC

7670″(1778mm)1TACE-4670- SNC

52″(1321mm)7158″(1473mm)1TACE-5258- SNC

7664″(1626mm)1TACE-5264- SNC

8170″(1778mm)1TACE-5270- SNC

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACE-5864- SNC

8570″(1778mm)1TACE-5870- SNC

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACE-6470- SNC

″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)7152″(1321mm)1TACE-4652- SNC

7758″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNC

8664″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNC

8970″(1778mm)1TACE-4670- SNC

(1321mm)8358″(1473mm)1TACE-5258- SNC

8964″(1626mm)1TACE-5264- SNC

9570″(1778mm)1TACE-5270- SNC

″(1473mm)9564

″(610mm)to50″(1270mm) 23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)40″(1016mm)5246″(1168mm)1TACE-4046-

7164″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNC

7670″(1778mm)1TACE-4670-

″(1626mm)1TACE-5264- SNC

8170″(1778mm)1TACE-5270- SNC

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACE-5864- SNC

8570″(1778mm)1TACE-5870- SNC

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACE-6470- SNC

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)7152″(1321mm)1TACE-4652- SNC

7758″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNC

8664″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNC

8970″(1778mm)1TACE-4670- SNC

52″(1321mm)8358″(1473mm)1TACE-5258-

8964″(1626mm)1TACE-5264-

9570″(1778mm)1TACE-5270-

SingleStage—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to46″(1168mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)40″(1016mm)5246″(1168mm)1TACE-4046- SNC

5752″(1321mm)1TACE-4052- SNC

6158″(1473mm)1TACE-4058- SNC

6664″(1626mm)1TACE-4064- SNC

46″(1168mm)6152″(1321mm)1TACE-4652- SNC $6677.16$7296.35$6692.72$7344.21

6658″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNC 6715.087378.376733.207431.34

7164″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNC

7670″(1778mm)1TACE-4670- SNC

52″(1321mm)7158″(1473mm)1TACE-5258- SNC

7664″(1626mm)1TACE-5264- SNC

8170″(1778mm)1TACE-5270- SNC

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACE-5864- SNC

8570″(1778mm)1TACE-5870- SNC 6899.947689.656930.547762.41

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACE-6470- SNC

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)7152″(1321mm)1TACE-4652- SNC

7758″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNC

8364″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNC

8964″(1626mm)1TACE-5264-

9570″(1778mm)1TACE-5270-

46″(1168mm)6152″(1321mm)1TACE-4652-

6658″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNC

7164″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNC

7670″(1778mm)1TACE-4670- SNC

52″(1321mm)7158″(1473mm)1TACE-5258- SNC

7664″(1626mm)1TACE-5264- SNC

8170″(1778mm)1TACE-5270- SNC

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACE-5864- SNC $8570.93$9313.60$8598.33$9380.44 8570″(1778mm)1TACE-5870- SNC

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACE-6470- SNC $8670.47$9477.82$8704.59$9555.12

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)7152″(1321mm)1TACE-4652- SNC

7758″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNC

8364″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNC

8970″(1778mm)1TACE-4670- SNC 8576.099336.408599.019399.78 52″(1321mm)8358″(1473mm)1TACE-5258-

8964″(1626mm)1TACE-5264- SNC

9570″(1778mm)1TACE-5270- SNC

58″(1473mm)9564

64″(1626mm)10770″(1778mm)2TACE-6470- SNC

″(1321mm)1TACE-4652-

6658″(1473mm)1TACE-4658-

7164″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNC

7670″(1778mm)1TACE-4670- SNC 8504.579259.008527.499322.04

52″(1321mm)7158″(1473mm)1TACE-5258- SNC $8480.87$9161.80$8502.19$9218.99 7664″(1626mm)1TACE-5264- SNC

8170″(1778mm)1TACE-5270- SNC

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACE-5864- SNC

8570″(1778mm)1TACE-5870- SNC

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACE-6470- SNC

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)7152″(1321mm)1TACE-4652-

7758″(1473mm)1TACE-4658- SNC

8364″(1626mm)1TACE-4664- SNC 8542.919259.128563.599317.71 8970″(1778mm)1TACE-4670-

52″(1321mm)8358″(1473mm)1TACE-5258- SNC

8964″(1626mm)1TACE-5264-

9570″(1778mm)1TACE-5270-

58″(1473mm)9564″(1626mm)1TACE-5864- SNC

10170″(1778mm)1TACE-5870- SNC

64″(1626mm)10770″(1778mm)2TACE-6470- SNC $8741.99$9555.22$8776.11$9632.86

Thispageintentionallyblank

TACP-4070-NCDB (Left-handOrientation)

TACP-5270-NCDB (Left-handOrientation)

Incremental Adjustment Crank Adjustment

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,onecenterpostleg,J-rail,controller,wiremanagement clips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•A64″(1626mm)x70″(1778mm)2-piecetopincludesa46″(1168mm) cornerand18″(457mm)rectangulartop.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms:

• –Incrementaladjustmentbaseassemblyadjustsin1″(25mm) incrementswithin22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)heightrange.Button headscrewsarestandardinbrightzinc.Basestandardwithblack telescopingbasetubes.Thumbscrewreplacementforbuttonhead screwisavailable;separatelyspecified.

• –Handcrankprovides1″(25mm) verticalmovementforevery6turns within27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)heightrange.Handcrankisfield installedoneitherrightorleftside[except40″(1016mm)]andretracts underthetabletop.Basestandardwithblacktelescopingbasetubes andJ-rails.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Handednessdeterminedbylengthsideoftablefromseatedposition.

•Sizeofthetopisreflectedinthecataloglogicwhichallowsfora 2″(51mm)pinchpointinspaceplanning;58″(1473mm)sidemaybe spaceplannedasa60″(1524mm)sideformodularplanningpurposes.

•NotforusewithAKP'sorattachedPedestals.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong screen(SUF_-____-_A)ora monitorupto25lbs.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongscreen andamonitorupto50lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOptions: Laminate:

J Edgeband

F Knife Wood:

K Edgeband

U Knife

3 DepthandOrientation:

23″ deep tops:

E Left-hand

H Right-hand

29″ deeptops:

F Left-hand

J Right-hand

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Left/Right TopWeights No.of

Depth Width(lbs.) LengthPiecesNumber 123

IncrementalAdjustment—HeightAdjustmentRange:22″(559mm)to35″(889mm) 23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)40″(1016mm)5246″(1168mm)1TACP-4046- SNCD

5752″(1321mm)1TACP-4052- SNCD

6158″(1473mm)1TACP-4058- SNCD

6664″(1626mm)1TACP-4064- SNCD

46″(1168mm)6152″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNCD

6658″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNCD

7164″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNCD

7670″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNCD

52″(1321mm)7664″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNCD

8170″(1778mm)1TACP-5270- SNCD

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACP-5864- SNCD

8570″(1778mm)1TACP-5870- SNCD

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACP-6470- SNCD

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)6552″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNCD

7158″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNCD

7764″(1626mm)1TACP-4664-

8370″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNCD

52″(1321mm)8964″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNCD

9570″(1778mm)1TACP-5270- SNCD

58″(1473mm)9564″(1626mm)1TACP-5864- SNCD

10170″(1778mm)1TACP-5870- SNCD

64″(1626mm)10770″(1778mm)2TACP-6470- SNCD

CrankAdjustment—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm) 23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)40″(1016mm)5752″(1321mm)1TACP-4052- SNCB

6158″(1473mm)1TACP-4058- SNCB

6664″(1626mm)1TACP-4064- SNCB

46″(1168mm)6152″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNCB

6658″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNCB

7164″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNCB

7670″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNCB

52″(1321mm)7664″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNCB

8170″(1778mm)1TACP-5270- SNCB

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACP-5864- SNCB

8570″(1778mm)1TACP-5870- SNCB

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACP-6470- SNCB $4574.92$5074.93$4703.91$5203.92

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)6552″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNCB $4352.38$4745.13$4459.33$4852.08

7158″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNCB

7764″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNCB

8670″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNCB

52″(1321mm)8964″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNCB

(1778mm)1TACP-5270- SNCB

58″(1473mm)9564″(1626mm)1TACP-5864- SNCB $4540.97$5008.11$4661.98$5129.12 10170″(1778mm)1TACP-5870- SNCB

″(1626mm)10770″(1778mm)2TACP-6470- SNCB $4647.02$5150.49$4776.01$5279.48

Left/Right TopWeights

Depth Width(lbs.)LengthPiecesNumber 123

IncrementalAdjustment—HeightAdjustmentRange:22″(559mm)to35″(889mm) 23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)40″(1016mm)5246″(1168mm)1TACP-4046- SNCD

5752″(1321mm)1TACP-4052- SNCD

6158″(1473mm)1TACP-4058- SNCD

6664″(1626mm)1TACP-4064- SNCD

46″(1168mm)6152″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNCD

6658″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNCD

7164″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNCD

7670″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNCD

52″(1321mm)7664″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNCD $3976.91$4701.94$4000.97$4764.42

8170″(1778mm)1TACP-5270- SNCD

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACP-5864- SNCD

8570″(1778mm)1TACP-5870- SNCD

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACP-6470- SNCD

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)6552″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNCD

7158″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNCD

7764″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNCD

8370″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNCD

52″(1321mm)8964″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNCD

9570″(1778mm)1TACP-5270- SNCD

58″(1473mm)9564″(1626mm)1TACP-5864- SNCD

10170″(1778mm)1TACP-5870- SNCD

64″(1626mm)10770″(1778mm)2TACP-6470- SNCD $4200.11$5013.34$4234.41$5091.16 CrankAdjustment—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm) 23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)40″(1016mm)5752″(1321mm)1TACP-4052- SNCB $4267.21$4868.76$4280.39$4913.22

6158″(1473mm)1TACP-4058- SNCB

6664″(1626mm)1TACP-4064- SNCB

46″(1168mm)6152″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNCB

6658″(1473mm)1TACP-4658-

7164″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNCB

7670″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNCB

52″(1321mm)7664″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNCB

8170″(1778mm)1TACP-5270- SNCB

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACP-5864- SNCB $4480.51$5223.18$4508.09$5290.20 8570″(1778mm)1TACP-5870- SNCB 4527.915317.624558.695390.56

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACP-6470- SNCB $4580.05$5387.40$4614.35$5464.88

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)6552″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNCB $4376.65$5001.72$4392.39$5050.10 7158″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNCB 4414.575086.684432.875140.34 7764″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNCB 4452.495168.704473.355227.47 8670″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNCB 4485.675245.984508.775309.54

52″(1321mm)8964″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNCB $4499.89$5233.74$4523.95$5296.73 9570″(1778mm)1TACP-5270- SNCB

58″(1473mm)9564″(1626mm)1TACP-5864- SNCB $4552.03$5303.52$4579.61$5371.05 10170″(1778mm)1TACP-5870- SNCB 4599.435395.024630.215468.30

64″(1626mm)10770″(1778mm)2TACP-6470- SNCB $4651.57$5464.80$4685.87$5542.62

Thispageintentionallyblank

TACP-4070-NCEB (Left-handOrientation)

TACP-5270-NCEB (Left-handOrientation)

Standard Touch Pads or

Programmable

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,onecenterpostleg,J-rail,controller,wiremanagement clips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•A64″(1626mm)x70″(1778mm)2-piecetopincludesa46″(1168mm) cornerand18″(457mm)rectangulartop.

•Twopiecetopsareavailablewithedgebandonly.

•Heightadjustmentoptions:

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes,theyarestandardwithblackhousing.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Handednessdeterminedbylengthsideoftablefromseatedposition.

•Sizeofthecornertopisreflectedinthecataloglogicwhichallowsfora 2″(51mm)pinchpointinspaceplanning;58″(1473mm)sidemaybe spaceplannedasa60″(1524mm)sideformodularplanningpurposes.

•NotforusewithAKP'sorattachedPedestals.

•PowerModulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong screen(SUF_-____-_A)ora monitorupto25lbs.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongscreen andamonitorupto50lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

• Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction(AHJ); ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

TableDepthandBase ScreensMonitorArms

23″(584mm)C-legGlides Yes* Yes*

29″(737mm)C-legGlides Yes Yes

23″(584mm)C-legCasters No No

29″(737mm)C-legCasters Yes* Yes*

*ScreenorMonitorArms;notboth

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOptions: Laminate:

J Edgeband

F Knife Wood:

K Edgeband

U Knife

3 HeightAdjustmentActuator: Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $202.15 list

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,High:

Q Standard

T Programmable,add $202.15 list.

4 DepthandOrientation:

23″ deep tops:

E Left-hand

H Right-hand

29″ deeptops:

F Left-hand

J Right-hand

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Left/Right TopWeights

Depth Width(lbs.) LengthPiecesNumber 1234

SingleStage—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to46″(1168mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)40″(1016mm)5246″(1168mm)1TACP-4046- SNC

5752″(1321mm)1TACP-4052- SNC

6158″(1473mm)1TACP-4058- SNC

6664″(1626mm)1TACP-4064- SNC

46″(1168mm)6152″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNC

6658″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNC

7164″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNC

7670″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNC

52″(1321mm)7158″(1473mm)1TACP-5258- SNC

7664″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNC

8170″(1778mm)1TACP-5270- SNC

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACP-5864- SNC

8570″(1778mm)1TACP-5870- SNC

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACP-6470- SNC

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)7152″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNC

7758″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNC

8364″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNC

8970″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNC

52″(1321mm)8358″(1473mm)1TACP-5258- SNC

8964″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNC

9570″(1778mm)1TACP-5270-

(1473mm)9564″(1626mm)1TACP-5864-

(1168mm)1TACP-4046-

(1321mm)1TACP-4052-

6158″(1473mm)1TACP-4058-

6664″(1626mm)1TACP-4064- SNC

46″(1168mm)6152″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNC

6658″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNC

7164″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNC

7670″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNC

52″(1321mm)7158″(1473mm)1TACP-5258- SNC

7664″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNC

8170″(1778mm)1TACP-5270- SNC

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACP-5864- SNC

8570″(1778mm)1TACP-5870- SNC

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACP-6470- SNC

(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)7152″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNC

7758″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNC

8364″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNC

8970″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNC

″(1321mm)8358″(1473mm)1TACP-5258-

8964″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNC

(1778mm)1TACP-5270-

″(1473mm)9564

″(610mm)to50″(1270mm) 23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)40″(1016mm)5246″(1168mm)1TACP-4046- SNC

(1168mm)6152″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNC

6658″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNC

7164″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNC

7670″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNC

(1473mm)1TACP-5258- SNC

7664″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNC

8170″(1778mm)1TACP-5270- SNC

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACP-5864- SNC

8570″(1778mm)1TACP-5870- SNC

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACP-6470- SNC

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)7152″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNC

7758″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNC

8364″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNC

8970″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNC

52″(1321mm)8358″(1473mm)1TACP-5258- SNC

8964″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNC

9570″(1778mm)1TACP-5270- SNC

58″(1473mm)9564″(1626mm)1TACP-5864- SNC

10170″(1778mm)1TACP-5870- SNC

64″(1626mm)10770″(1778mm)2TACP-6470- SNC

SingleStage—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to46″(1168mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)40″(1016mm)5246″(1168mm)1TACP-4046- SNC

5752″(1321mm)1TACP-4052- SNC

6158″(1473mm)1TACP-4058-

6664″(1626mm)1TACP-4064-

46″(1168mm)6152″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNC

6658″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNC

7164″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNC

7670″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNC

52″(1321mm)7158″(1473mm)1TACP-5258- SNC

7664″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNC

8170″(1778mm)1TACP-5270- SNC

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACP-5864- SNC

8570″(1778mm)1TACP-5870- SNC

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACP-6470- SNC

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)7152″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNC

7758″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNC

8364″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNC

8970″(1778mm)1TACP-4670-

8964″(1626mm)1TACP-5264-

9570″(1778mm)1TACP-5270-

46″(1168mm)6152″(1321mm)1TACP-4652-

6658″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNC

7164″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNC

7670″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNC

52″(1321mm)7158″(1473mm)1TACP-5258-

7664″(1626mm)1TACP-5264- SNC

8170″(1778mm)1TACP-5270- SNC

58″(1473mm)8164″(1626mm)1TACP-5864- SNC $8267.29$9009.96$8294.87$9076.98 8570″(1778mm)1TACP-5870-

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACP-6470- SNC $8366.83$9174.18$8401.13$9251.66

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)7152″(1321mm)1TACP-4652- SNC

7758″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNC

8364″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNC

8970″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNC

9570″(1778mm)1TACP-5270-

″(1473mm)9564

7164″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNC

7670″(1778mm)1TACP-4670- SNC

52″(1321mm)7158″(1473mm)1TACP-5258- SNC

7664″(1626mm)1TACP-5264-

64″(1626mm)9070″(1778mm)2TACP-6470- SNC

7758″(1473mm)1TACP-4658- SNC

8364″(1626mm)1TACP-4664- SNC

8964″(1626mm)1TACP-5264-

58″(1473mm)9564″(1626mm)1TACP-5864- SNC

10170″(1778mm)1TACP-5870-

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,onecenterpostleg,J-rail,controller,wiremanagement clips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms:

• –Incrementaladjustmentbaseassemblyadjustsin1″(25mm) incrementswithin22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)heightrange.Button headscrewsarestandardinbrightzinc.Basestandardwithblack telescopingbasetubes.Thumbscrewreplacementforbuttonhead screwisavailable;separatelyspecified.

• –Handcrankprovides1″(25mm) verticalmovementforevery6turns within27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)heightrange.Handcrankisfield installedoneitherrightorleftsideandretractsunderthetabletop. BasestandardwithblacktelescopingbasetubesandJ-rails.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Sizeofthecornertopisreflectedinthecataloglogicwhichallowsfora 2″(51mm)pinchpointinspaceplanning;58″(1473mm)cornermaybe spaceplannedasa60″(1524mm)cornerformodularplanning purposes.

•NotforusewithAKP'sorattachedPedestals.

•PowerModulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong screen(SUF_-____-_A)ora monitorupto25lbs.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongscreen andamonitorupto50lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions: L Laminate W Wood

2 EdgeOptions: Laminate: J Edgeband F Knife Wood: K Edgeband U Knife

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Left/Right TopWeights

Depth Width(lbs.)LengthPiecesNumber 12

IncrementalAdjustment—HeightAdjustmentRange:22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)52″(1321mm)7952″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252- SNCDB

58″(1473mm)9158″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858- SNCDB

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)52″(1321mm)9352″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252- SNCDC

58″(1473mm)10858″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858- SNCDC

CrankAdjustment—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)52″(1321mm)7952″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252- SNCBB

58″(1473mm)9158″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858- SNCBB

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)52″(1321mm)9352″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252- SNCBC

58″(1473mm)10858″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858- SNCBC

Left/Right

Depth Width(lbs.)LengthPiecesNumber

IncrementalAdjustment—HeightAdjustmentRange:22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)52″(1321mm)7952″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252- SNCDB

″(1473mm)9158″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858-

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)52″(1321mm)9352″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252-

58″(1473mm)10858″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858-

CrankAdjustment—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to45″

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)52″(1321mm)7952″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252-

58″(1473mm)9158″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858-

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)52″(1321mm)9352″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252- SNCBC

58″(1473mm)10858″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858- SNCBC

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,onecenterpostleg,J-rail,controller,wiremanagement clips,andhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentoptions:

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes,theyarestandardwithblackhousing.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Sizeofthecornertopisreflectedinthecataloglogicwhichallowsfora 2″(51mm)pinchpointinspaceplanning;58″(1473mm)cornermaybe spaceplannedasa60″(1524mm)cornerformodularplanning purposes.

•NotforusewithAKP'sorattachedPedestals.

•PowerModulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

•ScreenandMonitorArmapplication:

• –23″(584mm) deeptablesupportseithera27″(686mm)highBelong screen(SUF_-____-_A)ora monitorupto25lbs.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablesupportsa27″(686mm)highBelongscreen andamonitorupto50lbs.

•Specifyscreenssmallerthanthetablewidth.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOptions: Laminate:

J Edgeband

F Knife

Wood:

K Edgeband

U Knife

3 HeightAdjustmentActuator:

Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $150.11 list

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $150.11 list.

DualStage,High:

Q Standard

T Programmable,add $150.11 list.

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

SingleStage—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to46″(1168mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)52″(1321mm)7952″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252-

58″(1473mm)9158″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858-

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)52″(1321mm)9352″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252-

58″(1473mm)10858″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858-

DualStage/Low—HeightAdjustmentRange:22″(559mm)to48″(1219mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)52″(1321mm)7952″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252-

58″(1473mm)9158″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858-

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)52″(1321mm)9352″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252-

58″(1473mm)10858″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858-

DualStage/High—HeightAdjustmentRange:24″(610mm)to50″(1270mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)52″(1321mm)7952″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252-

58″(1473mm)9158″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858-

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)52″(1321mm)9352″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252-

58″(1473mm)10858″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858-

SingleStage—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to46″(1168mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)52″(1321mm)7952″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252-

″(1473mm)9158″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858-

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)52″(1321mm)9352″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252- SNC

58″(1473mm)10858″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858-

DualStage/Low—HeightAdjustmentRange:22″(559mm)to48″(1219mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)52″(1321mm)7952″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252- SNC

58″(1473mm)9158″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858-

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)52″(1321mm)9352″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252-

58″(1473mm)10858″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858-

DualStage/High—HeightAdjustmentRange:24″(610mm)to50″(1270mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)52″(1321mm)7952″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252- SNC

58″(1473mm)9158″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858- SNC

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)52″(1321mm)9352″(1321mm)1TACZ-5252- SNC

58″(1473mm)10858″(1473mm)1TACZ-5858- SNC

Features

•IncludestwoC-legtelescopingbaseassemblies,J-rail,controller,wire managementclips,andhardware.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms:

• –Incrementaladjustmentbaseassemblyadjustsin1″(25mm) incrementswithin22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)heightrange. Buttonheadscrewsarestandardinbrightzinc. Thumbscrewreplacementforbuttonheadscrewisavailable; separatelyspecified.

• –Handcrankprovides1″(25mm) verticalmovementforevery6turns within27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)heightrange.

Handcrankisfieldinstalledoneitherrightorleftsideandretracts underthetabletop.

Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

• Maximumworktopwidthoverhangallowedis6″(152mm)oneach side.

• RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•HeightadjustabletablesnotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedor attachedpedestals.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

•Considerationsforproperandsafeapplication:

• –Topsshouldbesizedtopreventpinchpoints,collisions,andcable shearing

• –Attachedscreensandmonitorarmsdonotcreateunstable conditions.

• –Pedestals,overheads,andadjacentcomponentsshouldbesizedand positioned toavoidcollisions.

• –ReferSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

• Base Only Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber. 2)Basetrimcolor.

PlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforRectangularTops ElectricAdjustment

Features

•IncludestwoC-legtelescopingbaseassemblies,J-rail,controller,wire managementclips,andhardware.

•Heightadjustmentoptions(with1.18″(30mm)worksurface):

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes;standardwithblackhousing.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Baseincludeslegassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

SpecificationTips

• Maximumworktopoverhangallowedis6″(152mm)ononeside.

• RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•HeightadjustabletablesnotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedor attachedpedestals.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

•Considerationsforproperandsafeapplication:

• –Topsshouldbesizedtopreventpinchpoints,collisions,andcable shearing

• –Attachedscreensandmonitorarmsdonotcreateunstable conditions.

• –Pedestals,overheads,andadjacentcomponentsshouldbesizedand positioned toavoidcollisions.

• –ReferSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

• Base Only Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions:

Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,High:

Q Standard

T Programmable,add $202.15 list.

2)Basetrimcolor.

Features

•IncludestwoC-legtelescopingbaseassemblies,onecenterpostleg (tops52″ widthorgreater),J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips, andhardware.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms(with1.18″(30mm)worksurface):

• –Incrementaladjustmentbaseassemblyadjustsin1″(25mm) incrementswithin22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)heightrange.Button headscrewsarestandardinbrightzinc.Basestandardwithblack telescopingbasetubes.Thumbscrewreplacementforbuttonhead screwisavailable;separatelyspecified.

• –Handcrankprovides1″(25mm) verticalmovementforevery6turns within27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)heightrange.Handcrankisfield installedoneitherrightorleftsideandretractsunderthetabletop.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

• Maximumworktopoverhangallowedis6″(152mm)ononeside.

• RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•NotforusewithAKP'sorattachedPedestals.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

•Considerationsforproperandsafeapplication:

• –Topsshouldbesizedtopreventpinchpoints,collisions,andcable shearing

• –Attachedscreensandmonitorarmsdonotcreateunstable conditions.

• –Pedestals,overheads,andadjacentcomponentsshouldbesizedand positioned toavoidcollisions.

• –ReferSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

• Base Only Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber. 2)Basetrimcolor.

TMCR-6464-NCEE (Left-handOrientation)

Features

•IncludestwoC-legtelescopingbaseassemblies,onecenterpostleg (tops52″ widthorgreater),J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips, andhardware.

•Heightadjustmentoptions(with1.18″(30mm)worksurface):

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes,theyarestandardwithblackhousing.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

• Maximumworktopoverhangallowedis6″(152mm)ononeside.

• RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•NotforusewithAKP'sorattachedPedestals.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

•Considerationsforproperandsafeapplication:

• –Topsshouldbesizedtopreventpinchpoints,collisions,andcable shearing

• –Attachedscreensandmonitorarmsdonotcreateunstable conditions.

• –Pedestals,overheads,andadjacentcomponentsshouldbesizedand positioned toavoidcollisions.

• –ReferSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

• Base Only Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage: E Standard

R Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,Low: P Standard

S Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,High:

Q Standard

T Programmable,add $202.15 list.

2)Basetrimcolor.

TMCE-4064-NCDB (Left-handOrientation)

TMCE-6470-NCDE (Left-handOrientation)

Incremental Adjustment Crank Adjustment

Features

•IncludestwoC-legtelescopingbaseassemblies,onecenterpostleg, J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

2)Basetrimcolor. HeightAdjustableTablesandBenchesPriceList PlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner,90°Extended IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms:(with1.18″(30mm)worksurface).

• –Incrementaladjustmentbaseassemblyadjustsin1″(25mm) incrementswithin22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)heightrange.Button headscrewsarestandardinbrightzinc.Basestandardwithblack telescopingbasetubes.Thumbscrewreplacementforbuttonhead screwisavailable;separatelyspecified.

• –Handcrankprovides1″(25mm) verticalmovementforevery6turns within27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)heightrange.Handcrankisfield installedoneitherrightorleftside[except40″(1016mm)]andretracts underthetabletop.Basestandardwithblacktelescopingbasetubes andJ-rails.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

• Maximumworktopoverhangallowedis6″(152mm)ononeside.

• RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

•Considerationsforproperandsafeapplication:

• –Topsshouldbesizedtopreventpinchpoints,collisions,andcable shearing

• –Attachedscreensandmonitorarmsdonotcreateunstable conditions.

• –Pedestals,overheads,andadjacentcomponentsshouldbesizedand positioned toavoidcollisions.

• –ReferSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

• Base Only Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber.

TMCE-4064-NCEB (Left-handOrientation)

TMCE-6470-NCEE (Left-handOrientation)

Programmable

Features

•IncludestwoC-legtelescopingbaseassemblies,onecenterpostleg, J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•Heightadjustmentoptions(with1.18″(30mm)worksurface):

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes,theyarestandardwithblackhousing.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

• Maximumworktopoverhangallowedis6″(152mm)ononeside. RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

•Considerationsforproperandsafeapplication:

• –Topsshouldbesizedtopreventpinchpoints,collisions,andcable shearing

• –Attachedscreensandmonitorarmsdonotcreateunstable conditions.

• –Pedestals,overheads,andadjacentcomponentsshouldbesizedand positioned toavoidcollisions.

• –ReferSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

• Base Only Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions:

Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,High:

Q Standard

T Programmable,add $202.15 list.

2)Basetrimcolor.

Features

•IncludestwoC-legtelescopingbaseassemblies,onecenterpostleg, J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms(with1.18″(30mm)worksurface):

• –Incrementaladjustmentbaseassemblyadjustsin1″(25mm) incrementswithin22″(559mm)to35″(889mm)heightrange.Button headscrewsarestandardinbrightzinc.Basestandardwithblack telescopingbasetubes.Thumbscrewreplacementforbuttonhead screwisavailable;separatelyspecified.

• –Handcrankprovides1″(25mm) verticalmovementforevery6turns within27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)heightrange.Handcrankisfield installedoneitherrightorleftsideandretractsunderthetabletop. BasestandardwithblacktelescopingbasetubesandJ-rails.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

• Maximumworktopoverhangallowedis6″(152mm)ononeside.

• RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

•Considerationsforproperandsafeapplication:

• –Topsshouldbesizedtopreventpinchpoints,collisions,andcable shearing

• –Attachedscreensandmonitorarmsdonotcreateunstable conditions.

• –Pedestals,overheads,andadjacentcomponentsshouldbesizedand positioned toavoidcollisions.

• –ReferSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

• Base Only Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber.

2)Basetrimcolor.

Features

•IncludestwoC-legtelescopingbaseassemblies,onecenterpostleg, J-rail,controller,wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•Heightadjustmentoptions(with1.18″(30mm)worksurface):

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes,theyarestandardwithblackhousing.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Paintedbaseincludeslegassemblyandfoot.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

• Maximumworktopoverhangallowedis6″(152mm)ononeside. RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

•Considerationsforproperandsafeapplication:

• –Topsshouldbesizedtopreventpinchpoints,collisions,andcable shearing

• –Attachedscreensandmonitorarmsdonotcreateunstable conditions.

• –Pedestals,overheads,andadjacentcomponentsshouldbesizedand positioned toavoidcollisions.

• –ReferSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

• Base Only Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions:

Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $202.15 list.

DualStage,High:

Q Standard

T Programmable,add $202.15 list.

2)Basetrimcolor.

Thispageintentionallyblank

EXAMPLE: Planes, Rectangle, 30" x 58" , Laminate, Edgeband, Standard Core, H Base, Glides, Single-Stage Electric-Programmable.

TA RA - 30 58 - L J S N H R

Base Type

Cutout – No Cutout N H – Bench Base

Core Type S – Standard

Edge

Height/Mechanism

Top Shape

Depth

Width

46 – 46" 52 – 52"

64 – 64" 70 – 70"

23 – 23"

24 – 24"

29 – 29"

30 – 30"

35 – 35"

36 – 36" 58 – 58" Platform TA– Planes Tables

RA – Rectangle

J – Edgeband

Wood:

Laminate: K – Edgeband U – Knife

B – Crank (27" - 45")

E – Single-Stage (27" - 46") Standard

P – Dual-Stage Low (22" - 48") Standard F – Knife

Surface Material

L – Laminate W – Wood

L – Crank (27" - 45") / Single-Stage (27" - 46") Standard

M– Crank (27" - 45") / Single-Stage (27" - 46") Programmable Switch

R – Single-Stage (27" - 46") Programmable

S – Dual-Stage Low (22" - 48") Programmable Switch

Q – Dual-Stage High (24" - 50") Standard

T – Dual-Stage High (24" - 50") Programmable Switch

Features

•Includestwo1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoH-Legbaseswithfour telescopingposts,poweranddatachannelwithtroughs,height adjustmentmechanism,wiremanagementclipsandhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms:

• –Handcrankprovides1″(25mm) verticalmovementforevery6turns within27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)heightrange.Handcrankisfield installedoneitherrightorleftsideandretractsunderthetabletop. BasestandardwithblacktelescopingbasetubesandJ-rails.

•Glideshave1″(25mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Benchavailablewith3-or4-CircuitPowerBase,separatelyspecified.

•Powermodulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified. RefertoSpecificationGuide.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Separatelyspecifiedtransitiontraydrivesaopenspacebetween side-by-sidetablesforpinchpointclearance.

•NotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedorattachedpedestals.

•NotforusewithWireManagementBasket.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deepbenchwillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlip TopUnit

• –23″(584mm) deepbenchwillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlip TopUnit

•Screens:

• –Specifyfor24″(610mm), 30″(762mm),and36″(914mm)depth bencheswithPlanesScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,Center MountDepth(TASC- -_).

• –Specifyfor23″(584mm), 29″(737mm),and35″(889mm)depth benchesBelongScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,Worksurface MountDepth(SUFB- -_B).

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•ThefollowingPlanesproductsareseparatelyspecifiedasneeded:

• –MonitorArm(s)

• –TransitionTrays

• –CableChain

• –PowerBaseIn,ThroughandOutcomponents.

• –HorizontalandVerticalWireManagement.

• –CollisionSensor.

• Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions: L Laminate W Wood

2 EdgeOptions: Laminate: J Edgeband F Knife

Wood: K Edgeband U Knife

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgebandtrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$126.99 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

DepthWidthNumber 12

CrankAdjustment—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)

23″(584mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2346- SNHB $7037.61$7574.30$7084.75$7621.44$7376.54$7913.23$8040.87$8642.42$8076.11$8677.66

52″(1321mm)TARA-2352- SNHB 7199.607777.697252.897830.987582.738160.828290.108938.698329.948978.53

58″(1473mm)TARA-2358- SNHB 7361.587981.077421.028040.517788.928408.418539.329234.958583.769279.39

64″(1626mm)TARA-2364- SNHB 7523.568184.457589.158250.047995.118656.008788.549531.218837.589580.25

70″(1778mm)TARA-2370- SNHB 7685.548387.837757.278459.568201.308903.599037.769827.479091.399881.10 24″(610mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2446- SNHB $7064.41$7608.00$7113.59$7657.18$7418.07$7961.66$8082.21$8691.60$8118.98$8728.37

52″(1321mm)TARA-2452- SNHB 7229.747814.737285.357870.347629.538214.528334.788991.218376.369032.79

58″(1473mm)TARA-2458- SNHB 7395.078021.467457.098083.487840.998467.388587.359290.828633.729337.19

64″(1626mm)TARA-2464- SNHB 7560.408228.197628.838296.628052.458720.248839.929590.438891.089641.59

70″(1778mm)TARA-2470- SNHB 7725.738434.927800.588509.778263.918973.109092.499890.049148.459946.00

29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2946- SNHB $7237.48$7815.57$7296.92$7875.01$7664.82$8242.91$8327.98$8976.57$8372.42$9021.01

52″(1321mm)TARA-2952- SNHB 7419.548039.037486.738106.227902.628522.118597.289292.918647.519343.14

58″(1473mm)TARA-2958- SNHB 7601.618262.507676.558337.448140.438801.328866.599609.268922.629665.29

64″(1626mm)TARA-2964- SNHB 7783.678485.967866.368568.658378.239080.529135.899925.609197.729987.43

70″(1778mm)TARA-2970- SNHB 7965.738709.428056.188799.878616.039359.729405.1910241.949472.8110309.56

30″(762mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3046- SNHB $7264.28$7849.27$7325.76$7910.75$7706.35$8291.34$8369.32$9025.75$8415.29$9071.72

52″(1321mm)TARA-3052- SNHB 7449.688076.077519.198145.587949.428575.818641.969345.438693.939397.40

58″(1473mm)TARA-3058- SNHB 7635.108302.897712.638380.428192.508860.298914.629665.138972.589723.09

64″(1626mm)TARA-3064- SNHB 7820.518529.707906.058615.248435.579144.769187.279984.829251.2310048.78

70″(1778mm)TARA-3070- SNHB 8005.918756.508099.488850.078678.649429.239459.9110304.509529.8710374.46

35″(889mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3546- SNHB $7437.35$8056.84$7509.08$8128.57$7953.11$8572.60$8615.09$9310.72$8668.72$9364.35

52″(1321mm)TARA-3552- SNHB 7639.498300.387720.588381.478222.528883.418904.479647.148965.109707.77

58″(1473mm)TARA-3558- SNHB 7841.638543.927932.088634.378491.939194.229193.859983.569261.4710051.18

64″(1626mm)TARA-3564- SNHB 8043.778787.468143.578887.268761.349505.039483.2310319.989557.8510394.60

70″(1778mm)TARA-3570- SNHB 8245.929031.018355.089140.179030.779815.869772.6210656.419854.2310738.02

36″(914mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3646- SNHB $7464.15$8090.54$7537.93$8164.32$7994.64$8621.03$8656.43$9359.90$8711.59$9415.06

52″(1321mm)TARA-3652- SNHB 7669.648337.437753.048420.838269.328937.118949.169699.679011.519762.02

58″(1473mm)TARA-3658- SNHB 7875.128584.317968.158677.348544.009253.199241.8810039.439311.4410108.99

64

70″(1778mm)TARA-3670- SNHB 8286.109078.098398.389190.379093.379885.369827.3410718.979911.2910802.92

Note:

•Screens:

• –Specify24″(610mm), 30″(762mm),and36″(914mm)depthbencheswithCenterMountedScreens.

• –Specify23″(584mm), 29″(737mm),and35″(889mm)depthbencheswithWorksurfaceMountedScreens.

Features

•Includestwo1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoH-Legbaseswithfour telescopingposts,poweranddatachannelwithtroughs,height adjustmentmechanisms(onehandcrankandonesinglestage electric),wiremanagementclipsandhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms:

• –Handcrankprovides1″(25mm) verticalmovementforevery6turns within27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)heightrange.Handcrankisfield installedoneitherrightorleftsideandretractsunderthetabletop. BasestandardwithblacktelescopingbasetubesandJ-rails.

• –SingleStageTouchPadActuatoravailableinStandard(E)up/down movementorProgrammable(R)providingfourdifferentup/down programmedheights.Provides27″(686mm)to46″(1168mm) continuousheightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuator:

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftable;predrilledforfield installed andfieldchangeable.

• –Touchpadactuatorhastouchpadcontrolsandstandardwithblack housing

• –Controlboxisfieldinstalledandstandardwithblackhousing.

• Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•StandardwithblacktelescopingbasetubesandJ-rails.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto powerelectricheightadjustmentmechanism.

•Baseincludeslegassemblyavailableinpaintedtrimcolors.

•Glideshave1″(25mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Benchavailablewith3-or4-CircuitPowerBase,separatelyspecified.

•Powermodulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified. RefertoSpecificationGuide.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Separatelyspecifiedtransitiontraydrivesaopenspacebetween side-by-sidetablesforpinchpointclearance.

•NotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedorattachedpedestals.

•NotforusewithWireManagementBasket.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deepbenchwillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlip TopUnit

• –23″(584mm) deepbenchwillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlip TopUnit

•Screens:

• –Specifyfor24″(610mm), 30″(762mm),and36″(914mm)depth bencheswithPlanesScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,Center MountDepth(TASC- -_).

• –Specifyfor23″(584mm), 29″(737mm),and35″(889mm)depth benchesBelongScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,Worksurface MountDepth(SUFB- -_B).

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•ThefollowingPlanesproductsareseparatelyspecifiedasneeded:

• –MonitorArm(s)

• –TransitionTrays

• –CableChain

• –PowerBaseIn,ThroughandOutcomponents.

• –HorizontalandVerticalwiremanagement.

• –Collisionsensor.

• Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

•RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions: L Laminate W Wood

2 EdgeOptions: Laminate: J Edgeband F Knife Wood: K Edgeband U Knife

3 HeightAdjustmentActuator: Single Stage: L Crank/Standard

M Crank/Programmable,add $808.64 list

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor. 3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$126.99 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

DepthWidthNumber 123

Crank/SingleStageElectric—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to46″(1168mm)/27″(686mm)to47″(1194mm)

23″(584mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2346- SNH $8596.70$9133.39$8643.84$9180.53$8935.63$9472.32$9599.96$10201.51$9635.20$10236.75

52″(1321mm)TARA-2352- SNH 8788.669366.758841.959420.049171.799749.889879.1610527.759919.0010567.59

58″(1473mm)TARA-2358- SNH 8980.639600.129040.079659.569407.9710027.4610158.3710854.0010202.8110898.44

64″(1626mm)TARA-2364- SNH 9172.599833.489238.189899.079644.1410305.0310437.5711180.2410486.6111229.28

70″(1778mm)TARA-2370- SNH 9364.5610066.859436.2910138.589880.3210582.6110716.7811506.4910770.4111560.12

24″(610mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2446- SNH $8623.50$9167.09$8672.68$9216.27$8977.16$9520.75$9641.30$10250.69$9678.07$10287.46

52″(1321mm)TARA-2452- SNH 8818.809403.798874.419459.409218.599803.589923.8410580.279965.4210621.85

58″(1473mm)TARA-2458- SNH 9014.129640.519076.149702.539460.0410086.4310206.4010909.8710252.7710956.24

64″(1626mm)TARA-2464- SNH 9209.439877.229277.869945.659701.4810369.2710488.9511239.4610540.1111290.62

70″(1778mm)TARA-2470- SNH 9404.7510113.949479.6010188.799942.9310652.1210771.5111569.0610827.4711625.02

29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2946- SNH $8811.56$9389.65$8871.00$9449.09$9238.90$9816.99$9902.06$10550.65$9946.50$10595.09

52″(1321mm)TARA-2952- SNH 9023.609643.099090.799710.289506.6810126.1710201.3410896.9710251.5710947.20

58″(1473mm)TARA-2958- SNH 9235.659896.549310.599971.489774.4710435.3610500.6311243.3010556.6611299.33

64″(1626mm)TARA-2964- SNH 9447.6910149.989530.3810232.6710042.2510744.5410799.9111589.6210861.7411651.45

70″(1778mm)TARA-2970- SNH 9659.7410403.439750.1910493.8810310.0411053.7311099.2011935.9511166.8212003.57

30″(762mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3046- SNH $8838.36$9423.35$8899.84$9484.83$9280.43$9865.42$9943.40$10599.83$9989.37$10645.80

52″(1321mm)TARA-3052- SNH 9053.749680.139123.259749.649553.4810179.8710246.0210949.4910297.9911001.46

58″(1473mm)TARA-3058- SNH 9269.149936.939346.6710014.469826.5410494.3310548.6611299.1710606.6211357.13

64″(1626mm)TARA-3064- SNH 9484.5310193.729570.0710279.2610099.5910808.7810851.2911648.8410915.2511712.80

70″(1778mm)TARA-3070- SNH 9699.9210450.519793.4910544.0810372.6511123.2411153.9211998.5111223.8812068.47

35″(889mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3546- SNH $9026.41$9645.90$9098.14$9717.63$9542.17$10161.66$10204.15$10899.78$10257.78$10953.41

52″(1321mm)TARA-3552- SNH 9258.549919.439339.6310000.529841.5710502.4610523.5211266.1910584.1511326.82

58″(1473mm)TARA-3558- SNH 9490.6610192.959581.1110283.4010140.9610843.2510842.8811632.5910910.5011700.21

64″(1626mm)TARA-3564- SNH 9722.7910466.489822.5910566.2810440.3611184.0511162.2511999.0011236.8712073.62

70″(1778mm)TARA-3570- SNH 9954.9110740.0010064.0710849.1610739.7611524.8511481.6112365.4011563.2211563.22

36″(914mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3646- SNH $9053.21$9679.60$9126.99$9753.38$9583.70$10210.09$10245.49$10948.96$10300.65$11004.12

52″(1321mm)TARA-3652- SNH 9288.699956.489372.0910039.889888.3710556.1610568.2111318.7210630.5611381.07

58

64″(1626mm)TARA-3664- SNH 9759.6310510.229862.2810612.8710497.7011248.2911213.6312058.2211290.3812134.97

70″(1778mm)TARA-3670- SNH 9995.0910787.0810107.3710899.3610802.3611594.3511536.3312427.9611620.2812511.91

Thispageintentionallyblank

Features

•Includestwo1.18″(30mm)thicktop,twoH-Legbaseswithfour telescopingposts,poweranddatachannelwithtroughs,height adjustmentmechanisms),wiremanagementclipsandhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentoptions:

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes,theyarestandardwithblackhousing.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:two9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15P plug.

•Baseincludeslegassembly;availableinpaintedtrim

•Glideshave1″(25mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Benchavailablewith3-or4-CircuitPowerBase,separatelyspecified.

•Powermodulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified. RefertoSpecificationGuide.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Separatelyspecifiedtransitiontraydrivesaopenspacebetween side-by-sidetablesforpinchpointclearance.

•NotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedorattachedpedestals.

•NotforusewithWireManagementBasket.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deepbenchwillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlip TopUnit

• –23″(584mm) deepbenchwillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlip TopUnit

•Screens:

• –Specifyfor24″(610mm), 30″(762mm),and36″(914mm)depth bencheswithPlanesScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,Center MountDepth(TASC-____-_).

• –Specifyfor23″(584mm), 29″(737mm),and35″(889mm)depth benchesBelongScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,Worksurface MountDepth(SUFB- -_B).

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•ThefollowingPlanesproductsareseparatelyspecifiedasneeded:

• –MonitorArm(s)

• –TransitionTrays

• –CableChain

• –PowerBaseIn,ThroughandOutcomponents.

• –HorizontalandVerticalWireManagement.

• –CollisionSensor.

• Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOptions: Laminate:

J Edgeband

F Knife Wood:

K Edgeband

U Knife

3 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage: E Standard R Programmable,add $404.31 list

DualStage,Low: P Standard S Programmable,add $404.31 list

DualStage,High: Q Standard

T Programmable,add $404.31 list

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$126.99 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

SingleStage—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to46″(1168mm)

23″(584mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2346- SNH $8596.70$9133.39$8643.84$9180.53$8935.63$9472.32$9599.96$10201.51$9635.20$10236.75

52″(1321mm)TARA-2352- SNH 8788.669366.758841.959420.049171.799749.889879.1610527.759919.0010567.59

58″(1473mm)TARA-2358- SNH 8980.639600.129040.079659.569407.9710027.4610158.3710854.0010202.8110898.44

64″(1626mm)TARA-2364- SNH 9172.599833.489238.189899.079644.1410305.0310437.5711180.2410486.6111229.28

70″(1778mm)TARA-2370- SNH 9364.5610066.859436.2910138.589880.3210582.6110716.7811506.4910770.4111560.12 24″(610mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2446- SNH $8623.50$9167.09$8672.68$9216.27$8977.16$9520.75$9641.30$10250.69$9678.07$10287.46

52″(1321mm)TARA-2452- SNH 8818.809403.798874.419459.409218.599803.589923.8410580.279965.4210621.85

58″(1473mm)TARA-2458- SNH 9014.129640.519076.149702.539460.0410086.4310206.4010909.8710252.7710956.24

64″(1626mm)TARA-2464- SNH 9209.439877.229277.869945.659701.4810369.2710488.9511239.4610540.1111290.62

70″(1778mm)TARA-2470- SNH 9404.7510113.949479.6010188.799942.9310652.1210771.5111569.0610827.4711625.02

29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2946- SNH $8811.56$9389.65$8871.00$9449.09$9238.90$9816.99$9902.06$10550.65$9946.50$10595.09

52″(1321mm)TARA-2952- SNH 9023.609643.099090.799710.289506.6810126.1710201.3410896.9710251.5710947.20

58″(1473mm)TARA-2958- SNH 9235.659896.549310.599971.489774.4710435.3610500.6311243.3010556.6611299.33

64″(1626mm)TARA-2964- SNH 9447.6910149.989530.3810232.6710042.2510744.5410799.9111589.6210861.7411651.45

70″(1778mm)TARA-2970- SNH 9659.7410403.439750.1910493.8810310.0411053.7311099.2011935.9511166.8212003.57

30″(762mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3046- SNH $8838.36$9423.35$8899.84$9484.83$9280.43$9865.42$9943.40$10599.83$9989.37$10645.80

52″(1321mm)TARA-3052- SNH 9053.749680.139123.259749.649553.4810179.8710246.0210949.4910297.9911001.46

58″(1473mm)TARA-3058- SNH 9269.149936.939346.6710014.469826.5410494.3310548.6611299.1710606.6211357.13

64″(1626mm)TARA-3064- SNH 9484.5310193.729570.0710279.2610099.5910808.7810851.2911648.8410915.2511712.80

70″(1778mm)TARA-3070- SNH 9699.9210450.519793.4910544.0810372.6511123.2411153.9211998.5111223.8812068.47

35″(889mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3546- SNH $9026.41$9645.90$9098.14$9717.63$9542.17$10161.66$10204.15$10899.78$10257.78$10953.41

52″(1321mm)TARA-3552- SNH 9258.549919.439339.6310000.529841.5710502.4610523.5211266.1910584.1511326.82

58″(1473mm)TARA-3558- SNH 9490.6610192.959581.1110283.4010140.9610843.2510842.8811632.5910910.5011700.21

70″(1778mm)TARA-3570- SNH 9954.9110740.0010064.0710849.1610739.7611524.8511481.6112365.4011563.2211563.22

52″(1321mm)TARA-3652- SNH

58

64″

70″(1778mm)TARA-3670- SNH 9995.0910787.0810107.3710899.3610802.3611594.3511536.3312427.9611620.2812511.91

Note:

•Screens:

• –Specify24″(610mm), 30″(762mm),and36″(914mm)depthbencheswithCenterMountedScreens.

• –Specify23″(584mm), 29″(737mm),and35″(889mm)depthbencheswithWorksurfaceMountedScreens.

DepthWidthNumber 123

DualStage/Low—HeightAdjustmentRange:22″(559mm)to48″(1219mm)

23″(584mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2346- SNH $10800.23$11336.92$10847.37$11384.06$11139.16$11675.85$11803.49$12405.04$11838.73$12440.28

52″(1321mm)TARA-2352- SNH 11034.5711612.6611087.8611665.9511417.7011995.7912125.0712773.6612164.9112813.50

58″(1473mm)TARA-2358- SNH 11268.9111888.4011328.3511947.8411696.2512315.7412446.6513142.2812491.0913186.72

64″(1626mm)TARA-2364- SNH 11503.2512164.1411568.8412229.7311974.8012635.6912768.2313510.9012817.2713559.94

70″(1778mm)TARA-2370- SNH 11737.5912439.8811809.3212511.6112253.3512955.6413089.8113879.5213143.4413933.15

24″(610mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2446- SNH $10827.03$11370.62$10876.21$11419.80$11180.69$11724.28$11844.83$12454.22$11881.60$12490.99

52″(1321mm)TARA-2452- SNH 11064.7111649.7011120.3211705.3111464.5012049.4912169.7512826.1812211.3312867.76

58″(1473mm)TARA-2458- SNH 11302.4011928.7911364.4211990.8111748.3212374.7112494.6813198.1512541.0513244.52

64″(1626mm)TARA-2464- SNH 11540.0912207.8811608.5212276.3112032.1412699.9312819.6113570.1212870.7713621.28

70″(1778mm)TARA-2470- SNH 11777.7812486.9711852.6312561.8212315.9613025.1513144.5413942.0913200.5013998.05

29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2946- SNH $11036.28$11614.37$11095.72$11673.81$11463.62$12041.71$12126.78$12775.37$12171.22$12819.81

52″(1321mm)TARA-2952- SNH 11290.7011910.1911357.8911977.3811773.7812393.2712468.4413164.0712518.6713214.30

58″(1473mm)TARA-2958- SNH 11545.1212206.0111620.0612280.9512083.9412744.8312810.1013552.7712866.1313608.80

64″(1626mm)TARA-2964- SNH 11799.5412501.8311882.2312584.5212394.1013096.3913151.7613941.4713213.5914003.30

70″(1778mm)TARA-2970- SNH 12053.9612797.6512144.4112888.1012704.2613447.9513493.4214330.1713561.0414397.79

30″(762mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3046- SNH $11063.08$11648.07$11124.56$11709.55$11505.15$12090.14$12168.12$12824.55$12214.09$12870.52

52″(1321mm)TARA-3052- SNH 11320.8411947.2311390.3512016.7411820.5812446.9712513.1213216.5912565.0913268.56

58″(1473mm)TARA-3058- SNH 11578.6112246.4011656.1412323.9312136.0112803.8012858.1313608.6412916.0913666.60

64″(1626mm)TARA-3064- SNH 11836.3812545.5711921.9212631.1112451.4413160.6313203.1414000.6913267.1014064.65

70″(1778mm)TARA-3070- SNH 12094.1412844.7312187.7112938.3012766.8713517.4613548.1414392.7313618.1014462.69

35″(889mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3546- SNH $11272.32$11891.81$11344.05$11963.54$11788.08$12407.57$12450.06$13145.69$12503.69$13199.32

52″(1321mm)TARA-3552- SNH 11546.8212207.7111627.9112288.8012129.8512790.7412811.8013554.4712872.4313615.10

58″(1473mm)TARA-3558- SNH 11821.3212523.6111911.7712614.0612471.6213173.9113173.5413963.2513241.1614030.87

64″(1626mm)TARA-3564- SNH 12095.8212839.5112195.6212939.3112813.3913557.0813535.2814372.0313609.9014446.65

70″(1778mm)TARA-3570- SNH 12370.3213155.4112479.4813264.5713155.1713940.2613897.0214780.8113978.6314862.42

36″(914mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3646- SNH $11299.12$11925.51$11372.90$11999.29$11829.61$12456.00$12491.40$13194.87$12546.56$13250.03

52″(1321mm)TARA-3652- SNH 11576.9712244.7611660.3712328.1612176.6512844.4412856.4913607.0012918.8413669.35

58″(1473mm)TARA-3658- SNH 11854.8112564.0011947.8412657.0312523.6913232.8813221.5714019.1213291.1314088.68

64″(1626mm)TARA-3664- SNH 12132.6612883.2512235.3112985.9012870.7313621.3213586.6614431.2513663.4114508.00

70″(1778mm)TARA-3670- SNH 12410.5013202.4912522.7813314.7713217.7714009.7613951.7414843.3714035.6914927.32

DualStage/High—HeightAdjustmentRange:24″(610mm)to50″(1270mm)

23″(584mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2346- SNH $10800.23$11336.92$10847.37$11384.06$11139.16$11675.85$11803.49$12405.04$11838.73$12440.28

52″(1321mm)TARA-2352- SNH 11034.5711612.6611087.8611665.9511417.7011995.7912125.0712773.6612164.9112813.50

58″(1473mm)TARA-2358- SNH 11268.9111888.4011328.3511947.8411696.2512315.7412446.6513142.2812491.0913186.72

64″(1626mm)TARA-2364- SNH 11503.2512164.1411568.8412229.7311974.8012635.6912768.2313510.9012817.2713559.94

70″(1778mm)TARA-2370- SNH 11737.5912439.8811809.3212511.6112253.3512955.6413089.8113879.5213143.4413933.15

24″(610mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2446- SNH $10827.03$11370.62$10876.21$11419.80$11180.69$11724.28$11844.83$12454.22$11881.60$12490.99

52″(1321mm)TARA-2452- SNH 11064.7111649.7011120.3211705.3111464.5012049.4912169.7512826.1812211.3312867.76

58″(1473mm)TARA-2458- SNH 11302.4011928.7911364.4211990.8111748.3212374.7112494.6813198.1512541.0513244.52

64″(1626mm)TARA-2464- SNH 11540.0912207.8811608.5212276.3112032.1412699.9312819.6113570.1212870.7713621.28

70″(1778mm)TARA-2470- SNH 11777.7812486.9711852.6312561.8212315.9613025.1513144.5413942.0913200.5013998.05 29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2946- SNH $11036.28$11614.37$11095.72$11673.81$11463.62$12041.71$12126.78$12775.37$12171.22$12819.81

52″(1321mm)TARA-2952- SNH 11290.7011910.1911357.8911977.3811773.7812393.2712468.4413164.0712518.6713214.30

58″(1473mm)TARA-2958- SNH 11545.1212206.0111620.0612280.9512083.9412744.8312810.1013552.7712866.1313608.80

64″(1626mm)TARA-2964- SNH 11799.5412501.8311882.2312584.5212394.1013096.3913151.7613941.4713213.5914003.30

70″(1778mm)TARA-2970- SNH 12053.9612797.6512144.4112888.1012704.2613447.9513493.4214330.1713561.0414397.79

30″(762mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3046- SNH $11063.08$11648.07$11124.56$11709.55$11505.15$12090.14$12168.12$12824.55$12214.09$12870.52

52″(1321mm)TARA-3052- SNH 11320.8411947.2311390.3512016.7411820.5812446.9712513.1213216.5912565.0913268.56

58″(1473mm)TARA-3058- SNH 11578.6112246.4011656.1412323.9312136.0112803.8012858.1313608.6412916.0913666.60

64″(1626mm)TARA-3064- SNH 11836.3812545.5711921.9212631.1112451.4413160.6313203.1414000.6913267.1014064.65

70″(1778mm)TARA-3070- SNH 12094.1412844.7312187.7112938.3012766.8713517.4613548.1414392.7313618.1014462.69

35″(889mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3546- SNH $11272.32$11891.81$11344.05$11963.54$11788.08$12407.57$12450.06$13145.69$12503.69$13199.32

52″(1321mm)TARA-3552- SNH 11546.8212207.7111627.9112288.8012129.8512790.7412811.8013554.4712872.4313615.10

58″(1473mm)TARA-3558- SNH 11821.3212523.6111911.7712614.0612471.6213173.9113173.5413963.2513241.1614030.87

64″(1626mm)TARA-3564- SNH 12095.8212839.5112195.6212939.3112813.3913557.0813535.2814372.0313609.9014446.65

70″(1778mm)TARA-3570- SNH 12370.3213155.4112479.4813264.5713155.1713940.2613897.0214780.8113978.6314862.42 36″(914mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3646- SNH $11299.12$11925.51$11372.90$11999.29$11829.61$12456.00$12491.40$13194.87$12546.56$13250.03

64

70

EXAMPLE: Planes, Rectangle, 30" x 58" , Laminate, Edgeband, Standard Core, Single-Sided Bench Glides, Single-Stage Electric-Programmable.

TA RA - 30 58 - L J S N S R

Base Type

S – Single-Sided Bench, Freestanding

Platform TA– Planes Tables Cutout – No Cutout N

Width

46 – 46"

52 – 52"

58 – 58"

64 – 64" 70 – 70"

Depth

23 – 23"

24 – 24"

29 – 29"

30 – 30"

Top Shape

RA – Rectangle

Core Type S – Standard

Edge

Laminate:

J – Edgeband

F – Knife

K – Edgeband U – Knife Wood:

Surface Material

L – Laminate W – Wood

Height/Mechanism

B – Crank (27" - 45")

E – Single-Stage (27" - 46") Standard

R – Single-Stage (27" - 46") Programmable P – Dual-Stage Low (22" - 48") Standard

S – Dual-Stage Low (22" - 48") Programmable Switch Q – Dual-Stage High (24" - 50") Standard T – Dual-Stage High (24" - 50") Programmable Switch

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,oneC-Legbasewithtwotelescoping posts,poweranddatachannelwithtrough,heightadjustment mechanism,wiremanagementclipsandhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms:

• –Handcrankprovides1″(25mm) verticalmovementforevery6turns within27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)heightrange.Handcrankisfield installedoneitherrightorleftsideandretractsunderthetabletop. BasestandardwithblacktelescopingbasetubesandJ-rails.

•Glideshave1″(25mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Benchavailablewith3-or4-CircuitPowerBase,separatelyspecified.

•Powermodulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified. RefertoSpecificationGuide.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Separatelyspecifiedtransitiontraydrivesaopenspacebetween side-by-sidetablesforpinchpointclearance.

•NotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedorattachedpedestals.

•NotforusewithWireManagementBasket.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deepbenchwillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlip TopUnit

• –23″(584mm) deepbenchwillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlip TopUnit

•Screens:

• –Specifyfor24″(610mm) and30″(762mm)depthbencheswith PlanesScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,CenterMount Depth(TASC- -_).

• –Specifyfor23″(584mm) and29″(737mm)depthbenchesBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,WorksurfaceMountDepth (SUFB- -_B).

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ThefollowingPlanesproductsareseparatelyspecifiedasneeded:

• –MonitorArm(s)

• –TransitionTrays

• –CableChain

• –PowerBaseIn,ThroughandOutcomponents

• –HorizontalandVerticalWireManagement

• –CollisionSensor

• Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions: L Laminate W Wood

2 EdgeOptions: Laminate: J Edgeband F Knife Wood: K Edgeband U Knife

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgebandtrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

DepthWidthNumber 12

CrankAdjustment—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)

23″(584mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2346- SNSB $3301.01$3777.11$3348.18$3824.28$3640.16$4116.26$4304.27$4845.23$4339.53$4880.49

52″(1321mm)TARA-2352- SNSB 3425.523943.023478.843996.343808.904326.404516.025104.024555.885143.88

58″(1473mm)TARA-2358- SNSB 3550.034108.933609.504168.403977.654536.554727.775362.814772.245407.28

64″(1626mm)TARA-2364- SNSB 3674.544274.843740.174340.474146.404746.704939.525621.604988.595670.67

70″(1778mm)TARA-2370- SNSB 3799.054440.753870.834512.534315.154956.855151.275880.395204.945934.06 24″(610mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2446- SNSB $3327.82$3810.82$3377.04$3860.04$3681.71$4164.71$4345.62$4894.42$4382.42$4931.22

52″(1321mm)TARA-2452- SNSB 3455.683980.083511.324035.723855.734380.134560.725156.564602.325198.16

58″(1473mm)TARA-2458- SNSB 3583.544149.343645.604211.404029.754595.554775.825418.704822.225465.10

64″(1626mm)TARA-2464- SNSB 3711.404318.603779.884387.084203.774810.974990.925680.845042.125732.04

70″(1778mm)TARA-2470- SNSB 3839.264487.863914.164562.764377.795026.395206.025942.985262.025998.98

29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2946- SNSB $3482.21$3999.71$3541.68$4059.18$3909.83$4427.33$4572.71$5160.71$4617.18$5205.18

52″(1321mm)TARA-2952- SNSB 3626.814185.713694.044252.944110.214669.114804.555439.594854.825489.86

58″(1473mm)TARA-2958- SNSB 3771.424371.723846.414446.714310.594910.895036.405718.485092.465774.54

64″(1626mm)TARA-2964- SNSB 3916.024557.723998.774640.474510.975152.675268.245997.365330.116059.23

70″(1778mm)TARA-2970- SNSB 4060.624743.724151.134834.234711.355394.455500.086276.245567.756343.91

30″(762mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3046- SNSB $3509.02$4033.42$3570.55$4094.95$3951.39$4475.79$4614.06$5209.90$4660.06$5255.90

52″(1321mm)TARA-3052- SNSB 3656.984222.783726.534292.334157.044722.844849.265492.144901.265544.14

58″(1473mm)TARA-3058- SNSB 3804.934412.133882.504489.704362.694969.895084.455774.375142.455832.37

64″(1626mm)TARA-3064- SNSB 3952.884601.484038.484687.084568.355216.955319.646056.605383.646120.60

70″(1778mm)TARA-3070- SNSB 4100.834790.834194.464884.464774.005464.005554.836338.835624.836408.83

Note:

•Screens:

• –Specify24″(610mm) and30″(762mm)depthbencheswithCenterMountedScreens.

• –Specify23″(584mm) and29″(737mm)depthbencheswithWorksurfaceMountedScreens.

Thispageintentionallyblank

Features

•Includestwo1.18″(30mm)thicktop,oneC-Legbasewithtwo telescopingposts,poweranddatachannelwithtroughs,height adjustmentmechanisms,wiremanagementclipsandhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentoptions:

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes,theyarestandardwithblackhousing.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:one9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15P plugtopowerelectricheightadjustmentmechanism.

•Baseincludeslegassemblyavailableinpaintedtrimcolors.

•Glideshave1″(25mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Benchavailablewith3-or4-CircuitPowerBase,separatelyspecified.

•Powermodulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified. RefertoSpecificationGuide.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Separatelyspecifiedtransitiontraydrivesa2″(51mm)openspace betweenside-by-sidetablesforpinchpointclearance.

•NotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedorattachedpedestals.

•NotforusewithWireManagementBasket.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deepbenchwillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlip TopUnit

• –23″(584mm) deepbenchwillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlip TopUnit

•Screens:

• –Specifyfor24″(610mm) and30″(762mm)depthbencheswith PlanesScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,CenterMount Depth(TASC- -_).

• –Specifyfor23″(584mm) and29″(737mm)depthbenchesBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,WorksurfaceMountDepth (SUFB- -_B).

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•ThefollowingPlanesproductsareseparatelyspecifiedasneeded:

• –MonitorArm(s)

• –TransitionTrays

• –CableChain

• –PowerBaseIn,ThroughandOutcomponents.

• –HorizontalandVerticalWireManagement.

• –CollisionSensor.

• RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOptions: Laminate:

J Edgeband

F Knife Wood:

K Edgeband

U Knife

3 HeightAdjustmentActuator: Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $202.15 list

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $202.15 list

DualStage,High:

Q Standard

T Programmable,add $202.15 list

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$63.50 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

″(686mm)to46″(1168mm)

23″(584mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2346- SNS

52″(1321mm)TARA-2352- SNS 4474.434991.934527.755045.254857.815375.315564.936152.935604.796192.79

58″(1473mm)TARA-2358- SNS 4618.735177.634678.205237.105046.355605.255796.476431.515840.946475.98

64″(1626mm)TARA-2364- SNS 4763.035363.334828.665428.965234.895835.196028.016710.096077.086759.16

70″(1778mm)TARA-2370- SNS 4907.335549.034979.115620.815423.436065.136259.556988.676313.227042.34 24″(610mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2446- SNS $4356.94$4839.94$4406.16$4889.16$4710.83$5193.83$5374.74$5923.54$5411.54$5960.34

52″(1321mm)TARA-2452- SNS 4504.595028.994560.235084.634904.645429.045609.636205.475651.236247.07

58″(1473mm)TARA-2458- SNS 4652.245218.044714.305280.105098.455664.255844.526487.405890.926533.80

64″(1626mm)TARA-2464- SNS 4799.895407.094868.375475.575292.265899.466079.416769.336130.616820.53

70″(1778mm)TARA-2470- SNS 4947.545596.145022.445671.045486.076134.676314.307051.266370.307107.26

29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2946- SNS $4521.23$5038.73$4580.70$5098.20$4948.85$5466.35$5611.73$6199.73$5656.20$6244.20

52″(1321mm)TARA-2952- SNS 4685.625244.524752.855311.755169.025727.925863.366498.405913.636548.67

58″(1473mm)TARA-2958- SNS 4850.025450.324925.015525.315389.195989.496115.006797.086171.066853.14

64″(1626mm)TARA-2964- SNS 5014.415656.115097.165738.865609.366251.066366.637095.756428.507157.62

70″(1778mm)TARA-2970- SNS 5178.805861.905269.315952.415829.536512.636618.267394.426685.937462.09 30

DepthWidthNumber 123

DualStage/Low—HeightAdjustmentRange:22″(559mm)to48″(1219mm)

23″(584mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2346- SNS $5248.13$5724.23$5295.30$5771.40$5587.28$6063.38$6251.39$6792.35$6286.65$6827.61

52″(1321mm)TARA-2352- SNS 5410.085927.585463.405980.905793.466310.966500.587088.586540.447128.44

58″(1473mm)TARA-2358- SNS 5572.046130.945631.516190.415999.666558.566749.787384.826794.257429.29

64″(1626mm)TARA-2364- SNS 5733.996334.295799.626399.926205.856806.156998.977681.057048.047730.12

70″(1778mm)TARA-2370- SNS 5895.956537.655967.736609.436412.057053.757248.177977.297301.848030.96

24″(610mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2446- SNS $5274.94$5757.94$5324.16$5807.16$5628.83$6111.83$6292.74$6841.54$6329.54$6878.34

52″(1321mm)TARA-2452- SNS 5440.245964.645495.886020.285840.296364.696545.287141.126586.887182.72

58″(1473mm)TARA-2458- SNS 5605.556171.355667.616233.416051.766617.566797.837440.716844.237487.11

64″(1626mm)TARA-2464- SNS 5770.856378.055839.336446.536263.226870.427050.377740.297101.577791.49

70″(1778mm)TARA-2470- SNS 5936.166584.766011.066659.666474.697123.297302.928039.887358.928095.88

29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2946- SNS $5448.06$5965.56$5507.53$6025.03$5875.68$6393.18$6538.56$7126.56$6583.03$7171.03

52″(1321mm)TARA-2952- SNS 5630.106189.005697.336256.236113.506672.406807.847442.886858.117493.15

58″(1473mm)TARA-2958- SNS 5812.156412.455887.146487.446351.326951.627077.137759.217133.197815.27

64″(1626mm)TARA-2964- SNS 5994.206635.906076.956718.656589.157230.857346.428075.547408.298137.41

70″(1778mm)TARA-2970- SNS 6176.246859.346266.756949.856826.977510.077615.708391.867683.378459.53

30″(762mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3046- SNS $5474.87$5999.27$5536.40$6060.80$5917.24$6441.64$6579.91$7175.75$6625.91$7221.75

52″(1321mm)TARA-3052- SNS 5660.276226.075729.826295.626160.336726.136852.557495.436904.557547.43

58″(1473mm)TARA-3058- SNS 5845.666452.865923.236530.436403.427010.627125.187815.107183.187873.10

64″(1626mm)TARA-3064- SNS 6031.066679.666116.666765.266646.537295.137397.828134.787461.828198.78

70″(1778mm)TARA-3070- SNS 6216.456906.456310.087000.086889.627579.627670.458454.457740.458524.45

″(610mm)to50″(1270mm) 23″(584mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2346- SNS

52″(1321mm)TARA-2352- SNS 5410.085927.585463.405980.905793.466310.966500.587088.586540.447128.44

58″(1473mm)TARA-2358- SNS 5572.046130.945631.516190.415999.666558.566749.787384.826794.257429.29

64″(1626mm)TARA-2364- SNS 5733.996334.295799.626399.926205.856806.156998.977681.057048.047730.12

70″(1778mm)TARA-2370- SNS 5895.956537.655967.736609.436412.057053.757248.177977.297301.848030.96 24

(610mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2446- SNS $5274.94$5757.94$5324.16$5807.16$5628.83$6111.83$6292.74$6841.54$6329.54$6878.34

52″(1321mm)TARA-2452- SNS 5440.245964.645495.886020.285840.296364.696545.287141.126586.887182.72

58″(1473mm)TARA-2458- SNS 5605.556171.355667.616233.416051.766617.566797.837440.716844.237487.11

64″(1626mm)TARA-2464- SNS 5770.856378.055839.336446.536263.226870.427050.377740.297101.577791.49

70″(1778mm)TARA-2470- SNS 5936.166584.766011.066659.666474.697123.297302.928039.887358.928095.88

29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-2946- SNS $5448.06$5965.56$5507.53$6025.03$5875.68$6393.18$6538.56$7126.56$6583.03$7171.03

52″(1321mm)TARA-2952- SNS 5630.106189.005697.336256.236113.506672.406807.847442.886858.117493.15

58″(1473mm)TARA-2958- SNS 5812.156412.455887.146487.446351.326951.627077.137759.217133.197815.27

64″(1626mm)TARA-2964- SNS 5994.206635.906076.956718.656589.157230.857346.428075.547408.298137.41

70″(1778mm)TARA-2970- SNS 6176.246859.346266.756949.856826.977510.077615.708391.867683.378459.53

″(762mm)46″(1168mm)TARA-3046- SNS $5474.87$5999.27$5536.40$6060.80$5917.24$6441.64$6579.91$7175.75$6625.91$7221.75

Thispageintentionallyblank

Features

•Includesthree1.18″(30mm)thicktops,threeH-Legbaseswithnine telescopingposts,poweranddatachannelwithtroughs,height adjustmentmechanisms,wiremanagementclipsandhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandedgesorwood veneertopwith3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.Topsare3mmon useredgeand1mmonremainingedges.

•Heightadjustmentoptions:

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes,theyarestandardwithblackhousing.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)per1.6seconds.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:three9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordswithNEMA5-15P plugtopowerelectricheightadjustmentmechanism.

•Baseincludeslegassemblyavailableinpaintedtrimcolors.

•Glideshave1″(25mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Benchavailablewith3-or4-CircuitPowerBase,separatelyspecified.

•Powermodulesareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified. RefertoSpecificationGuide.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Separatelyspecifiedtransitiontraydrivesa2″(51mm)openspace betweenside-by-sidetablesforpinchpointclearance.

•NotdesignedtoacceptAKP’s,suspendedorattachedpedestals.

•NotforusewithWireManagementBasket.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deepbenchwillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlip TopUnit

• –23″(584mm) deepbenchwillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlip TopUnit

•Screens:

• –Specifyfor24″(610mm) and30″(762mm)depthbencheswith PlanesScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,CenterMount Depth(TASC- -_).

• –Specifyfor23″(584mm) and29″(737mm)depthbenchesBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,WorksurfaceMountDepth (SUFB- -_B).

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.pertopincludingsurface; appliedweightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•Thefollowingproductsareseparatelyspecifiedasneeded:

• –MonitorArm(s)

• –TransitionTrays

• –CableChain

• –PowerBaseIn,ThroughandOutcomponents.

• –HorizontalandVerticalWireManagement.

• –CollisionSensor.

• Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOptions:

L Laminate

W Wood

2 EdgeOptions:

Laminate:

J Edgeband

F Knife

Wood:

K Edgeband

U Knife

3 HeightAdjustmentActuator:

Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $606.44 list

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $606.44 list

DualStage,High:

Q Standard

T Programmable,add $606.44 list

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor(laminateonly).

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$126.99 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

SingleStage—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to46″(1168mm)

23″(584mm)46″(1168mm)68TACZ-4646- SNH B $25207.72$25828.90$25916.51$26537.69$30120.15$32166.39$30293.30$32339.54

52″(1321mm)79TACZ-5252- SNH B 25475.7026175.4226202.9726902.6930868.3933173.3531055.3433360.30

58″(1473mm)91TACZ-5858- SNH B 25741.9926516.6826487.7627262.4531593.1134145.0331793.8834345.80

24″(610mm)46″(1168mm)72TACZ-4646- SNH D $25286.41$25911.16$26001.36$26626.11$30220.67$32278.67$30398.41$32456.41

52″(1321mm)83TACZ-5252- SNH D 25562.7526262.4726296.9926996.7130955.4433260.4031147.5933452.55

58″(1473mm)96TACZ-5858- SNH D 25839.0926613.7826592.6227367.3131690.2134242.1331896.7734448.69

29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)79TACZ-4646- SNH C $25674.79$26306.68$26420.56$27052.45$30652.71$32734.23$30853.48$32935.00

52″(1321mm)93TACZ-5252- SNH C 26001.3626708.2226770.4327477.2931437.7133766.1931655.8833984.36

58″(1473mm)108TACZ-5858- SNH C 26329.6027115.0027121.9827907.3832246.2134833.4132481.7935068.99

30″(762mm)46″(1168mm)83TACZ-4646- SNH G $25751.80$26383.69$26503.72$27135.61$30729.72$32811.24$30935.08$33016.60

52″(1321mm)97TACZ-5252- SNH G 26090.0826800.5126866.1227576.5531548.2633888.5031771.6434111.88

58″(1473mm)113TACZ-5858- SNH G 26426.6927212.0927226.8428012.2432343.3034930.5032584.6935171.89 DualStage/Low—HeightAdjustmentRange:22″(559mm)to48″(1219mm)

23″(584mm)46″(1168mm)68TACZ-4646- SNH B $28093.29$28714.47$28802.08$29423.26$33005.72$35051.96$33178.87$35225.11

52″(1321mm)79TACZ-5252- SNH B 28361.2729060.9929088.5429788.2633753.9636058.9233940.9136245.87

58″(1473mm)91TACZ-5858- SNH B 28627.5629402.2529373.3330148.0234478.6837030.6034679.4537231.37

24″(610mm)46″(1168mm)72TACZ-4646- SNH D $28171.98$28796.73$28886.93$29511.68$33106.24$35164.24$33283.98$35341.98

52″(1321mm)83TACZ-5252- SNH D 28448.3229148.0429182.5629882.2833841.0136145.9734033.1636338.12

58″(1473mm)96TACZ-5858- SNH D 28724.6629499.3529478.1930252.8834575.7837127.7034782.3437334.26

29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)79TACZ-4646- SNH C $28560.36$29192.25$29306.13$29938.02$33538.28$35619.80$33739.05$35820.57

52″(1321mm)93TACZ-5252- SNH C 28886.9329593.7929656.0030362.8634323.2836651.7634541.4536869.93

58″(1473mm)108TACZ-5858- SNH C 29215.1730000.5730007.5530792.9535131.7837718.9835367.3637954.56

30″(762mm)46″(1168mm)83TACZ-4646- SNH G $28637.37$29269.26$29389.29$30021.18$33615.29$35696.81$33820.65$35902.17

52″(1321mm)97TACZ-5252- SNH G 28975.6529686.0829751.6930462.1234433.8336774.0734657.2136997.45

58″(1473mm)113TACZ-5858- SNH G 29312.2630097.6630112.4130897.8135228.8737816.0735470.2638057.46

23″(584mm)46″(1168mm)68TACZ-4646- SNH B $28093.29$28714.47$28802.08$29423.26$33005.72$35051.96$33178.87$35225.11

52″(1321mm)79TACZ-5252- SNH B 28361.2729060.9929088.5429788.2633753.9636058.9233940.9136245.87

58″(1473mm)91TACZ-5858- SNH B 28627.5629402.2529373.3330148.0234478.6837030.6034679.4537231.37

24″(610mm)46″(1168mm)72TACZ-4646- SNH D $28171.98$28796.73$28886.93$29511.68$33106.24$35164.24$33283.98$35341.98

52″(1321mm)83TACZ-5252- SNH D 28448.3229148.0429182.5629882.2833841.0136145.9734033.1636338.12

58″(1473mm)96TACZ-5858- SNH D 28724.6629499.3529478.1930252.8834575.7837127.7034782.3437334.26

29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)79TACZ-4646- SNH C $28560.36$29192.25$29306.13$29938.02$33538.28$35619.80$33739.05$35820.57

52″(1321mm)93TACZ-5252- SNH C 28886.9329593.7929656.0030362.8634323.2836651.7634541.4536869.93

58″(1473mm)108TACZ-5858- SNH C 29215.1730000.5730007.5530792.9535131.7837718.9835367.3637954.56

30″(762mm)46″(1168mm)83TACZ-4646- SNH G $28637.37$29269.26$29389.29$30021.18$33615.29$35696.81$33820.65$35902.17

52″(1321mm)97TACZ-5252- SNH G 28975.6529686.0829751.6930462.1234433.8336774.0734657.2136997.45

58″(1473mm)113TACZ-5958- SNH G 29312.2630097.6630112.4130897.8135228.8737816.0735470.2638057.46

PlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforBench

Features

•IncludestwoH-Legbaseswithfourtelescopingposts,poweranddata channelwithtroughs,heightadjustmentmechanismandhardware.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms(with1.18″(30mm)worksurface):

• –Handcrankprovides1″(25mm) verticalmovementforevery6turns within27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)heightrange.Handcrankisfield installedoneitherrightorleftsideandretractsunderthetabletop. BasestandardwithblacktelescopingbasetubesandJ-rails.

•Glideshave1″(25mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack. •Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

• Maximumworktopoverhangallowedis6″(152mm)ononeside.

• RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Separatelyspecifiedtransitiontraydrivesaopenspacebetween side-by-sidetablesforpinchpointclearance.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

•Considerationsforproperandsafeapplication:

• –Topsshouldbesizedtopreventpinchpoints,collisions,andcable shearing

• –Attachedscreensandmonitorarmsdonotcreateunstable conditions.

• –Pedestals,overheads,andadjacentcomponentsshouldbesizedand positioned toavoidcollisions.

• –ReferSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

• Base Only Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber. 2)Basetrimcolor.

Features

•IncludestwoH-Legbaseswithfourtelescopingposts,poweranddata channelwithtroughs,heightadjustmentmechanisms(onehandcrank andonesinglestageelectric),wiremanagementclipsandhardware.

•Heightadjustmentmechanisms(with1.18″(30mm)worksurface):

• –Handcrankprovides1″(25mm) verticalmovementforevery6turns within27″(686mm)to45″(1143mm)heightrange.Handcrankisfield installedoneitherrightorleftsideandretractsunderthetabletop. BasestandardwithblacktelescopingbasetubesandJ-rails.

• –SingleStageTouchPadActuatoravailableinStandard(E)up/down movementorProgrammable(R)providingfourdifferentup/down programmedheights.Provides27″(686mm)to46″(1168mm) continuousheightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuator:

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftable;predrilledforfield installed andfieldchangeable.

2)Basetrimcolor. HeightAdjustableTablesandBenchesPriceList

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuator: Single Stage: L Crank/Standard M Crank/Programmable, add $404.31 list.

• –Touchpadactuatorhastouchpadcontrolsandstandardwithblack housing

• –Controlboxisfieldinstalledandstandardwithblackhousing.

• Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•StandardwithblacktelescopingbasetubesandJ-rails.

•Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto powerelectricheightadjustmentmechanism.

•Baseincludeslegassemblyavailableinpaintedtrimcolors.

•Glideshave1″(25mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

• Maximumworktopoverhangallowedis6″(152mm)ononeside.

• RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Separatelyspecifiedtransitiontraydrivesaopenspacebetween side-by-sidetablesforpinchpointclearance.

•NotdesignedtoacceptAKP’,suspendedorattachedpedestals.

•NotforusewithWireManagementBasket.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

•Considerationsforproperandsafeapplication:

• –Topsshouldbesizedtopreventpinchpoints,collisions,andcable shearing.

• –Attachedscreensandmonitorarmsdonotcreateunstable conditions.

• –Pedestals,overheads,andadjacentcomponentsshouldbesizedand positioned toavoidcollisions.

• –ReferSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

• Base Only Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

PlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforBench

Features

•IncludestwoH-Legbaseswithfourtelescopingposts,poweranddata channelwithtroughs,heightadjustmentmechanisms,wire managementclipsandhardware.

•Heightadjustmentoptions(with1.18″(30mm)worksurface):

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith22″(559mm) to48″(1219mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageHighwith24″(610mm) to50″(1270mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

•TouchPadActuatorscanbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusing predrilledholes,theyarestandardwithblackhousing.

•Heightadjustment:1.4″(36mm)persecond.

•Basestandardwithmatchingorcoordinatingcolortelescopingbase tubesandblackJ-rails.

•Includes:two9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15P plug.

•Baseincludeslegassembly;availableinpaintedtrim.

•Glideshave1″(25mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

• Maximumworktopoverhangallowedis6″(152mm)ononeside.

• RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTableforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•Notdesignedtobeusedwithcasters.

•Separatelyspecifiedtransitiontraydrivesaopenspacebetween side-by-sidetablesforpinchpointclearance.

•NotdesignedtoacceptAKP’,suspendedorattachedpedestals.

•NotforusewithWireManagementBasket.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•RefertoPlanesHeightAdjustableTablesforeachworksurfacetop weight.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

•Considerationsforproperandsafeapplication:

• –Topsshouldbesizedtopreventpinchpoints,collisions,andcable shearing

• –Attachedscreensandmonitorarmsdonotcreateunstable conditions.

• –Pedestals,overheads,andadjacentcomponentsshouldbesizedand positioned toavoidcollisions.

• –ReferSpecificationGuideforapplicationguidelines.

• Base Only Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuator Options:

Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $404.31 list.

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $404.31 list.

DualStage,High:

Q Standard

T Programmable,add $404.31 list.

2)Basetrimcolor.

Thispageintentionallyblank

RA L- 23 46 - L J S N C E

S – Dual-Stage Low (23" - 48.7") Programmable Switch HeightAdjustableTablesandBenchesPriceList PlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—Rectangular GeneralGuidelinesforProductSpecification

Base Type

Product

Shape

CE – 90° Wrap-Around Extended Corner

CN – 90° Notched Corner

CR – 90° Wrap-Around Corner

CP – 90° Notched Extended Corner

CZ – 120° Wrap-Around Corner

RA – Rectangle

Height/Mechanism

E – Single-Stage (27" - 46") Standard

R – Single-Stage (27" - 46") Programmable P – Dual-Stage Low (23" - 48.7") Standard

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicklaminatetop,C-legorT-Legtelescoping baseassembly,standardorprogrammabletouchpadactuator,wire managementclips,adjustableglidesandhardware.

•Laminatetopwith3mmedgeband.Topsare3mmonuseredgeand 1mmonremainingedges.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment:

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusingpredrilledholes; standardwithblackhousing.

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Recommendedscreens:

• –BelongScreenforHeightAdjustableTablesSUFB- ___-_A.

• –BelongPlusScreensforHeightAdjustableTables SUSB- ___-FNUUNNN.

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit.

•Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonalltables.Recommend HorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

•Separatelyspecifiedcasterkitavailable.SeeSpecificationGuidefor application.

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 BaseOption:

C C-leg

T T-leg

2 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions:

Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $188.55 list.

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $188.55 list.

2)Laminatesurfacecolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor.

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$56.03 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

TLCN-5858-NCEB

C-Leg

TLCN-6464-NCEE (Left-handOrientation)

Programmable Standard Touch Pads

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicklaminatetop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,onecenterpostleg,standardorprogrammabletouchpad actuator,wiremanagementclips,adjustableglidesandhardware.

•Laminatetopwith3mmedgebandedges.Topsare3mmonuseredge and1mmonremainingedges.

•A64″(1626mm)2-piecetopincludesa46″(1168mm)cornerand 18″(457mm)rectangulartop;70″(1778mm)includesa52″(1321mm) cornerand18″(457mm)rectangulartop.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment:

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusingpredrilledholes, they arestandardwithblackhousing.

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notforusewithcasters.

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• One-piecetopsarenon-handed;twopiecetopsarehanded.The seamlessprimaryusersideofthetable(sidewithoutrectangulartop) determinesthehandednessfromaseatedposition.

•SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Recommendedscreens:

• –BelongScreenforHeightAdjustableTablesSUFB- ___-_A.

• –BelongPlusScreensforHeightAdjustableTables SUSB- ___-FNUUNNN.

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit.

•Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonalltables.Recommend HorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions:

Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $188.55 list

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $188.55 list.

2 DepthandOrientation:

23″ deep tops:

B Non-handed(52″ and58″ widths)

E LH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

H RH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

29″ deeptops:

C Non-handed(52″ and58″ widths)

F LH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

J RH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

2)Laminatesurfacecolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor.

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$56.03 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

C-Leg

TLCP-4070-NCEB (Left-handOrientation)

C-Leg

TLCP-5270-NCEB (Left-handOrientation)

Touch Pads

Standard

Programmable

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicklaminatetop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,onecenterpostleg,standardorprogrammabletouchpad actuator,wiremanagementclips,adjustableglidesandhardware.

•Laminatetopwith3mmedgeband.Topsare3mmonuseredgeand 1mmonremainingedges.

•A64″(1626mm)x70″(1778mm)2-piecetopincludesa46″(1168mm) cornerand18″(457mm)rectangulartop.

•Twopiecetopsareavailablewithedgebandonly.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment:

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusingpredrilledholes, they arestandardwithblackhousing.

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notforusewithcasters.

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• Handednessdeterminedbylengthsideoftablefromseatedposition.

•SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Recommendedscreens:

• –BelongScreenforHeightAdjustableTablesSUFB- ___-_A.

• –BelongPlusScreensforHeightAdjustableTables SUSB- ___-FNUUNNN.

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit.

•Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonalltables.Recommend HorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions:

Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $188.55 list

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $188.55 list.

2 DepthandOrientation:

23″ deep tops:

E Left-hand

H Right-hand

29″ deeptops:

F Left-hand

J Right-hand

2)Laminatesurfacecolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor.

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$56.03 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

TLCR-7070-NCEE (Left-handOrientation)

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicklaminatetop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,onecenterpostleg,standardorprogrammabletouchpad actuator,wiremanagementclips,adjustableglidesandhardware.

•Laminatetopwith3mmedgeband.Topsare3mmonuseredgeand 1mmonremainingedges.

•A64″(1626mm)2-piecetopincludesa46″(1168mm)cornerand 18″(457mm)rectangulartop;70″(1778mm)includesa52″(1321mm) cornerand18″(457mm)rectangulartop.TwopiecetopincludesLrail andconnectionplates.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment:

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusingpredrilledholes, they arestandardwithblackhousing.

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notforusewithcasters.

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• One-piecetopsarenon-handed;twopiecetopsarehanded.The seamlessprimaryusersideofthetable(sidewithoutrectangulartop) determinesthehandednessfromaseatedposition.

•SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Recommendedscreens:

• –BelongScreenforHeightAdjustableTablesSUFB- ___-_A.

• –BelongPlusScreensforHeightAdjustableTables SUSB- ___-FNUUNNN.

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit.

•Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonalltables.Recommend HorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions:

Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $188.55 list

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $188.55 list.

2 DepthandOrientation:

23″ deep tops:

B Non-handed(52″ and58″ widths)

E LH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

H RH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

29″ deeptops:

C Non-handed(52″ and58″ widths)

F LH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

J RH(64″ and70″ widths)two-piece top

2)Laminatesurfacecolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor.

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$56.03 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

C-Leg

TLCE-4064-NCEB (Left-handOrientation)

C-Leg

TLCE-6470-NCEE (Left-handOrientation)

Standard Touch Pads

Programmable

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicklaminatetop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,onecenterpostleg,standardorprogrammabletouchpad actuator,wiremanagementclips,adjustableglidesandhardware.

•Laminatetopwith3mmedgeband.Topsare3mmonuseredgeand 1mmonremainingedges.

•A64″(1626mm)x70″(1778mm)2-piecetopincludesa46″(1168mm) cornerand18″(457mm)rectangulartop.TwopiecetopincludesLrail andconnectionplates.

•Twopiecetopsareavailablewithedgebandonly.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment:

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm)to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusingpredrilledholes, they arestandardwithblackhousing.

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notforusewithcasters.

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• Handednessdeterminedbylengthsideoftablefromseatedposition.

•SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Recommendedscreens:

• –BelongScreenforHeightAdjustableTablesSUFB- ___-_A.

• –BelongPlusScreensforHeightAdjustableTables SUSB- ___-FNUUNNN.

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

–29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit.

•Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonalltables.Recommend HorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions:

Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $188.55 list

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $188.55 list.

2 DepthandOrientation:

23″ deep tops:

E Left-hand

H Right-hand

29″ deeptops:

F Left-hand

J Right-hand

2)Laminatesurfacecolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor.

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$56.03 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicklaminatetop,twoC-legtelescopingbase assemblies,onecenterpostleg,standardorprogrammabletouchpad actuator,wiremanagementclips,adjustableglidesandhardware.

•Laminatetopwith3mmedgebandedges.Topsare3mmonuseredge and1mmonremainingedges.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment:

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusingpredrilledholes, they arestandardwithblackhousing.

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentstandardinblack.

•Grommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation;separatelyspecified.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notforusewithcasters.

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Recommendedscreens:

• –BelongScreenforHeightAdjustableTablesSUFB- ___-_A.

• –BelongPlusScreensforHeightAdjustableTables SUSB- ___-FNUUNNN.

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit.

•Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonalltables.Recommend HorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $188.55 list

DualStage,Low: P Standard

S Programmable,add $188.55 list.

2)Laminatesurfacecolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor.

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$56.03 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

29″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)46″(1168mm)

DualStage/Low—HeightAdjustmentRange:23″(584mm)to48.7″(1237mm)

23″(584mm)/23″(584mm)46″(1168mm)46″(1168mm)

″(737mm)/29″(737mm)46″(1168mm)46″(1168mm)

″(1321mm)52″(1321mm) 93

C $4209.89$4324.11

Features

•IncludesC-legorT-Legtelescopingbaseassembly,standardor programmabletouchpadactuator,wiremanagementclips,adjustable glidesandhardware.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment(adjustmentrangebasedonusinga separatelyspecified1.18″(30mm)tabletop):

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftable;standardwithblack housing

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Recommendedscreens:

• –BelongScreenforHeightAdjustableTablesSUFB- ___-_A.

• –BelongPlusScreensforHeightAdjustableTables SUSB- ___-FNUUNNN.

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit.

•Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonalltables.Recommend HorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

•Separatelyspecifiedcasterkitavailable.SeeSpecificationGuidefor application.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

• Verifyuserprovidedworksurfaceiscompatiblewithall components.

• BaseOnly Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 BaseOptions:

C C-leg

T T-leg

2 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions:

Single Stage:

E Standard

R Programmable,add $188.55 list

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $188.55 list

2)Basetrimcolor.

TLCR-5858-NCEB

TLCR-6464-NCEE (Left-handOrientation)

Programmable

Features

•IncludestwoC-legtelescopingbaseassemblies,onecenterpostleg, standardorprogrammabletouchpadactuator,wiremanagement clips,adjustableglidesandhardware.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment(adjustmentrangebasedonusinga separatelyspecified1.18″(30mm)tabletop):

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftable;standardwithblack housing

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notforusewithcasters.

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Recommendedscreens:

• –BelongScreenforHeightAdjustableTablesSUFB- ___-_A.

• –BelongPlusScreensforHeightAdjustableTables SUSB- ___-FNUUNNN.

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit.

•Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonalltables.Recommend HorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

• Verifyuserprovidedworksurfaceiscompatiblewithall components.

• BaseOnly Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage: E Standard

R Programmable,add $188.55 list.

DualStage,Low: P Standard

S Programmable,add $188.55 list.

2)Basetrimcolor.

C-Leg

C-Leg

TLCE-4064-NCEB (Left-handOrientation) 70”

C-Leg

TLCE-6470-NCEE (Left-handOrientation)

Programmable Standard

Features

•IncludestwoC-legtelescopingbaseassemblies,onecenterpostleg, standardorprogrammabletouchpadactuator,wiremanagement clips,adjustableglidesandhardware.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment(adjustmentrangebasedonusinga separatelyspecified1.18″(30mm)tabletop):

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftable;standardwithblack housing

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notforusewithcasters.

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Recommendedscreens:

• –BelongScreenforHeightAdjustableTablesSUFB- ___-_A.

• –BelongPlusScreensforHeightAdjustableTables SUSB- ___-FNUUNNN.

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit.

•Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonalltables.Recommend HorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

• Verifyuserprovidedworksurfaceiscompatiblewithall components.

• BaseOnly Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage: E Standard

R Programmable,add $188.55 list.

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $188.55 list.

2)Basetrimcolor.

Features

•IncludestwoC-legtelescopingbaseassemblies,onecenterpostleg, standardorprogrammabletouchpadactuator,wiremanagement clips,adjustableglidesandhardware.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment(adjustmentrangebasedonusinga separatelyspecified1.18″(30mm)tabletop):

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftable;standardwithblack housing

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassemblyandfoot;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15Pplugto thebuilding.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

• –Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notforusewithcasters.

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Recommendedscreens:

• –BelongScreenforHeightAdjustableTablesSUFB- ___-_A.

• –BelongPlusScreensforHeightAdjustableTables SUSB- ___-FNUUNNN.

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•ElectricalFlipTopUnitisfieldinstalled,ifapplicable.

• –29″(737mm) deeptablewillaccommodateaSingleElectricalFlipTop Unit.

• –23″(584mm) deeptablewillnotaccommodateanElectricalFlipTop Unit.

•Wiremanagementaccessoriesareallowedonalltables.Recommend HorizontalWireManagementWUAW-1500-PNH.

•Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

• Verifyuserprovidedworksurfaceiscompatiblewithall components.

• BaseOnly Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage: E Standard

R Programmable,add $188.55 list. DualStage,Low: P Standard

S Programmable,add $188.55 list.

2)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$56.03 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Thispageintentionallyblank

HeightAdjustableTablesandBenchesPriceList PlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—Bench GeneralGuidelinesforProductSpecification

TL RA - 30 58 - L J S N H R *

Base Type

29 – 29" 30 – 30" 58 – 58" Platform TL– Planes LT Cutout – No Cutout N H – Bench Base S – Single-Sided Bench

Core Type S – Standard N–No Top

Edge J – Edgeband N – No Top

Surface Material

Width

46 – 46 " 52 – 52" 64 – 64" 70 – 70"

Depth

23 – 23"

24 – 24"

Top Shape

RA – Rectangle CZ–120° Corner

120° Bench Depth

B – 23"

D – 24"

C – 29"

G – 30"

Height/Mechanism

E – Single-Stage (27" - 46") Standard

R – Single-Stage (27" - 46") Programmable P – Dual-Stage Low (23" - 48.7") Standard

S – Dual-Stage Low (23" - 48.7") Programmable Switch Laminate:

L – Laminate N – No Top

Features

•Includestwo1.18″(30mm)thicktops,twoH-legbaseswithfour telescopingposts,poweranddatachannelwithtroughs,standardor programmabletouchpadactuator,wiremanagementclips,and hardware.

•Laminatetopwith3mmedgebandedges.Topsare3mmonuseredge and1mmonremainingedges.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment:

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusingpredrilledholes, they arestandardwithblackhousing.

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassembly;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:two9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15P plug.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notforusewithcasters.

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Screens:

• –Specifyfor24″(610mm) and30″(762mm)depthbencheswithPlanes ScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,CenterMountDepth (TASC- -_).

• –Specifyfor23″(584mm) and29″(737mm)depthbencheswithBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,WorksurfaceMountDepth (SUFB- -_B).

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•Thefollowingproductsareseparatelyspecifiedasneeded:

• –MonitorArm(s)

• –TransitionTrays –CableChain

• –PowerBaseIn,ThroughandOutcomponents

• –HorizontalandVerticalWireManagement

• –BenchStretcherCover

• Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage: E Standard R Programmable,add $377.09 list. DualStage,Low: P Standard S Programmable,add $377.09 list.

2)Laminatesurfacecolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor.

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$112.04 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

DepthWidthNumber 1

SingleStage—HeightAdjustmentRange:27″(686mm)to46″(1168mm)

23″(584mm)

″(1168mm) TLRA-2346-LJSNH

(1321mm) TLRA-2352-LJSNH

″(1778mm)

24″(610mm)

(1626mm)

Features

•Includesone1.18″(30mm)thicktop,oneC-legbasewithtwo telescopingposts,poweranddatachannelwithtroughs,standardor programmabletouchpadactuator,wiremanagementclips,and hardware.

•Laminatetopwith3mmedgebandedges.Topsare3mmonuseredge and1mmonremainingedges.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment:

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusingpredrilledholes, they arestandardwithblackhousing.

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassembly;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:one9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15P plug.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

• Mustbeusedandattachedtoanotherbenchofequalorgreater size.ETLlistingdoesnotallowuseofafreestandingsinglesided bench.

•Notforusewithcasters.

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Screens:

• –Specifyfor24″(610mm) and30″(762mm)depthbencheswithPlanes ScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,CenterMountDepth (TASC- -_).

• –Specifyfor23″(584mm) and29″(737mm)depthbencheswithBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,WorksurfaceMountDepth (SUFB- -_B).

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•Thefollowingproductsareseparatelyspecifiedasneeded:

• –MonitorArm(s)

• –TransitionTrays

• –CableChain

• –PowerBaseIn,ThroughandOutcomponents

• –HorizontalandVerticalWireManagement

• –BenchStretcherCover

• Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage: E Standard

R Programmable,add $188.55 list.

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $188.55 list.

2)Laminatesurfacecolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor.

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$56.03 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Features

•Includesthree1.18″(30mm)thicktops,threeH-Legbaseswithnine telescopingposts,poweranddatachannelwithtroughs,standardor programmabletouchpadactuator,wiremanagementclipsand hardware.

•Laminatetopwith3mmedgebandedges.Topsare3mmonuseredge and1mmonremainingedges.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment:

•1.4″(36mm)persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusingpredrilledholes, they arestandardwithblackhousing.

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassembly;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:three9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordswithNEMA5-15P plugtopowerelectricheightadjustmentmechanism.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notforusewithcasters.

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis300lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•Screens:

• –Specifyfor24″(610mm) and30″(762mm)depthbencheswithPlanes ScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,CenterMountDepth (TASC- -_).

• –Specifyfor23″(584mm) and29″(737mm)depthbencheswithBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,WorksurfaceMountDepth (SUFB- -_B).

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•Thefollowingproductsareseparatelyspecifiedasneeded:

• –MonitorArm(s)

• –TransitionTrays –CableChain

• –PowerBaseIn,ThroughandOutcomponents

• –HorizontalandVerticalWireManagement

• –BenchStretcherCover

• Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage: E Standard R Programmable,add $565.63 list

DualStage,Low: P Standard

S Programmable,add $565.63 list

2)Laminatesurfacecolor.

3)Edgetrimcolor.

4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$112.04 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Features

•IncludestwoH-legbaseswithfourtelescopingposts,poweranddata channelwithtroughs,standardorprogrammabletouchpadactuator, wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment(adjustmentrangebasedonusinga separatelyspecified1.18″(30mm)tabletop):

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusingpredrilledholes; standardwithblackhousing.

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassembly;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:two9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15P plugtothebuilding.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notforusewithcasters.

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•RecommendedScreens:

• –Specifyfor24″(610mm) and30″(762mm)depthbencheswithPlanes ScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,CenterMountDepth (TASC- -_).

• –Specifyfor23″(584mm) and29″(737mm)depthbencheswithBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,WorksurfaceMountDepth (SUFB- -_B).

• –PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•Thefollowingproductsareseparatelyspecifiedasneeded:

• –MonitorArm(s)

• –TransitionTrays

• –CableChain

• –PowerBaseIn,ThroughandOutcomponents –HorizontalandVerticalWireManagement

• –BenchStretcherCover

• Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

• Verifyuserprovidedworksurfaceiscompatiblewithall components.

• BaseOnly Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage: E Standard

R Programmable,add $377.09 list. DualStage,Low: P Standard

S Programmable,add $377.09 list.

2)Basetrimcolor.

Features

•IncludesoneC-legbasewithtwotelescopingposts,poweranddata channelwithtroughs,standardorprogrammabletouchpadactuator, wiremanagementclips,andhardware.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment(adjustmentrangebasedonusinga separatelyspecified1.18″(30mm)tabletop):

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusingpredrilledholes, they arestandardwithblackhousing.

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassembly;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:one9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordwithNEMA5-15P plug.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

• Mustbeusedandattachedtoanotherbenchofequalorgreater size.ETLlistingdoesnotallowuseofafreestandingsinglesided bench.

•Notforusewithcasters.

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•RecommendedScreens:

• –Specifyfor24″(610mm) and30″(762mm)depthbencheswithPlanes ScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,CenterMountDepth (TASC- -_).

• –Specifyfor23″(584mm) and29″(737mm)depthbencheswithBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,WorksurfaceMountDepth (SUFB- -_B).

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•Thefollowingproductsareseparatelyspecifiedasneeded:

• –MonitorArm(s) –TransitionTrays

• –CableChain

• –PowerBaseIn,ThroughandOutcomponents

• –HorizontalandVerticalWireManagement

• –BenchStretcherCover

• Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

• Verifyuserprovidedworksurfaceiscompatiblewithall components.

• BaseOnly Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage: E Standard

R Programmable,add $188.55 list.

DualStage,Low:

P Standard

S Programmable,add $188.55 list.

2)Basetrimcolor.

Features

•IncludesthreeH-Legbaseswithninetelescopingposts,powerand datachannelwithtroughs,standardorprogrammabletouchpad actuator,wiremanagementclipsandhardware.

•ElectricHeightAdjustment(adjustmentrangebasedonusinga separatelyspecified1.18″(30mm)tabletop):

• –1.4″(36mm) persecond.

• –SingleStagewith27″(686mm) to46″(1168mm)continuousheight adjustmentrange.

• –DualStageLowwith23″(584mm) to48.7″(1237mm)continuous heightadjustmentrange.

•TouchPadActuatorOptions:

• –Standardtwo-buttonwithup/downcontrol.

• –Programmablewithup/downadjustmentcontrol,fourmemory settings,anddigitalheightdisplay.

• –Canbemountedonleftorrightsideoftableusingpredrilledholes, they arestandardwithblackhousing.

•Baseincludes:

• –Paintedtelescopingbasetubes.

• –Legassembly;availableinpaintedtrimcolors.

• Includes:three9′(2743mm)longblackpowercordswithNEMA5-15P plugtopowerelectricheightadjustmentmechanism.

•Glideshave0.5″(13mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Depthandwidthshowninnominaldimensions.

•Shipsunassembled.

SpecificationTips

•Notforusewithcasters.

• SeeSpecificationGuideforstability,loadandfitchartstocalculate feasibility:

• –Maximumallowableoverhang.

• –Attachmentsforscreens,drawers,pedestals,AKP’sormonitorarms.

• SeeProductApplicationpagesforguidelinesonpinchpointswhen HeightAdjustableTableissurroundedbywalls,panelsand/orother worksurfaces.

•Totalliftingcapacityoftableis250lbs.includingsurface;applied weightshouldbeevenlydistributed.

•RecommendedScreens:

• –Specifyfor24″(610mm) and30″(762mm)depthbencheswithPlanes ScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,CenterMountDepth (TASC- -_).

• –Specifyfor23″(584mm) and29″(737mm)depthbencheswithBelong ScreensforHeightAdjustableBenches,WorksurfaceMountDepth (SUFB- -_B).

•PowerModulesorgrommetsareavailableforfieldinstallation; separatelyspecified.

•Thefollowingproductsareseparatelyspecifiedasneeded:

• –MonitorArm(s)

• –TransitionTrays

• –CableChain

• –PowerBaseIn,ThroughandOutcomponents

• –HorizontalandVerticalWireManagement

• –BenchStretcherCover

• Selectatopthataccommodates1″(25mm)pinchpointclearanceonall sidesandmeetsatleastaNFPAclassCflammabilityrating.

• Verifyuserprovidedworksurfaceiscompatiblewithall components.

• BaseOnly Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhaving jurisdiction(AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersand installation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 HeightAdjustmentActuatorOptions: Single Stage: E Standard

R Programmable,add $565.63 list

DualStage,Low: P Standard

S Programmable,add $565.63 list

2)Basetrimcolor.

″(584mm)to48.7

23

30

ForusewithRectangleBench

Feature

•Includestwocoversandmountinghardware.

SpecificationTips

•ForusewithPlanesorPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBenches.

•OptionalremovableBenchStretcherCoverprovidesaccesstopower anddatacabletrough.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber.

2)Trimcolor.

Note:$15.41 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,discbase,glides,pneumaticcolumn withleverandhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandorwoodveneertop with3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.

•Pneumaticheightadjustmentwith27″(686mm)to44″(1118mm) continuousadjustment.

•Glideshave0.38″(9.5mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Tablesisavailablewithblackglidesonly.

SpecificationTips

•BaseSizes:

• –30″(762mm) topsinclude21″(533mm)discbase.

• –36″(914mm) topsinclude27″(686mm)discbase.

•Powercannotberoutedthroughcolumn.

•Doesnotacceptscreen,AKP,monitorarmsoranydrawersorpedestals.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOption: L Laminate W Wood

2 EdgeOption: Laminate: J Edgeband F Knife Wood: K Edgeband U Knife

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgebandtrimcolor(laminateonly). 4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$60.04 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,discbase,glides,pneumaticcolumn withleverandhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandorwoodveneertop with3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.

•Pneumaticheightadjustmentwith27″(686mm)to44″(1118mm) continuousadjustment.

•Glideshave0.38″(9.5mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Tablesisavailablewithblackglidesonly.

SpecificationTips

•BaseSizes:

• –30″(762mm) topsinclude21″(533mm)discbase.

• –36″(914mm) topsinclude27″(686mm)discbase.

•Powercannotberoutedthroughcolumn.

•Doesnotacceptscreen,AKP,monitorarmsoranydrawersorpedestals.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOption: L Laminate W Wood

2 EdgeOption: Laminate: J Edgeband F Knife Wood: K Edgeband U Knife

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgebandtrimcolor(laminateonly). 4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$60.04 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Features

•Includes1.18″(30mm)thicktop,discbase,glides,pneumaticcolumn withleverandhardware.

•Laminatetopwithknifeedgeor3mmedgebandorwoodveneertop with3mmwoodedgebandorknifeedge.

•Pneumaticheightadjustmentwith27″(686mm)to44″(1118mm) continuousadjustment.

•Glideshave0.38″(9.5mm)heightadjustmentandarestandardinblack.

•Tablesisavailablewithblackglidesonly.

SpecificationTips

•BaseSizes:

• –30″(762mm) topsinclude21″(533mm)discbase.

• –36″(914mm) topsinclude27″(686mm)discbase.

•Powercannotberoutedthroughcolumn.

•Doesnotacceptscreen,AKP,monitorarmsoranydrawersorpedestals.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber,including:

1 SurfaceOption: L Laminate W Wood

2 EdgeOption: Laminate: J Edgeband F Knife Wood: K Edgeband U Knife

2)Laminatesurfacecolororwoodfinishcolor.

3)Edgebandtrimcolor(laminateonly). 4)Basetrimcolor.

Note:$60.04 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.

Non-Locking

Locking

Feature

•Includesfourblackcasters(2-lockingand2non-locking).

SpecificationTip

•Canreplaceglideson23″(584mm)and29″(737mm)tables.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber. (Nofinishspecificationrequired.)

(2) Locking (2) Non-Locking TA01-CSTR

GalleryEndPanelBracket

Feature

•Includesfourblackcasters(2-lockingand2non-locking).

SpecificationTips

•Canreplaceglideson23″(584mm)and29″(737mm)C-Legtables.

TableDepthandBase ScreensMonitorArms

23″(584mm)C-legCaster No No

29″(737mm)C-legCaster Yes* Yes*

*ScreenorMonitorArms;notboth

Features

•Includesexternalsensor,sensorunitcord,andeitheroneortwo connectingcablesandattachmenthardware.

•Providesincreasedpinchpointandcollisiondetection.

•InstallsonbottomoftabletosurfaceandtoJ-rail.

•Useofsensordoesnotcompletelyeliminatepotentialpinchpointrisks orcollisions–usershouldbeproperlytrainedandusecautionwhen operating.

SpecificationTips

•CanonlybeinstalledonPlanesorPlanesValueModelHeight AdjustableTablesandBenchescontrollerthatisnewerthan10-2016.

•Surfaces<60″(1524mm)useoneconnectingcable.

•Surfaces>60″(1524mm)usetwoconnectingcables.

•Connectionhardwareiscriticalforoptimalperformance.See installationinstructions.

•Veryimportantforconnectingcabletobesecurelyfastenedfor optimalperformance.

ToOrder,Specify: 1)Productnumber.

TA01-BRKT-E

Feature

•Includesonepairofpaintedbracketsandattachmenthardware.

SpecificationTips

• DesignedtoattachPlanesorPlanesValueLineDouble-Sided HeightAdjustableBenchesor120°HeightAdjustableBenchto ResideStructuralscreensor1or2PieceGalleryEndPanels.

•Notforuseon:

• –PlanesSingleSidedBench

• –PlanesValueLineSingleSidedBench

• –HopBenches

• Mountstocrossbeamattheendofabenchingrun.

•Forusewith1or2PieceGalleryEndPanels.

• Notforusewith3PieceGalleryEndPanels.

• Notforuseinbetweenbenches.DonotfieldmodifyGalleryEnd Paneltoroutepowerbetweenbenches.ContactTailored Solutions.

•CannotuseendofruntopfeedwithGalleryEndPanel.

•RefertoSpecificationGuideforplanninginformation.

ToOrder,Specify: 1)Productnumber.

Thispageintentionallyblank

BelongScreens

BackScreenwithModestyforHeightAdjustableTables

Features

•IncludesscreenLbracketandattachmenthardware.

•AvailableinFabric,Laminate,Wood,Glass,orMarkerboard.

•Fabricsurfaceisnon-tackable.

•Laminatesurfaceishighpressurelaminatewith1mmedgeband.

•Woodsurfaceiswoodveneersurfacewith1mmedgeband.

•Markerboard–markersanderasersnotincluded.

•Screenandbracketsarefieldinstalled.

SpecificationTips

• NotforuseonHoporPlanesHeightAdjustableBench.

•Cannotmounttonon-squareedgeworksurfaces.

• RefertoSpecificationGuideformountingclearances.

•Screenandthetablewidthcannotmatch.Thescreenwidthmustbe smallerthanthetablewidth.

•Screensarenon-loadbearing.

•Screenswithclearglassspecifiedareclearaboveandbelowthe worksurface.

•Screenmounting:

• –19″ High:4.25″(108mm)aboveworksurface;13″(330mm)from bottomofworksurfacetobottomofscreen

• –27″ High:12.25″(311mm)aboveworksurface;13″(330mm)from bottomofworksurfacetobottomofscreen

• GlassscreennotforuseonUpsidetable.

•ScreenThickness:

• –Fabric,laminate,andwood-0.56″(14mm)

• –Glass-0.24″(6mm)

• Gapbetweenscreenandhorizontalsurfaceforwiremanagement.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber.

2)SurfaceColorsOptions:

Fabric: -FabricColor

Laminate:

-Laminatesurfacecolor

-Edgebandtrimcolor

Wood:

-Woodfinishcolor

Glass: -Glassfinish

9T-1CClear(GradeA)

9T-E21SatinEtched(GradeC)

3)Trimcolorforbracket.

Note:$3.24 upchargelistforGradeBtrim colors.Premiumlaminatewoodgrain directionisvertical.

19″(483mm)

24″(610mm)

SUFB-1924-WA $576.54$587.20

30″(762mm) SUFB-1930-WA 602.44615.37

36″(914mm) SUFB-1936-WA 628.34643.54

42″(1067mm) SUFB-1942-WA 654.24671.71

48″(1219mm) SUFB-1948-WA 680.14699.88

54″(1372mm) SUFB-1954-WA 706.04728.05

60″(1524mm) SUFB-1960-WA 731.94756.22

27″(686mm)

24″(610mm) SUFB-2724-WA $615.34$632.64

30″(762mm) SUFB-2730-WA 641.24660.81

36″(914mm) SUFB-2736-WA 667.14688.98

42″(1067mm) SUFB-2742-WA 693.04717.15

48″(1219mm) SUFB-2748-WA 718.94745.32

54″(1372mm) SUFB-2754-WA 744.84773.49

60″(1524mm) SUFB-2760-WA 770.74801.66 Glass

19″(483mm)

24″(610mm) SUFB-1924-GA $508.47$566.28

30″(762mm) SUFB-1930-GA 554.36614.36

36″(914mm) SUFB-1936-GA 600.25662.44

42″(1067mm) SUFB-1942-GA 646.14710.52

48″(1219mm) SUFB-1948-GA 705.57772.14

54″(1372mm) SUFB-1954-GA 765.00833.76

60″(1524mm) SUFB-1960-GA 824.43895.38

27″(686mm)

24″(610mm) SUFB-2724-GA $625.51$696.60

30″(762mm) SUFB-2730-GA 671.40744.68

36″(914mm) SUFB-2736-GA 717.29792.76

42″(1067mm) SUFB-2742-GA 763.18840.84

48″(1219mm) SUFB-2748-GA 822.61902.46

54″(1372mm) SUFB-2754-GA 882.04964.08

60″(1524mm) SUFB-2760-GA 941.471025.70

60″(1524mm) SUFB-2760-MA 516.17

BelongScreens

BackScreenwithoutModesty–HeightAdjustableTablesandBenching

Features

•Includesscreenandattachmenthardware.

•AvailableinFabric,Laminate,Wood,Glass,orMarkerboard.

•Fabricsurfaceisnon-tackable.

•Laminatesurfaceishighpressurelaminatewith1mmedgeband.

•Woodsurfaceiswoodveneersurfacewith1mmedgeband.

•Markerboard–markersanderasersnotincluded.

•Screenandbracketsarefieldinstalled.

SpecificationTips

•ForusewithHeightAdjustableBencheswith23″(584mm),29″(737mm) and35″(889mm)depthsonly.ReferenceSpecificationGuidefor recommendedscreentotablesize.

•CanbeusedwithFreestandingHeightAdjustableTables.

•Cannotmounttonon-squareedgeworksurfaces.

•Notforusewith24″(610mm),30″(762mm)and36″(914mm)depth

•HeightAdjustableBenchesduetopinchpoints.UsePlanesScreensfor HeightAdjustableBenchesCenterMount.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber.

2)SurfaceColorsOptions:

Fabric: -FabricColor

Laminate: -Laminatesurfacecolor

-Edgebandtrimcolor

Wood: -Woodfinishcolor

Glass: -Glassfinish

9T-1CClear(GradeA)

9T-E21SatinEtched(GradeC)

3)Trimcolorforbracket.

Note:$3.24 upchargelistforGradeBtrimcolors. Premiumlaminatewoodgraindirectionis vertical.

15″(381mm)

(584mm)

15″(381mm)

SUFB-1524-FB

30″(762mm) SUFB-1530-FB

36″(914mm) SUFB-1536-FB

42″(1067mm) SUFB-1542-FB

48″(1219mm) SUFB-1548-FB

54″(1372mm) SUFB-1554-FB

60″(1524mm) SUFB-1560-FB

36″(914mm) SUFB-2336-FB

42″(1067mm) SUFB-2342-FB

54″(1372mm) SUFB-2354-FB

60″(1524mm) SUFB-2360-FB

23″(584mm)

24″(610mm) SUFB-1524-DB $182.85$193.74

30″(762mm) SUFB-1530-DB 195.80207.75

36″(914mm) SUFB-1536-DB 208.75221.76

42″(1067mm) SUFB-1542-DB 221.70235.77

48″(1219mm) SUFB-1548-DB 234.65249.78

54″(1372mm) SUFB-1554-DB 247.60263.79

60″(1524mm) SUFB-1560-DB 260.55277.80

24″(610mm) SUFB-2324-DB $221.65$235.66

30″(762mm) SUFB-2330-DB 234.60249.67

36″(914mm) SUFB-2336-DB 247.55263.68

42″(1067mm) SUFB-2342-DB 260.50277.69

48″(1219mm) SUFB-2348-DB 273.45291.70

54″(1372mm) SUFB-2354-DB 286.40305.71

60″(1524mm) SUFB-2360-DB 299.35319.72

(381mm)

(584mm)

(1067mm) SUFB-2342-GB 704.66775.68

(1219mm) SUFB-2348-GB 764.09837.30

54″(1372mm) SUFB-2354-GB 823.52898.92

60″(1524mm) SUFB-2360-GB 882.95960.54

(1372mm) SUFB-2354-MB 470.87

60″(1524mm) SUFB-2360-MB 496.77

18″(457mm)

46″(1168mm) TASC-1846-F

52″(1321mm) TASC-1852-F

58″(1473mm) TASC-1858-F 539.43596.66661.57730.35799.11894.22951.66

64″(1626mm) TASC-1864-F 577.65640.58711.97787.65863.31967.781031.04

70″(1778mm) TASC-1870-F 615.87684.50762.37844.95927.511041.341110.42

23″(584mm)

46″(1168mm) TASC-2346-F

52″(1321mm) TASC-2352-F 551.01609.89676.77747.75818.46916.56975.73

58″(1473mm) TASC-2358-F 589.23653.81727.17805.05882.66990.121055.11

64″(1626mm) TASC-2364-F 627.45697.73777.57862.35946.861063.681134.49

70″(1778mm) TASC-2370-F 665.67741.65827.97919.651011.061137.241213.87

Laminate

HeightWidthNumberAB Laminate

18″(457mm)

46″(1168mm) TASC-1846-L $232.27$238.29

52″(1321mm) TASC-1852-L

58

23

TASC

52″(1321mm) TASC-2352-L 281.66291.50 58

Features

•Includesscreenandattachmenthardware.

•AvailableinFabric,Laminate,Wood,Glass,orMarkerboard.

•Fabricsurfaceisnon-tackable.

•Laminatesurfaceishighpressurelaminatewith1mmedgeband.

•Woodsurfaceiswoodveneersurfacewith1mmedgeband.

•Markerboard-markersanderasersnotincluded.

•Screenandbracketsarefieldinstalled.

SpecificationTips

•DesignedforusewithPlanesorPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBenches.

•NotforuseonPlanesHeightAdjustableTables.

•Specifyscreenwidthtomatchbenchwidth.

•Screenthickness:

• –Fabric,LaminateandWood-0.56″(14mm)

• –Glass-0.24″(6mm)

• –Markerboard-0.6″(15mm)

•18″(457mm)highforusewiththecrankandthesingle-stageelectric. 23″(584mm)highforusewithdual-stage.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber.

2)SurfaceColorsOptions:

Fabric:

• –Fabriccolor

Laminate:

• –Laminatesurfacecolor

• –Edgebandtrimcolor

Wood:

• –Woodfinishcolor

Glass:

• –Glassfinish

9T-1CClear(GradeA)

9T-E21SatinEtched(GradeC)

Markerboard:

• –(Nospecificationrequired)

3) Trimcolorforbracket.

Note:$5.91 upchargelistforGradeBtrimcolors. Premiumlaminatewoodgraindirectionis vertical.

(584mm)

64″(1626mm) TASC-1864-G 1060.201340.81

(1626mm) TASC-2364-G 1072.001356.46

Thispageintentionallyblank

Accessories–ForusewithHeightAdjustableTables

Features

•Includesonebasket,fourbracketsandattachmenthardware.

•Standardinblack.

•Basketis8.5″(216mm)deepx3.5″(89mm)high.Withmounting hardwareoverallheightis4.94″(125mm)anddepthis10.82″(275mm).

•Accessiblefrombothsides.

•Basketdetacheswithouttools.

SpecificationTips

•Optimizedforheightadjustabletable.

•NotforusewithHeightAdjustableBench,PlanesTrainingandPlanes Collaborativetables.

•Verifymountingclearancewithtableunderstructure.

•Separatelyspecifycovers.

Feature

•Includesonepaintedcover.

SpecificationTips

•Designedtobeusedwithwiremanagementbasket.Uptotwocanbe installed.

•Ordertomatchwiremanagementbasketwidth.

ToOrder,Specify: 1)Productnumber. (Nofinishspecificationrequired.)

ToOrder,Specify: 1)Productnumber. 2)Trimcolor.

Note:$15.63 upchargelistforGradeBtrimcolors.

4-Circuit,2+2

4-Circuit,3+1

Features

•Includeselectricalharnessingalvanizedmetalconduit.

•Conduitfor3-Circuitincludeseight12-gaugewiresforuptothree 20ampcircuitsofpower.

•Conduitfor4-Circuitincludessix12-gaugeandtwo10-gaugewiresfor uptofour20ampcircuitsofpower.

•Canbeusedtoroutepowerfromfloortopowerdistributionassembly.

•Forusewithcomponentsequippedwithpower.

•Attachesatanyreceptaclesiteorright-handjumperlocation.

SpecificationTips

• Notforusewithpowersourcesotherthan120volt60hertz.

•Abenchbasefeedcoverisaseparatelyspecifiedoption.

•Exposedsplittubingmaybefieldsuppliedseparatelytocoverexposed galvanizedmetalconduit.

•Donotmix3-circuitwith4-circuitcomponents.Donotmix2+2and 3+1components.Componentshaveuniquepolaritykeyandcolor coding(3-circuit=black;2+2=blue;3+1=green).

ToOrder,Specify: 1)Productnumber. (Nofinishspecificationrequired.)

Features

•Includesonejunctionboxwithmodularconnector.

•Forfloor,column,orwallhardwireconnections.

•Conduitfor3-circuitprovideseight12-gaugewiresforuptothree 20-ampcircuitsofpower.

•Conduitfor4-circuitprovidessix12-gaugeandtwo10-gaugewiresfor uptofour20-ampcircuitsofpower.

•ConformstoNewYorkCityelectricalcode.

•Junctionboxhasthree0.5″ knockouts.

SpecificationTips

•ForusewithPlanesLTandPlanesHeight-AdjustableBenchof52″ widthorgreaterequippedwith3-circuitor4-circuit(2+2or3+1)power components.

•ConnectorplugsintoreceptaclesiteonleftsideofPlanesHeightAdjustableBench.

•Conduitandfittingsforconnectionbetweenbuildingandjunctionbox aresuppliedbylocalelectricians.

•Donotmix3-circuitwith4-circuitcomponents.Donotmix2+2and 3+1components.Componentshaveuniquepolaritykeyandcolor coding(3-circuit=black,2+2=blueand3+1=green).

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber. (Nofinishspecificationrequired.)

Features

•Includes4.7″(119mm)junctionboxcoverwithonefemalemodular powerconnector.

•Forusewithfieldsupplied4.7″(119mm)squarejunctionbox.

•Connectorhasintegrallatchingsystem.

•ULlistedManufacturedwiringsystemratedfor20Amp120V/208Yor 120/240V60Hzandforusein‘‘otherairhandlingspaces’’perNEC Article604.

SpecificationTips

•ForusewithRaisedInfeedBaseFeedModuleandSystemsFurniture PowerInterfaceJumper.

•Providestransitionfrombuildingpowertomodularpowerdistribution system.Maybeusedwithjunctionboxinwallorcolumn.

•Donotmix3-circuitwith4-circuitcomponents.Donotmix2+2and 3+1components.Componentshaveuniquepolaritykeyandcolor coding(3-circuit=rustand4-circuit=black).

BenchFeed

Features

•IncludesconnectorassemblywhichconsistsofonePowerBase connectorhead,galvanized0.5″(13mm)flexiblemetalconduit,one PowerBaseAIconnectorheadandatwoportsplitter.

•Conduitfor3-Circuitincludeseight12-gaugewiresforuptothree 20ampcircuitsofpower.

•Conduitfor4-Circuitincludessix12-gaugeandtwo10-gaugewiresfor uptofour20ampcircuitsofpower.

•Forusewithcomponentsequippedwithpower.

•Attachesatanyreceptaclesiteorright-handjumperlocationandtoa WallFeedFieldWired1port.

SpecificationTips

• Notforusewithpowersourcesotherthan120volt60hertz.

•Averticalbasefeedcoverisaseparatelyspecifiedoption.

•Exposedsplittubingmaybefieldsuppliedseparatelytocoverexposed galvanizedmetalconduit.

•Donotmix3-circuitwith4-circuitcomponents.Donotmix2+2and 3+1components.Componentshaveuniquepolaritykeyandcolor coding(3-circuit=black;2+2=blue;3+1=green).

ToOrder,Specify: 1)Productnumber. (Nofinishspecificationrequired.)

ToOrder,Specify: 1)Productnumber. (Nofinishspecificationrequired.)

SingleCircuitBaseFeed–ReceptacleConnection withPowerCord— 3-Circuitand4-Circuit

SingleCircuitBaseFeed–ReceptacleConnection— 3-Circuitand4-Circuit

4-Circuit,3+1

Features

•Includesonebasefeed,24″(610mm)cord,junctionbox,53″(1346mm) flexibleconduitand20ampplug(NEMA5-20P).

•Forusewithproductequippedwith3-circuitor4-circuitpower components.

•Requiresa20amp,125voltbuildingreceptacle(NEMA5-20R)for plug-in(notincluded).

•Providespowertocircuit#1only.

•Attachesatanyflex/jumperlocationsonaPowerDistribution Assembly(PDA).

•Standardincharcoaltrimcoloronly.

SpecificationTips

• Notforusewithisolatedgroundreceptacles.

•Notforusewithpowersourcesotherthan120volt60hertz.

•Junctionboxmustbesecuredtofurnitureorarchitecturalsupport.

•Donotmix3-circuitwith4-circuitcomponents.Donotmix2+2and 3+1components.Componentshaveuniquepolaritykeyandcolor coding(3-circuit=black,2+2=blueand3+1=green).

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify: 1)Productnumber. (Nofinishspecificationrequired.)

Features

•Includesonebasefeed,72″(1829mm)cord,junctionbox,53″(1346mm) flexibleconduitand15ampplug(NEMA5-15P).

•Forusewithproductequippedwith3-circuitor4-circuitpower components.

•Requiresa15amp,125voltbuildingreceptacle(NEMA5-15R)for plug-in(notincluded).

•Attachesatanyflex/jumperlocationsonaPowerDistribution Assembly(PDA).

•Providespowertocircuit#1only.

•Standardincharcoaltrimcoloronly.

SpecificationTips

• NotforuseinUSAduetoelectricalcoderestrictions.

• Notforusewithisolatedgroundreceptacles.

•Notforusewithpowersourcesotherthan120volt60hertz.

•Junctionboxmustbesecuredtofurnitureorarchitecturalsupport.

•Donotmix3-circuitwith4-circuitcomponents.Donotmix2+2and 3+1components.Componentshaveuniquepolaritykeyandcolor coding(3-circuit=black,2+2=blueand3+1=green).

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber. (Nofinishspecificationrequired.)

Features

•IncludesPowerDistributionAssembly(PDA).

•Fieldinstalled.

SpecificationTips

•Usedforpowerdistribution.Installsinthepoweranddatachannel.

• SeparatelySpecify:

• –Receptacles

• –Jumpers

• –PowerInfeeds

• Donotmix3-circuitwith4-circuitcomponents.Donotmix2+2and 3+1components.Componentshaveuniquepolaritykeyandcolor coding(3-circuit=black;2+2=blue;3+1=green).

ToOrder,Specify: 1)Productnumber. (Nofinishspecificationrequired.)

Features

•Forusewithpowercomponents.

•Jumperscannotbecoupledtogether.

•Fieldinstalled.

SpecificationTips

• JumpersareusedtoconnectbetweenPowerDistribution AssembliesmountedinPlaneorPlanesLTHeightAdjustable Benchtroughs.

•Donotmix3-circuitwith4-circuitcomponents.Donotmix2+2and 3+1components.Componentshaveuniquepolaritykeyandcolor coding(3-circuit=black;2+2=blue;3+1=green).

•One28″(711.2mm)jumpertoconnectbetweentwobenches.Usetwo 36″(914.4mm)jumperstoconnectthePowerDistributionassemblies withina120°bench.

ToOrder,Specify: 1)Productnumber. (Nofinishspecificationrequired.)

3-Circuit

4-Circuit,2+2

4-Circuit,3+1

Circuit1-3N/ACommonEUER-153P-GS0S

Circuit1-3N/AIsolatedEUER-153P-IS0S

Circuit11CommonEUER-1521-GS0S

Circuit22EUER-1522-GS0S

Circuit33EUER-1523-GS0S

Circuit44EUER-1524-GS0S

Circuit11IsolatedEUER-1521-IS0S

Circuit22EUER-1522-IS0S

Circuit33EUER-1523-IS0S

Circuit44EUER-1524-IS0S

Circuit1ACommonEUER-1541-GS0S

Circuit2BEUER-1542-GS0S

Circuit3CEUER-1543-GS0S

Circuit4DEUER-1544-GS0S

Circuit1AIsolatedEUER-1541-IS0S

Circuit2BEUER-1542-IS0S

Circuit3CEUER-1543-IS0S

Circuit4DEUER-1544-IS0S

Features

•Includesboxofsixreceptacles,eachreceptaclehasthree15Amp outlets(NEMA5-15Rconfiguration).

•Forusewithpanelsequippedwithpowercomponents.

•Receptaclesaregroundtypespecific.

SpecificationTips

•Notforusewithpowersourcesotherthan120volt60hertz.

•Forpoweraccessatanylocationwithinthepanelswithappropriate baseracewaycoversortechnologypad.

•Isolatedgroundreceptaclenotforusewithsinglecircuitbasefeed module.

•Triplexesfor3-Circuitarefieldprogrammable.

•Triplexesfor4-Circuithavefixedcircuitaccessandarenotfield programmable.Specifyappropriatenumberofreceptaclesforeach circuit.

•Donotmix3-circuitwith4-circuitcomponents.Donotmix2+2and 3+1components.Componentshaveuniquepolaritykeyandcolor coding(3-circuit=black,2+2=blueand3+1=green).

• Controlledreceptaclesaremarkedwithapermanentsymboland thewordCONTROLLEDtocomplywithvariousenergycode requirementsincludingASHRAE90.1andCaliforniaBuildingCode Title24part6.

• Circuitassignmentandreceptacleplacementshouldbe coordinatedwithalocalelectrician.Localelectricianisresponsible forcircuitloadingandcodecompliance.

• Consultwithlocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction(AHJ)for requirementsregardingcontrolledreceptaclesbeforeplacing ordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber. 2)Trimcolor.

TR-RBeige TR-TYCement TR-AKChalk TR-KCharcoal TR-JGraphite TR-GGrayTone TR-NGOrange*Isolatedgroundonly TR-TWPlaster TR-AAPutty TR-ESmoke

4-Circuit,3+1

Circuit11CommonEUER-2031-GS0S

Circuit33EUER-2033-GS0S

Circuit11IsolatedEUER-2031-IS0S

Circuit22EUER-2032-IS0S

Circuit33EUER-2033-IS0S

Circuit11CommonEUER-2021-GS0S

Circuit22EUER-2022-GS0S

Circuit33EUER-2023-GS0S

Circuit44EUER-2024-GS0S

Circuit11IsolatedEUER-2021-IS0S

Circuit22EUER-2022-IS0S

Circuit33EUER-2023-IS0S

Circuit44EUER-2024-IS0S

Circuit1ACommonEUER-2041-GS0S

Circuit2BEUER-2042-GS0S

Circuit3CEUER-2043-GS0S

Circuit4DEUER-2044-GS0S

Circuit1AIsolatedEUER-2041-IS0S

Circuit2BEUER-2042-IS0S

Circuit3CEUER-2043-IS0S

Circuit4DEUER-2044-IS0S

Features

•Includesboxofsixreceptacles,eachreceptaclehasthree20Amp outlets(NEMA5-20Rconfiguration).

•Forusewithpanelsequippedwithpowercomponents.

• Receptaclesarecircuitandgroundtypespecific.

SpecificationTips

•Notforusewithpowersourcesotherthan120volt60hertz.

•Receptacleshavefixedcircuitaccessandarenotfieldprogrammable. Specifyappropriatenumberofreceptaclesforeachcircuit.

•Forpoweraccessatanylocationwithinthepanelswithappropriate baseracewaycoversortechnologypad.

•Isolatedgroundreceptaclenotforusewithsinglecircuitbasefeed module.

•Donotmix3-circuitwith4-circuitcomponents.Donotmix2+2and 3+1components.Componentshaveuniquepolaritykeyandcolor coding(3-circuit=black,2+2=blueand3+1=green).

• Controlledreceptaclesaremarkedwithapermanentsymboland thewordCONTROLLEDtocomplywithvariousenergycode requirementsincludingASHRAE90.1andCaliforniaBuildingCode Title24part6.

• Circuitassignmentandreceptacleplacementshouldbe coordinatedwithalocalelectrician.Localelectricianisresponsible forcircuitloadingandcodecompliance.

• Consultwithlocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction(AHJ)for requirementsregardingcontrolledreceptaclesbeforeplacing ordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber. 2)Trimcolor. TR-RBeige TR-TYCement TR-AKChalk TR-KCharcoal TR-JGraphite TR-GGrayTone TR-NGOrange*Isolatedgroundonly TR-TWPlaster TR-AAPutty TR-ESmoke

HeightAdjustableBench–

TopFeed,End-of-Run—

3-Circuitand4-Circuit

ForPlanesHeightAdjustableBench-SingleStageandCrank

3-Circuit10

4-Circuit-3+1

ForPlanesLT(SingleandDualStage)andPlanesDual-StageLowandHighHeightAdjustableBench

Features

•3-Circuitincludesone180″(4572mm)electricalharnessinmetal conduit,electricalbox,ceilingbezelplate,poleandhardwarewith eight12-gaugewiresforuptothree20-ampcircuitsofpoweranda transitiontrayforend-of-run.

•4-Circuitincludesone180″(4572mm)electricalharnessinmetal conduit,electricalbox,ceilingbezelplate,poleandhardwarewithsix 12-gaugewiresandtwo10-gaugewiresforuptofour20-ampcircuits ofpowerandatransitiontrayforend-of-run.

•Forconnectiontotheelectricalsourcelocatedinspaceaboveadrop ceiling.

•Removablecoveronpolesprovidesaccesstopathway.

•Topfeedpoledimensions:1.5″(38mm)x4″(102mm).

•Harnessattachesatanyreceptaclesiteorright-handjumperlocation.

SpecificationTips

•ForusewithPlanesandPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBenchonly.

• Notforusewithpowersourcesotherthan120volt60hertz.

•End-of-RunTopFeedmountstothefloorandattachestothetable basecrossbarandceiling.

•Floorattachmenthardwareisfieldsupplied.

•Electricalharnesslengthis180″(4572mm)regardlessofpolelength.

•Donotmix3-circuitwith4-circuitcomponents.Donotmix2+2and 3+1components.

•Componentshaveuniquepolaritykeyandcolorcoding(3-circuit= black;2+2=blue;3+1=green).

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber.

2)Trimcolor.

HeightAdjustableBench–TopFeed,Middle-of-Run— 3-Circuitand4-Circuit

ForPlanesHeightAdjustableBench-SingleStageandCrank

4-Circuit-3+110

ForPlanesLT(SingleandDualStage)andPlanesDual-StageLowandHighHeightAdjustableBench

3-Circuit10′(3048mm)108.5″(2756mm)EAET-C00C-D3

12′(3658mm)132.5″(3366mm)EAET-E40C-D3

4-Circuit-2+210′(3048mm)108.5″(2756mm)EAET-C00C-D2

4-Circuit-3+110′(3048mm)108.5″(2756mm)EAET-C00C-D4

12′(3658mm)132.5″(3366mm)EAET-E40C-D4

Features

•3-Circuitincludesone180″(4572mm)electricalharnessinmetal conduit,electricalbox,ceilingbezelplate,poleandhardwarewith eight12-gaugewiresforuptothree20-ampcircuitsofpower.

•4-Circuitincludesone180″(4572mm)electricalharnessinmetal conduit,electricalbox,ceilingbezelplate,poleandhardwarewithsix 12-gaugewiresandtwo10-gaugewiresforuptofour20-ampcircuits ofpower.

•Forconnectiontotheelectricalsourcelocatedinspaceaboveadrop ceiling.

•ForusewithHeightAdjustableBench-TransitionTray(forusewith Middle-of-Run,TopFeed)orHeightAdjustableBench-TransitionTray (forusewithCenterMountScreensandMiddle-of-Run,TopFeed).

•Removablecoveronpolesprovidesaccesstopathway.

•Topfeedpoledimensions:1.5″(38mm)x4″(102mm).

•Harnessattachesatanyreceptaclesiteorright-handjumperlocation.

SpecificationTips

•ForusewithPlanesandPlanesValueModuleHeightAdjustableBench onlyinthefollowingapplications:

• –Dual-SidedBench

• –120°Bench

• DonotusewithSingle-SidedPlanesHeightAdjustableBenches.

• Notforusewithpowersourcesotherthan120volt60hertz.

•ApplicationswithnoScreensorwithWorksurfaceMountedScreen separatelyspecify:

• –HeightAdjustableBench-TransitionTray(forusewithMiddle-of-Run, TopFeed),TA01-HBTT-MT;requiredformountingtopfeedina Middle-of-Runlocation.

•ApplicationswithCenterMountScreenseparatelyspecify:

• –HeightAdjustableBench-TransitionTray(forusewithCenterMount ScreensandMiddle-of-Run,TopFeed),TA01-HBTT-MTS;requiredfor mountingtopfeedinaMiddle-of-Runlocation.

•Middle-of-Run,TopFeedmountsbetweenthebenchtablesand attachestothetransitiontraybetweentablebasecrossbarsand ceiling.

•Electricalharnesslengthis180″(4572mm)regardlessofpolelength.

•Donotmix3-circuitwith4-circuitcomponents.Donotmix2+2and 3+1components.

•Componentshaveuniquepolaritykeyandcolorcoding(3-circuit= black;2+2=blue;3+1=green).

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber.

2)Trimcolor.

HeightAdjustableBench–TopFeed,End-of-Run— Hardwire

Ceiling Pole

DescriptionHeight Length Number

ForPlanesHeightAdjustableBench-SingleStageandCrank Hardwire10

ForPlanesLT(SingleandDualStage)andPlanesDual-StageLowandHighHeightAdjustableBench Hardwire10

Features

•Includesoneelectricalbox,ceilingbezelplate,pole,transitiontrayfor end-of-runandhardware.

•Forconnectiontotheelectricalsourcelocatedinspaceaboveadrop ceiling.

•Removablecoveronpolesprovidesaccesstopathway.

•Topfeedpoledimensions:1.5″(38mm)x4″(102mm).

SpecificationTips

•ForusewithPlanesandPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBenchesonly.

• Notforusewithpowersourcesotherthan120volt60hertz.

•End-of-RunTopFeedmountstothefloorandattachestothetable basecrossbarandceiling.

•Floorattachmenthardwareisfieldsupplied.

•Conduitandwiringisfieldsupplied.

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber.

2)Trimcolor.

HeightAdjustableBench–

ForPlanesLT(SingleandDualStage)andPlanesDual-StageLowandHighHeightAdjustableBench Hardwire10

Features

•Includesoneelectricalbox,ceilingbezelplate,poleandhardware.

•Forconnectiontotheelectricalsourcelocatedinspaceaboveadrop ceiling.

•ForusewithHeightAdjustableBench-TransitionTray(forusewith Middle-of-Run,TopFeed)orHeightAdjustableBench-TransitionTray (forusewithCenterMountScreensandMiddle-of-Run,TopFeed).

•Removablecoveronpolesprovidesaccesstopathway.

•Topfeedpoledimensions:1.5″(38mm)x4″(102mm).

SpecificationTips

•ForusewithPlanesorPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBenchesinthe followingapplications:

• –Dual-SidedBench

• –120°Bench

• DonotusewithSingle-SidedPlanesorPlanesLTHeightAdjustable Benches.

• –Not forusewithpowersourcesotherthan120volt60hertz.

•ApplicationswithoutCenterMountScreenseparatelyspecify:

• –HeightAdjustableBench-TransitionTray(forusewithMiddle-of-Run, TopFeed),TA01-HBTT-MT;requiredformountingtopfeedina Middle-of-Runlocation.

•ApplicationswithCenterMountScreen

• –HeightAdjustableBench-TransitionTray(forusewithCenterMount ScreensandMiddle-of-Run,TopFeed),TA01-HBTT-MTS;requiredfor mountingtopfeedinaMiddle-of-Runlocation.

•Middle-of-Run,TopFeedmountsbetweenthebenchtablesand attachestothetransitiontraybetweentablebasecrossbarsand ceiling.

• Conduitandwiringisfieldsupplied.

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify: 1)Productnumber. 2)Trimcolor.

Features

•Includesoneelectricalboxwith0.5″(13mm)knockouts,tworeceptacle coverplates,oneblankcoverplateandmountinghardware.

•AttachestoCenterScreenbracket.

•AttachestoPDAbracket.

•Fieldinstalled.

SpecificationTip

• Conduit,fittings,wiringandreceptaclesarefieldsupplied.

ToOrder,Specify: 1)Productnumber. 2)Trimcolor.

HeightAdjustableBench–TransitionTray TA01-HBTT-M

Features

•Includestray,coverandmountinghardware.

•Routespoweranddatacabletotheadjacentbenchtable.

•Mountsbetweenadjacenttablebasecrossbars.

•Createsa2″(51mm)pinchpointclearancebetweenside-by-side benches.

•Notforusewithtopfeed.

•Removablecoverprovidesaccesstopoweranddatacablepathway.

SpecificationTips

•ForusewithPlanesorPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBenchesinthe followingapplications:

• –Dual-SidedtoDual-SidedBench

• –Dual-Sidedto120°Bench

• –120°Benchto120°

• DonotmixPlaneswithPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBenches.

• NotforusewithHeightAdjustableBench-TopFeed,Middle-ofRun.

•CanbeusedwithCenterScreens.

•Requiresuseofseparatelyspecified28″(711mm)longjumper,EUEJ0028- .

•Requiredforcodecomplianceifroutingpowerbetweenadjacent benchtables.

•Inapowerapplicationwherepowerisnotbeingroutedbetween adjacentbenchtablesatransitiontrayisnotrequired.However,atleast 1″(25mm)clearanceisneededbetweentheadjacentfurnitureor architecturalelement(wall,column,benchtable,panel,etc).

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber. 2)Trimcolor.

HeightAdjustableBench–

TransitionTray— Forusewith Middle-of-Run,TopFeed

Features

•Includestray,coverandmountinghardware.

•Routespoweranddatacabletotheadjacentbenchtable.

•MountsbetweenadjacenttablebasecrossbarsandtoMiddle-of-Run topfeed.

•Createsa2″(51mm)pinchpointclearancebetweenside-by-side benches.

•ForusewithHeightAdjustableBench-Middle-of-Run,TopFeed.

•Topfeedfitsthroughholeincover,snapincoverprovidesaccessto poweranddatacablepathway.

SpecificationTips

•ForusewithPlanesorPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBenchesinthe followingapplications:

• –Dual-SidedtoDual-SidedBench

• –Dual-Sidedto120°Bench –120°Benchto120°

• DonotmixPlaneswithPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBenches.

•NotforusewithCenterScreens.

•Requiresuseofseparatelyspecified28″(711mm)longjumper,EUEJ0028-

•Attachestothebottomofthemiddle-of-runtopfeed.

•Requiredforcodecomplianceifroutingpowerbetweenadjacent benchtables.

•Inapowerapplicationwherepowerisnotbeingroutedbetween adjacentbenchtablesatransitiontrayisnotrequired.However,atleast 1″(25mm)clearanceisneededbetweentheadjacentfurnitureor architecturalelement(wall,column,benchtable,panel,etc).

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber.

2)Trimcolor.

PlanesBenchElectricalComponents

LengthWidthDepthNumberAB

HeightAdjustableBench–TransitionTray— Foruse withFixedScreensand Middle-of-Run,TopFeed

TA01-HBTT-MTS

Features

•Includestray,coverandmountinghardware.

•Routespoweranddatacabletotheadjacentbenchtable.

•MountsbetweenadjacenttablebasecrossbarsandtoMiddle-of-Run topfeed.

•Createsa4″(102mm)pinchpointclearancebetweenside-by-side benchestoaccommodateTopFeed.

•ForusewithHeightAdjustableBench-Middle-of-RunTopFeed.

•TopFeedfitsthroughholeincover,snapincoverproductsaccessto powerandcablepathway.

SpecificationTips

•ForusewithPlanesorPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBenchesinthe followingapplications:

• –Dual-SidedtoDual-SidedBench

• –Dual-Sidedto120°Bench

• –120°Benchto120°

• DonotmixPlaneswithPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBenches.

•CanbeusedwithCenterScreens.

•Requiresuseofseparatelyspecified30″(762mm)jumper, EUEJ-0030- .

•AttachestothebottomoftheMiddle-of-Runtopfeed.

•Requiredforcodecomplianceifroutingpowerbetweenadjacent benchtables.

•Inapowerapplicationwherepowerisnotbeingroutedbetween adjacentbenchtablesatransitiontrayisnotrequired.However,atleast 1″(25mm)clearanceisneededbetweentheadjacentfurnitureor architecturalelement(wall,column,benchtable,panel,etc).

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

Features

•Includestray,coverandmountinghardware.

•Routespoweranddatacabletotheadjacentbenchtable.

•Mountsbetweenadjacenttablebasecrossbars.

•Createsa2″(51mm)pinchpointclearancebetweenside-by-side benches.

SpecificationTips

• SingleSidedPlanesorPlanesLTBenchmustbeattachedto anotherbenchofequalorgreatersize.ETLlistingdoesnotallow useofafreestandingsinglesidedbench.

•ForusewithPlanesorPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBenchesinthe followingapplications:

• –Single-SidedtoSingle-SidedBench

• –Single-SidedtoDual-SidedBench –Single-Sidedto120°Bench

• DonotmixPlaneswithPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBenches.

•CanbeusedwithCenterScreens.

•Requiresuseofseparatelyspecified28″(711mm)jumper,EUEJ0028-

•Requiredforcodecomplianceifroutingpowerbetweenadjacent benchtables.

•Inapowerapplicationwherepowerisnotbeingroutedbetween adjacentbenchtablesatransitiontrayisnotrequired.However,atleast 1″(25mm)clearanceisneededbetweentheadjacentfurnitureor architecturalelement(wall,column,benchtable,panel,etc).

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify: 1)Productnumber. 2)Trimcolor.

ToOrder,Specify: 1)Productnumber. 2)Trimcolor.

Features

•Includes36″(914mm)activelengthcablechainandmounting hardware.

•ForusewithHop,PlanesorPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBenchesonly.

•Colorblackonly.

•Mountstocabletroughandundersideofworksurfacetocontain powercords/datacablesthatareroutedfromthecabletraytothe worksurface.

SpecificationTips

•Maybeusedwithcrank,singleanddualstageheightadjustable benches.

•Holdsuptothreepowercordsandtwodatacables.

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber. (Nofinishspecificationrequired.)

Features

•Includestwo-piecebasefeedcoverandattachmenthardware.

•Optionalbasefeedisusedtoconcealmetalconduitanddatacables.

•Basefeeddimensions:1.5″(38mm)x4″(102mm).

SpecificationTips

ForusewithPlanesSingleStageHeightAdjustableBenchesonly.

•ForusewithPlanesorPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBenchesonly.

•Usedtoroutepoweranddatafromfloororcolumntobottomof horizontalsurface.

•Mountsunderhorizontalsurfaceandattachestofloor.

•Floorattachmenthardwareisfieldsupplied.

•Applicationmayrequireapprovaloflocalauthorityhavingjurisdiction (AHJ);ensurecompliancebeforeplacingordersandinstallation.

ToOrder,Specify:

1)Productnumber. 2)Trimcolor.

Height Adjustable Tables

Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Overview

Rectangular

Base Only

90° Corner Wrap-Around Top Only

90° Corner Wrap-Around Extended Top Only

90° Corner Wrap-Around Transitional Top Only

120° Corner Wrap-Around Top Only

Base Only for 90° or 120° Top

Belong Suspended Pedestal

Box/File

Open with Box File

Product Applications

Pinch Point Clearances

Power Component Clearances

Technical Specifications – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Technical Specifications

Planes Height Adjustable Tables and Benches

Product Details – Height Adjustable Tables

Pinch Point Clearance

Rectangular

90° Angled

90° Straight

90° Wrap Around

90° Notched

Corner 90° Notched – 1 Piece Top

Corner 90° Notched – 2-Piece Top

Corner 90° Wrap-Around – 1 Piece Top

Corner 90° Wrap-Around (Two Piece Top)

Corner 90° Wrap-Around Extended

Corner 90° Wrap-Around Extended – 2-Piece Top

Corner 90° Notched Extended

Corner 90° Wrap-Around

Corner 120° Wrap-Around

Belong Screen – For use with Height Adjustable Tables – Worksurface Mount

Wire Management Basket

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Benches

Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench (Dual-Sided)

Planes Height Adjustable Table – Single-Sided Bench

Planes Height Adjustable Table – 120° Bench

Planes Screen – For use with Planes Height Adjustable Benches – Center Mount

Belong Screen – For use with Height Adjustable Benches – Worksurface Mount

Cable Capacities

Product Application – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Benches

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 1 . Specify Height Adjustable Bench

Step 2 . Specify Screens

Step 3 . Specify Electrical Components

Technical Specifications – Planes Height Adjustable Tables and Benches

Technical Specifications

Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables and Benches

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Corner 90° Wrap-Around

Corner 90° Wrap-Around Extended

Corner 90° Notched Extended

Corner 120° Wrap-Around

Height Adjustable Base for Rectangular Tops (Base Only)

Height Adjustable Base for Corner, 90° Tops (Base Only)

Height Adjustable Base – for Corner, 90° Extended Tops (Base Only)

Height Adjustable Base – for Corner, 120° Wrap-Around Tops (Base Only)

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table – Benches

Bench (Dual-Sided)

Single-Sided Bench

120° Bench

Base for Bench (Dual Sided/Base Only)

Product Application – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table – Benches

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Technical Specifications – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table – Benches

Technical Specifications

Accessories

Product Details – Accessories

Belong Screens

Belong Plus Back Screen With Modesty

Product Details

Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Overview

Upside Height Adjustable Tables offer a variety of sizes, options and finishes to fit the needs of each user.

Surface Option:

Upside tables are available with the following surface finish options:

L Laminate

Specifies a top with a laminate finish, requires specification of a laminate finish color.

W Wood

Specifies a top with a wood veneer finish, requires specification of a wood veneer finish color.

Wood Grain Direction

Wood tops are available with natural veneer, quarter cut veneer, rift cut veneer or double cut wood veneer finishes, laminate tops are available with a wood grain laminate finish. See below for wood grain direction.

Edge Option:

Upside tables are available with the following edge options:

J K Laminate Edgeband (3mm Thick)

• For use with Laminate Tops.

• Edgeband is 3mm thick.

• Requires separate specification for Edge Trim Color.

• Only applied to user edge.

Wood Edgeband (3mm Thick)

• For use with Wood Tops.

• Edgeband is 3mm thick.

• Edgeband matches Wood Finish Option.

• Only applied to user edge

Edge Option Location

3mm

Standard Edgeband (1mm Thick)

• Edgeband is 1mm thick.

• Only applied to non-user edges (sides and back edges).

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Overview

Base Option:

Upside Tables require the specification of the base configuration.

• Bases may be configured with (C) C-Leg or (T) T-Leg Base Options.

• Available as a complete table or base only.

Height Adjustment Actuator and Telescoping Column Option:

Upside Tables require the specification of a Height Adjustment Actuator and a Telescoping Base Column Option.

• Actuators may be mounted on left or right side of the table using predrilled holes.

• Actuators are standard with a black housing.

Height Adjustment Actuator/Column Options

Telescoping Base Columns

Adjustment Actuator (Right Hand mounting shown)

Height Adjustment Actuators

Simple Paddle Programmable Paddle

Single Stage Columns with Simple Paddle Adjustment Actuator

Dual Stage Low Columns with Simple Paddle Adjustment Actuator

Single Stage Columns with Programmable Paddle Adjustment Actuator

Dual Stage Low Columns with Programmable Paddle Adjustment Actuator

Telescoping Base Column Finish Specification Matrix

The finish color for the Telescoping Base Column Tubes are determined by the base trim color.

• When the base trim color is specified with a Smooth Non-Metallic paint, the Telescoping Base Tube Column finish will match.

• When the base trim color is specified with a textured, metallic or textured metallic paint finish, the Telescoping Base Column tubes will have a coordinating finish (Exception: Metallic Silver, See Matrix below for specific finishes).

Bases Includes:

• Expandable Frame

• Telescoping Base Columns

• End Brackets

• Feet with Glides (provides a 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling)

• Control Box and 9' power cord with NEMA 5-15 plug

Matrix for Telescoping Column Tube Finishes

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Rectangular

C-Leg Base (Option C)

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Rectangular Top

C-Leg/ T-Leg Base Assembly

Height Adjustment Actuators

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Composite board with High Pressure Laminate (HPL) Surface and ABS edgeband.

– Specify Laminate finish/color for the Surface

– Specify Laminate edgeband finish/color for Edge

Frame, Leg, Foot and End Bracket Painted Metal – Specified Base Trim Color

Telescoping Base Columns

Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Smooth Metallic, Textured Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

Glides Standard in Black

Simple Adjustment Actuator

Programmable Adjustment Actuator

Paddle with up/down controls. Standard with black housing.

Paddle with up/down controls and programmable button for storing up to two different programmed heights. Standard with black housing.

be mounted on

Table Lifting Capacity

• Total lifting capacity of table is 250 lbs. including surface.

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed. T-Leg Base (Option T)

Product Numbers, Configurations and Options

*Works with Screen or Monitor Arm; not both

Note • Upside tables are standard with Glides, Casters are available, but must be separately specified and field installed

To Order, Specify:

1 Base Option:

C-Leg Base T-Leg Base

2 Height Adjustment Actuator Option: Single Stage: X Simple Paddl Y Programmable Paddle Dual Stage: U Simple Paddle W Programmable Paddle

3 Model (Color) Option:

N Upside (3 base colors)

G Upside+ (Additional Premium Colors, GSA)

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Rectangular

Dimensions – C-Leg Base (Option C)

Dimensions – T-Leg Base (Option T)

(See chart for available widths)

chart for available widths)

Note

• The dimensions in these charts reflect the installation of the base using the pilot holes provided on the underside of the top .

• The adjustable width of the base allows the legs to be positioned flush to the edge or inset not more than 12" from the edge of the top These custom leg positions are not reflected in the dimensions provided in the charts above

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Base Only

C-Leg Base

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

C-Leg/ T-Leg Base Assembly

Height Adjustment Actuators

Frame, Leg, Foot and End Bracket

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

• Painted Metal – Specified Base Trim Color Telescoping Base Columns

Glides

Standard Adjustment Actuator

Programmable Adjustment Actuator

• Matched with leg finish for smooth and non-metallic paints, legs specified with smooth metallic, textured metallic and textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Standard in Black

• Paddle with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing.

• Paddle with up/down controls and programmable button for storing up to two different programmed heights.

• Standard with black housing.

Product Numbers, Configurations and Options

T-Leg Base

To Order, Specify:

1 Model (Color) Option: N Upside (3 base colors) G Upside+ (Additional Premium Colors, GSA)

Expandable Frame

• The width of the expandable frame can range from a minimum of 40 3/16" to a maximum of 71 11/16" wide.

Table Lifting Capacity

• Total lifting capacity of table is 250 lbs. including surface.

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed.

Field Supplied Top Requirements

• Tops may not overhang more than 12" out from the end brackets.

• Upside bases are only for use with rectangle top shapes.

• Tops must accommodate 1" pinch point clearance on all sides.

• Tops must meet NFPA class C flammability rating.

Casters

Casters YES* YES*

Casters YES YES (25 lbs. max)

*Works with Screen or Monitor Arm; not both

Note Upside tables are standard with Glides, Casters may be separately specified and field installed

pinch point clearance is required between side edge and adjacent objects

pinch point clearance is required between the front edge and adjacent objects

Telescoping Base Columns

• Bases are available with Single or Dual Stage Low Telescoping Base Columns.

Dual Stage: Height Adjustment Range: 22.6" minimum height to 48.7" maximum height (including a separately specified 1 3/16" thick top)

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Base Only

Dimensions – C-Leg Base (Option C)

Glides provide 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling

Dimensions – T-Leg Base (Option T)

Side View (Single Stage Option)

Side View (Dual Stage Low Option)

Side View (Single Stage Option)

Side View (Dual Stage Low Option)

Note

Glides provide 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling

• The dimensions in these charts reflect the installation of the base using the pilot holes provided on the underside of the top

• The adjustable width of the base allows the legs to be positioned flush to the edge or inset not more than 12" from the edge of the top These custom leg positions are not reflected in the dimensions provided in the charts above

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Upside 90° Corner Wrap-Around Top Only

1-Piece Top (52" - 58" wide)

Components and Surface Materials

COMPONENT NAME MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Configurations and Options

2-Piece

To Order Specify:

(52"-58" W)

(52"-58" W)

Edgeband Thickness

• The laminate top is standard with a 3mm edgeband on user edge and 1mm on remaining edges.

Specified Edge Option (3mm Edgeband)

Edgeband Profile (Side View)

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Upside 90° Corner Wrap-Around Top Only

Dimensions

and Sizes

Top View – 1-Piece Top

Depth–Right (See chart for available depths) WIDTH (See chart for available widths)

Width (See chart for available widths)

Depth–Left (See chart for available depths)

Top View – 2-Piece Top

chart for available widths)

(See chart for available widths)

Depth–Right (See chart for available depths) Worksurface

(See chart for available depths)

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Upside 90° Corner Wrap-Around Extended Top Only

1-Piece Top (46" - 58" wide)

Components and Surface Materials COMPONENT NAME MATERIALS/ FINISHES

90° Corner Wrap-Around Extended Top

Configurations and Options

2-Piece Top (64" - 76" Wide)

To Order Specify:

Depth and Orientation Option 1

23" Deep Tops

29" Deep Tops

Edgeband Thickness

• The laminate top is standard with a 3mm edgeband on user edge and 1mm on remaining edges.

Edgeband Profile (Side View)

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Upside 90° Corner Wrap-Around Extended Top Only

Dimensions and Sizes

Top View – 1-Piece Top

Length (See chart for available length)

Width (See chart for available widths)

Depth–Left (See chart for available depths)

Top View – 2-Piece Top

Depth–Right (See chart for available depths)

Width (See chart for available widths)

Depth–Left (See chart for available depths) Length (See chart for available length)

Depth–Right (See chart for available depths)

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Upside 90° Corner Wrap-Around Transitional Extended Top Only

1-Piece Top (46"-58" wide)

2-Piece Top (64"-76" Wide)

Edgeband Thickness

• The laminate top is standard with a 3mm edgeband on user edge and 1mm on remaining edges.

Specified Edge Option (3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

USER EDGE

Edgeband Profile (Side View)

Components and Surface Materials

COMPONENT NAME MATERIALS/ FINISHES

90° Corner Wrap-Around Exnteded Top

Composite board with High Pressure Laminate (HPL) Surface and ABS edgeband.

– Specify Laminate finish/color for the Surface

– Specify Laminate edgeband finish/color for Edge

Configurations and Options

To Order Specify:

Depth and Orientation Option 1 Indicates Laminate Wood Grain Direction

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Upside 90° Corner Wrap-Around Transitional Extended Top Only

Dimensions and Sizes

Top View – 1-Piece Top

(See chart for available length)

(See chart for available widths)

Top View – 2-Piece Top

(See chart for available length)

for

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Upside 120° Corner Wrap-Around Top Only

Components and Surface Materials

COMPONENT NAME MATERIALS/ FINISHES

90° Corner Wrap-Around Exnteded Top

Configurations and Options

Edge Profile Locations

• The laminate top is standard with a 3mm edgeband on user edge and 1mm on remaining edges.

Specified Edge Option (3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

Edgeband Profile (Side View)

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Upside 120° Corner Wrap-Around Top Only

Dimensions and Sizes

Top View – 1-Piece Top

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Upside Base Only for 90° or 120° Top

Components and Surface Materials

Base Configurations

Configurations and Options

• Base only requires separately specified/field supplied top.

• Base can be adjusted to either 90° or 120° configuration

• Maximum work top overhang allowed is 6".

• Select a top that accommodates 1" pinch point clearance on all sides and meets at least a NFPA class C flammability rating.

To Order Specify:

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Upside Base Only for 90° or 120° Top Dimensions and Sizes

Top View

Front View

Single Stage

Front View

Dual Stage

Product Details – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Belong Suspended Pedestal – Box/File

Components and Surface Materials

COMPONENT NAME

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Case, Back and Fronts Painted Steel – Specify Trim Color

Configurations and Options

File Configurations and Capacities

• Drawers Include full extension steel ball-bearing slides.

• The File Drawer accommodates side-to-side letter filing (does not accommodate legal filling).

Suspended Pedestal Applications

Designed for use on the following products and configurations:

• Upside Height Adjustable Tables

– 29" Deep Tops (only)

– C-Leg Base with Single or Dual Stage Telescoping Base Columns

• Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

– 29" Deep Tops (Only)

– C-Leg Base with single stage telescoping base columns (Only)

• Planes Height Adjustable Tables

– 29" Deep Tops (Only)

– C-Leg Base with single stage telescoping base columns (Only

• Intuity Benching

• Panel-mounted Adaptable Worksurfaces

Dimensions and Sizes

Belong Suspended Pedestal – Open with Box Drawer

Components and Surface Materials

COMPONENT NAME MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Case, Back and Fronts

Box Drawer

Painted Steel – Specify Trim Color

Painted

Configurations and Options

KU PD – 16 09 – S N S U N N

Suspended Pedestal Applications

Designed for use on the following products and configurations:

• Upside Height Adjustable Tables

– 29" Deep Tops (only)

– C-Leg Base with Single or Dual Stage Telescoping Base Columns

• Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

– 29" Deep Tops (Only)

– C-Leg Base with single stage telescoping base columns (Only)

• Planes Height Adjustable Tables

– 29" Deep Tops (Only)

– C-Leg Base with single stage telescoping base columns (Only

• Intuity Benching

• Panel-mounted Adaptable Worksurfaces

This page intentionally left blank .

Product Applications

Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Product Applications – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Pinch Point Clearances

• Upside Height Adjustable Table Tops are designed to allow for a 1” pinch point clearance and to accommodate cable/wire routing.

• Tops are 1” less in depth and 2” less in width than standard Adaptable Worksurface sizes.

• Height Adjustable Tables must be positioned 1” from adjacent Adaptable Worksurfaces and Panels to provide required pinch point clearance.

Panel

Application with Standard Adaptable Worksurfaces

Worksurfaces

Deep

Panel Application with Standard Adaptable Worksurfaces and a Height Adjustable Table –Rectangle with 1” Pinch Point Clearance

Worksurface

Product Applications – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Pinch Point Clearances

Height Adjustable Tables In L Configurations with Panel Hung Worksurfaces

A pinch point clearance of at least 1” must be maintained on all sides of a Height Adjustable Table. When components are surrounding the Height Adjustable Table, either the dimension of the Table must be reduced or the width of the panel hung worksurface must be reduced.

Application Includes:

• Compose Connections with Work Rail Top Trim

• Belong Gallery End Panel

• Belong Plus Center Screens

• Adaptable Worksurface

• Adaptable Worksurface Support

• Upside Height Adjustable Table

Do Do

Application Includes:

• Compose Panels

• Belong Gallery End Panel

• Adaptable Worksurface

• Adaptable Worksurface Support

• Upside Height Adjustable Table

Product Applications – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Power Component Clearances

Height Adjustable Table Applications – Without Screens

Don’t

• Height Adjustable Tables (without screens) installed adjacent to a panel with a 1" pinch point clearance cannot have a power receptacles located within the adjustment range of the table.

• The standard 1" for pinch point clearance between the table edge and the receptacle is not sufficient to prevent collisions between the edge of the table and cords plugged into the receptacle. Moving the top of the table up and down could cause a collision that damages the panel, the receptacle and the cord.

Compose Applications

Compose Connections Application

Product Applications – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Power Component Clearances

Height Adjustable Table Applications – Without Screens

• To prevent possible interference between power cords and the top, locate power receptacles below the Height Adjustment range of the of the table.

• Placing a panel power receptacle in the base raceway position is recommended to avoid interference.

Single Stage (height includes 1 3/16" thick top)

• Minimum Table Height 27.40"

• Maximum Table Height 46.61"

• Height Adjustment Range 19.21"

Dual Stage (height includes 1 3/16" thick top)

• Minimum Table Height 22.60"

• Maximum Table Height 48.74"

• Height Adjustment Range 26.14"

• If a panel mounted power receptacle is located within height adjustment range of an adjustable height table, additional clearance must be provided to prevent collisions between the top and power cords plugged into the receptacle.

• Ensure height adjustable tops clear any objects (such as the plug and the bend radius of a power cord) and then add an additional 1" of clearance to prevent any pinch points or interference.

Position Table to clear the power cord and add an additional 1" for pinch point clearance.

Caution

Since the type of plugs and power cords are at the discretion of the user, determining the proper clearance may be difficult. Because of this, it is highly recommended that receptacles be placed below the adjustment range of the table or adjacent to the table when possible.

Clearance of Obstruction (Plug and bend radius of power cord - dimensions will vary.)

Table Alignment with Adjacent Components

• Be aware that adding additional clearance may inhibit alignment of the top with adjacent components.

Side View Top View

Clearance of Plug and Power Cord Plus an additional 1" for pinch point clearance.

Height Adjustable Table does not align with Return Panel

Height Adjustable Table does not aligns with adjacent Adaptable Worksurfaces

Product Applications – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Power Component Clearances

Height Adjustable Table Applications – Without Screens

• To prevent possible interference between power cords and the top, locate power receptacles adjacent the height adjustment range of the of the top. Do

Compose Panel Application

To avoid interference with the top, the Power/Data receptacles are placed adjacent to the table.

Table Alignment with Adjacent Components

• By locating power receptacles adjacent to the height adjustment range of the top, the table will be able to maintain the standard 1" pinch point clearance allowing it to align with adjacent adaptable worksurface and return panels.

Top View

Power Receptacle (Located adjacent to Table)

Height Adjustable Table Panel

Adaptable Worksurface

1" Pinch Point Clearance

Height Adjustable Table Aligns with Return Panel

Height Adjustable Table Aligns with adjacent Adaptable Worksurfaces

Power Component Clearances

Height Adjustable Table Applications – With Screens Product Applications – Upside Height Adjustable

Don’t

Tables

• Height Adjustable Tables with attached screens installed adjacent to a panels with a 1" pinch point clearance cannot have a power receptacle located within the adjustment range of the top with screen.

• The 1" for pinch point clearance between the screen and the receptacle is not sufficient to prevent collisions between the edge of the screen and cords plugged into the receptacle. Moving the top up and down could cause a collision that damages the panel, the receptacle, the cord and the screen.

Compose Panel Application

Product Applications – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Power Component Clearances

Height Adjustable Table Applications – With Screens

Recommended panel power locations for Height Adjustable Tables with an attached screen: – In the Base Raceway to prevent possible interference between cords and the Attached Screen. – Adjacent to the Table/Screen (allow 1" pinch point clearance).

Compose Panel Application

Receptacle

1" Pinch Point Clearance

Adjustment Range with Screens

Side View 1" Pinch Point Clearance

Single Stage (height includes 1 3/16" thick top)

• Minimum Table Height 27.40"

• Maximum Table Height 46.61"

• Height Adjustment Range 19.21"

Dual Stage (height includes 1 3/16" thick top)

• Minimum Table Height 22.60"

• Maximum Table Height 48.74"

• Height Adjustment Range 26.14"

• If a power receptacle is located within the height adjustment range of a table, additional clearance must be provided to prevent shearing of power cords.

• Ensure the height adjustable table and the attached screen clears any objects (such as the plug and the bend radius of a power cord) and then add an additional 1" of clearance to prevent any pinch points or interference.

Compose Panel Application

Position Table and screen to clear the power cord and add an additional 1" for pinch point clearance.

Table Height Adjustment Range (Including Screen)

Caution

Since the type of plugs and power cords are at the discretion of the user, determining the proper clearance may be difficult. Because of this, it is highly recommended that receptacles be placed below or adjacent to the table when possible. Side View Top View 1" Pinch Point Clearance 1 1/2" (Back edge of top to back edge of screen bracket)

Object Clearance (Plug and bend radius of power cord - dimensions will vary.)

Table Alignment with Adjacent Components

• Be aware adding additional clearance may inhibit alignment of the top with adjacent components.

Adaptable Worksurface Height Adjustable Table Panel

Clearance of Plug and Power Cord Plus an additional 1" for pinch point clearance.

Height Adjustable Table does not align with Return Panel

Height Adjustable Table does not aligns with adjacent Adaptable Worksurfaces

Technical Specifications

Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Technical Specifications – Upside Height Adjustable Tables

Upside electric height adjustable products include tables offered in a variety of configurations. Tables are 3rd party certified through Intertek to be compliant to UL 962 and CSA C22.2 No. 68. The components comprising the base assembly consist of some or all the following:

Feet

Feet are present on table units and consist of a sheet metal weldment with glides that offer 1/2” of adjustment. Optional caster kits are available for two leg tables.

Columns

Columns are constructed of roll-formed steel, the inner and outer tubes are powder coat painted. Single post columns include a glide with 1/2” adjustment. Columns adjustment options include:

• Height-Adjustable Electric Table, Dual-Stage Electric: Electric adjustment from 22.6”–48.7” at a rate of 1.4” per second. Two-column table supports 250 lbs., including weight of surface.

• Height-Adjustable Electric Table, Single-Stage Electric: Electric adjustment from 27.4” – 46.6” at a rate of 1.4” per second. Two-column table supports 250 lbs., including weight of surface.

Supports

Two column table support includes: angled steel end brackets at each end and two dual steel telescoping tubes placed between columns, both end brackets and tubes are attached to surface and columns with metal screws. Three column table supports include:

• Angled steel end brackets attached to surface and outside end columns using metal screws.

• Z-shaped steel bracket that allows for both 90-degree and 120-degree table configurations and attaches to single post and surface using steel screws.

• Two dual steel telescoping tubes placed between outside column and post column on user side attached to surface and columns using steel screws.

• One single steel telescoping tube placed between post and outside end column on visitor side attached to surface and columns using steel screws.

Two piece 90-degree surfaces also include a flat bracket to bridge surfaces and attaches to surfaces using metal screws.

Controller

Electric height adjustable tables include an electronic system that controls via a hand-switch the operation of the columns providing enhanced gyro-sensor collision detection, container and shelf stop settings, and calibration/ initialization capabilities for smooth operation of the table travel. Controllers have a 2 minute on/18 minute off duty cycle.

Paddle Control (Hand-switch)

Hand-switch options include a standard up/down paddle or a programmable paddle with up/down, two memory settings, and an OLED digital height display. Programmable paddle allows for the setting of container and shelf stops, setting a move reminder, and activating a handset lock. Programmable switch can also display error codes for troubleshooting purposes.

Table Top Construction

Laminate and veneer table top cores are 1 3/16" (30.2mm) thick and are made with an engineered composite panel with a minimum 90% wood fiber content with at least 10% post-consumer and 80% pre-consumer wood fiber bonded with resin. These worksurfaces/tops are 3rd party certified compliant with GREENGUARD® and ANSI/ BIFMA Standards for Low Emitting Products. The composite panel is 3rd party certified compliant with California Air Resource Board requirements for Phase 2 formaldehyde emission levels and includes wood fiber sourced from FSC certified forests using the 70% FSC Mix Credit System.

Laminate surfaces are balanced construction with high-pressure laminate on the top, a laminate backer on the bottom and are available with the following plastic edges:

• 0.125” (3mm) radius edge band on the user edge capped with a 0.039” (1mm) thick edge band on the remaining edge(s)

Wood veneer surfaces are balanced construction with wood veneer on the top, a balancing backer on the bottom and are available with the following wood edges:

• 0.125” (3mm) radius edge band on the user edge capped with a 0.028” (.7mm) thick edge band on the remaining edge(s).

Greenguard Testing

Upside Height Adjustable Tables meet or exceed the test requirements in ANSI/BIFMA X7.1-Standard for Formaldehyde and TVOC Emissions of Low-Emitting Office Furniture Systems and Seating.

Planes

Product Details

Height Adjustable Tables

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Introduction

Planes is a compelling table and ancillary product line that supports a wide variety of spaces with easy and effortless functionality. From conference rooms to individual workstations, Planes enables visual consistency throughout any work environment with its application breadth, top shapes, size range, and base choices. In addition, Planes is part of Haworth’s Integrated Palette, which provides a holistic design and finish offering for effective solutions.

The Planes Collection is more than just tables, Planes offers:

• Collaborative Tables: Y-Leg, X-Base, and Disc Base

• Training Tables: C-Leg

• Height Adjustable Tables: Freestanding and Bench

• Conference Tables: Interior Leg, Perimeter Leg, and Column Base

• Carts

• Credenzas

• Easels, Information Boards, Horizontal Wall Rail System

Planes allows easy functionality with the ability to flip, store, conceal, connect, adjust, and plug in effortlessly:

• Flip – Reconfigure spaces with the flip top option

• Store –Save valuable floor space with the nesting feature

• Conceal – Cleanly manage wires and cables

• Connect – Gang tables together effortlessly

• Adjust – Raise and lower worksurfaces with manual or electrical height adjustment mechanisms

• Plug In – Power tables individually or distribute between Global Design:

Planes offers a clean, simple, crisp aesthetic; designed in conjunction with Haworth Design Studio and Daniel Figueroa of Bad Munder, Germany. Planes is truly a global product line.

Sustainability:

Planes is BIFMA level® 3, GREENGUARD certified, contributes LEED points, and includes FSC wood.

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Overview – Configurations and Options

Planes Height Adjustable Tables offer a variety of table sizes shapes and adjustment options to fit each user. Each table offers different set of features and options.

Height Adjustable Table Components and Configurations

with Standard

Mechanical Height Adjustment Options (Incremental or Hand Crank)

Incremental Hand Crank

Adjustable Height Ranges By Type

ADJUSTMENT TYPE MINIMUM HEIGHT MAXIMUM HEIGHT

Incremental Adjustment With Button Screws Table

Crank Adjustment with Retractable Hand Crank

Ranges:

Electric/Powered Height Adjustment Mechanisms (Standard and Programmable Touch Pad)

Standard Up/Down Touch Pad Electric Adjustment

Programmable Touch Pad Electric Adjustment

Note

• The power draw for a powered height adjustable table with two legs is 10 Watts when stationary and 4 Amps while raising worksurface with a 175 pound surface load

• The power draw for a powered height adjustable table with three legs is 10 Watts when stationary and 8 Amps while raising worksurface with a 175 pound surface load

• Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side

Telescoping Base Tube Finish Specification Matrix

The finish color for the Telescoping Base Tubes is determined by the paint finish specified for the Leg/Foot.

• When the Leg/Foot is specified with a Smooth Non-Metallic paint, the Telescoping Base Tube finish will match.

• When the Leg/Foot is specified with a Textured or Metallic paint finish, the Telescoping Base Tube finish will have a coordinating finish (See Matrix below for specific finishes).

Matrix for Telescoping Base Tubes Finishes Paint

Metallic Champagne TR-MC

Smooth Metallic Paint

Textured Metallic Paint

Smooth Paint (Non-Metallic)

Grout TR-TG Platinum TR-P

Cement TR-TY Brownstone TR-1R

Hellenic TR-HE Brownstone TR-1R

Pitch TR-TF Black TR-F

Argent TR-AR Smoke TR-E

Telescoping Base Tube Finish will match Base Trim Color specified for the Foot/Leg

Telescoping Base Tube Leg Foot

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Overview – Shelf / Container Stops

Height Adjustable Tables with an electric height adjustment mechanism may be field programmed with shelf/ container stops within the standard height adjustment range to avoid interference with objects above or below the table (shelves/pedestals).

STEP 1 Set table to desired height

STEP 2 Press and hold up and down buttons until you hear (2) clicks

Note

• To remove container stop, press and hold up and down buttons until you hear (1) click

• Container/Shelf Stops can be set with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Height Adjustable Table Load Capacities

• Table load capacity (including top) – weight should be evenly distributed.

– Incremental and hand crank: 250 pounds

– Electrical Adjustment: 250 pounds (2-Legs), 300 pounds (3-Legs)

• Screen and Monitor Arm application:

– 29” deep table supports a 27” high Belong screen and a monitor up to 50 lbs.

– 23” deep table supports either a 27” high Belong screen or a monitor up to 25 lbs.

• Height adjustable tables not designed to accept Adjustable Keyboard Pads, suspended or attached pedestals.

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Overview – Wood Grain Direction

Wood Grain Direction for Natural Veneer, Quarter Cut Veneer, Rift Cut Veneer, Double Cut Wood Veneer and Wood Grain Laminate

Arrows indicate Wood Grain Direction

Rectangle

90° Angled 90° Straight 90° Split Top

90° Wrap Around

90° Notched

Corner 120° Wrap-Around

Corner 90° Notched One-Piece Top

Corner 90° Wrap-Around Two-Piece Top Left Hand Orientation

Corner 90° Wrap-Around Two-Piece Top Right Hand Orientation

Corner

90° Wrap-Around One-Piece Top

Corner

90° Wrap-Around Extended One-Piece Top

Corner

90° Notched Extended One-Piece Top

Corner 90° Wrap-Around Two-Piece Top Left Hand Orientation

Corner 90° Wrap-Around Two-Piece Top Right Hand Orientation

Bench

Double Sided

Bench

Single Sided

Corner 90° Wrap-Around Extended Two-Piece Top Left Hand Orientation

Corner 90° Wrap-Around Extended Two-Piece Top Right Hand Orientation

Corner 90° Notched Extended Two-Piece Top Left Hand Orientation

Corner 90° Notched Extended Two-Piece Top Right Hand Orientation

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Overview – Edge Options

Edge Profile Options for Laminate Tops

Edgeband (Option J)

• For use with Laminate Tops

Knife Edge (Option F)

• For use with Laminate Tops

Edge Profile Options for Wood Veneer Tops

Wood Edgeband (Option K)

• For use with Wood Tops

1 3/16”

Knife Edge (Option U)

• For use with Wood Tops

Note The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Overview – Pinch Point Clearance

• Planes Height Adjustable Table Tops are designed to allow a 1” pinch point clearance and to accommodate cables.

• Tops are 1” less in depth and 2” less in width than standard Adaptable Worksurfaces sizes.

• Height Adjustable Tables must be positioned 1” from adjacent Adaptable Worksurfaces and Panels to provide required pinch point clearance.

Panel Application with Standard Adaptable Worksurfaces

Adaptable Component Worksurfaces

Panel Application with Standard Adaptable Worksurfaces and a Height Adjustable Corner Table with 1” Pinch Point Clearance

Panel Application with Standard Adaptable Worksurfaces and a Height Adjustable Table – Rectangle with 1” Pinch Point Clearance

Adaptable Component Worksurface

Height Adjustable Table – 90° Straight

Adaptable Component Worksurface

Height Adjustable Table – Rectangle

Adaptable Component Worksurfaces

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Rectangular

Rectangle Top

Height Adjustment Mechanism (Shown with Standard Touch Pad option)

Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Incremental Adjustment With Button Screws

Crank Adjustment with Retractable Hand Crank

Adjustment with Standard Up/ Down Touch Pad

Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Adjustable Height Ranges By Type

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband (F) Knife Edge

Rectangular Top

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

C Leg Base Assembly

Telescoping Base Tube

J Rail

Incremental Leg

Hand Crank

Height Adjustment Mechanism

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Wood Top – Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband (U) Knife Edge

• Painted Metal – Specified Base Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in black

• Includes bright zinc button head screws.

• Thumbscrew replacement for button head screw is available; separately specified, standard in black.

• Hand Crank is standard in black.

• Retracts under top when not in use.

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2' long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2' long black power cord.

• Standard in Black

(See chart for available depths) Dimensions Top View

Note

• Hand Crank, Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side

• Table may be field programmed with shelf/ container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/pedestals) .

• Total lifting capacity of tables with an electric adjustment mechanism is 250 lbs including the top

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed .

• See Price List for Top weights

Edge Profile Locations

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

Specified Edge Option (Knife Edge/ 3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

(See chart for adjustable height ranges by

Front View Side View

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

90° Angled

Height Adjustment Mechanism (Shown with Standard Touch Pad option)

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME MATERIALS/ FINISHES

90° Angled Top Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband (F) Knife Edge

Wood Top –Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband (U) Knife Edge

C Leg Base Assembly

Adjustment Mechanisms

Adjustment Mechanism

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

Telescoping Base Tube

• Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details). J Rail

Incremental Leg Adjustment

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Adjustable Height Ranges By Type

Note

• Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side

• Table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/ pedestals)

• Total lifting capacity of tables with an electric adjustment mechanism is 250 lbs including the top

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed

• See Price List for Top weights

Edge Profile Locations

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

Specified Edge Option (Knife Edge/ 3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Includes bright zinc Button head screws.

• Thumbscrew replacement for button head screw is available; separately specified, standard in black.

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Standard in Black

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

90° Straight

Adjustment Mechanism (Shown with Standard Touch Pad option)

Component Materials/Finishes

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband (F) Knife Edge

90° Straight Top

C Leg Base Assembly Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

TACA-4040-_ _SNCDB

Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Incremental Adjustment With Button Screws Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/ Down Touch Pad

Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Adjustable Height Ranges By Type

Note

• Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side .

• Table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/ pedestals) .

• Total lifting capacity of tables with an electric adjustment mechanism is 250 lbs including the top

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed .

• See Price List for Top weights .

Edge Profile Locations

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

Specified Edge Option (Knife Edge/ 3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

Wood Top –Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband (U) Knife Edge

• Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color Telescoping Base Tube

J Rail

Incremental Leg Adjustment

Height Adjustment Mechanism

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Glides

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Includes bright zinc Button head screws.

• Thumbscrew replacement for button head screw is available; separately specified, standard in black.

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Standard in Black

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

90° Wrap Around

Adjustment Mechanism (Shown with Standard Touch Pad option)

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

90° Wrap Around

Arm

Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Incremental Adjustment With Button Screws

Adjustment with Standard Up/ Down Touch Pad

Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Adjustable Height Ranges By Type

Adjustment Mechanism

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

Telescoping Base Tube

Rail

Incremental Leg Adjustment

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband (F) Knife Edge

Wood Top –Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband (U) Knife Edge

• Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Includes bright zinc Button head screws.

• Thumbscrew replacement for button head screw is available; separately specified, standard in black.

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing. Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Standard in Black

Note

• Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side

• Table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/ pedestals)

• Total lifting capacity of tables with an electric adjustment mechanism is 250 lbs including the top

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed

• See Price List for Top weights

Edge Profile Locations

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

Specified Edge Option (Knife Edge/ 3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

90° Notched

Adjustment

(Shown with Standard Touch Pad option)

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

90° Notched Top

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

C Leg Base Assembly

Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Incremental Adjustment With Button Screws

Height Adjustment Mechanism

Telescoping Base Tube

J Rail

Incremental Leg Adjustment

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband (F) Knife Edge

Wood Top –Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband (U) Knife Edge

• Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Met al – Standard in Black

• Includes bright zinc Button head screws.

• Thumbscrew replacement for button head screw is available; separately specified, standard in black.

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing. Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Standard in Black

Note

• Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side

• Table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/ pedestals)

• Total lifting capacity of tables with an electric adjustment mechanism is 250 lbs including the top

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed

• See Price List for Top weights

Edge Profile Locations

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

Specified Edge Option (Knife Edge/ 3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Corner 90° Notched – 1-Piece Top

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Corner 90° Notched (One Piece Top)

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

Adjustment Mechanism (Shown with Programmable Touch Pad option)

Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Incremental Adjustment With Button Screws

Crank Adjustment with Retractable Hand Crank

Adjustment with Standard Up/ Down Touch Pad

Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Adjustable Height Ranges By Type

C Leg Base Assembly

Height Adjustment Mechanism

Telescoping Base Tube

J Rail

Incremental Leg Adjustment

Crank Adjustment

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband (F) Knife Edge

Wood Top –Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband (U) Knife Edge

• Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Includes bright zinc Button head screws.

• Thumbscrew replacement for button head screw is available; separately specified, standard in black.

• Hand Crank is standard in black. Retracts under top when not in use.

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

Glides Standard in Black

Dimensions

Note

• The Hand Crank, Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side

• The table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/ pedestals)

• Total lifting capacity of tables with an electric adjustment mechanism is 300 lbs . including the top .

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed .

• See Price List for Top weights

Edge Profile Locations

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

Specified Edge Option (Knife Edge/ 3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

(See chart for available widths)

(See chart for available depths)

(See chart for available lengths)

DEPTH–LEFT (See chart for available depths)

(See chart for adjustable

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Corner 90° Notched – 2-Piece Top

Attachment Arm

Component Materials/Finishes

Corner 90° Notched Top (Two Piece Top)

Height Adjustment Mechanism (Shown with Programmable Touch Pad option)

Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Incremental Adjustment With Button Screws Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/ Down Touch Pad Hand Crank Adjustment with Retractable Hand Crank Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Adjustable Height Ranges By Type

Note

• The Hand Crank, Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side

• The table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/ pedestals) .

• Total lifting capacity of tables with an electric adjustment mechanism is 300 lbs including the top

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed

• See Price List for Top weights

Table Orientation

• 2-piece tops are handed. The seamless primary user side determines the handedness.

C Leg Base Assembly

Left Handed Options: (E) 23" Deep Top with Left Hand Orientation (F) 29" Deep Top with Left Hand Orientation

Edge Profile Locations

Right Handed Options

23" Deep Top with Right Hand Orientation

29" Deep Top with Right Hand Orientation

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

Specified

Edge Option (3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

FINISHES

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband

Wood Top –Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

Telescoping Base Tube

J Rail

Incremental Leg Adjustment

Crank Adjustment

Height Adjustment Mechanism

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Dimensions Top View

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in black

• Includes bright zinc Button head screws.

• Thumbscrew replacement for button head screw is available; separately specified, standard in black.

• Hand Crank is standard in black

• Retracts under top when not in use.

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Standard in Black

chart for adjustable height

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Corner 90° Wrap-Around – 1-Piece Top

Component Materials/Finishes

Corner 90° Wrap-Around (One Piece Top)

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

Adjustment Mechanism (Shown with Programmable Touch Pad option)

Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Incremental Adjustment With Button Screws

Crank Adjustment with Retractable Hand Crank

Adjustment with Standard Up/ Down Touch Pad

Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Adjustable Height Ranges By Type

C Leg Base Assembly

Height Adjustment Mechanism

Telescoping Base Tube

Note

• The Hand Crank, Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side .

• The table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/ pedestals)

• Total lifting capacity of tables with an electric adjustment mechanism is 300 lbs . including the top

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed

• See Price List for Top weights

Edge Profile Locations

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

Specified Edge Option (Knife Edge/ 3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

FINISHES

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband (F) Knife Edge

Wood Top –Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband (U) Knife Edge

• Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

J Rail Painted Metal – Standard in Black

Incremental Leg Adjustment

Crank Adjustment

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

• Includes bright zinc Button head screws.

• Thumbscrew replacement for button head screw is available; separately specified, standard in black.

• Hand Crank is standard in black.

• Retracts under top when not in use.

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

Standard in Black

Glides

(See chart for available widths)

WORKSURFACE DEPTH–RIGHT (See chart for available depths)

Worksurface Depth–Left (See chart for available depths)

(See chart for adjustable height ranges by type)

Glides provide 1/2” of vertical leveling adjustment

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Corner 90° Wrap-Around – 2-Piece Top

Component Materials/Finishes

Corner 90° Wrap-Around (Two Piece Top)

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

C Leg Base Assembly

Incremental Adjustment With Button Screws

Adjustable Height Ranges By Type Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/ Down Touch Pad

Hand Crank Adjustment with Retractable Hand Crank Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Height Adjustment Mechanism

Telescoping Base Tube

J Rail

Incremental Leg Adjustment

Crank Adjustment

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband

Wood Top –Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband

• Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Includes bright zinc Button head screws.

• Thumbscrew replacement for button head screw is available; separately specified, standard in black.

• Hand Crank is standard in black.

• Retracts under top when not in use.

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord. Glides Standard in Black

Note

• Hand Crank, Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side

• The table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/pedestals) .

• Total lifting capacity of tables with an electric adjustment mechanism is 300 lbs including the top .

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed

• See Price List for Top weights .

Table Orientation

• 2-piece tops are handed. The seamless primary user side determines the handedness.

Seamless Primary User Side (Left Hand) Seamless

User Side (Right Hand)

Left Handed Options:

(E) 23" Deep Top with Left Hand Orientation

(F) 29" Deep Top with Left Hand Orientation

Edge Profile Locations

Right Handed Options

(H) 23" Deep Top with Right Hand Orientation

(J) 29" Deep Top with Right Hand Orientation

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

Specified

Edge Option (3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square

Edgeband

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Corner 90° Wrap-Around Extended – 1-Piece Top

Corner 90° Wrap-Around Extended (One Piece Top) J

Attachment

Arm

Height Adjustment Mechanism (Shown with Programmable Touch Pad option)

TACE-4064-_ _SNC_ _

Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Incremental Adjustment With Button Screws Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/ Down Touch Pad

Hand Crank Adjustment with Retractable Hand Crank Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Adjustable Height Ranges By Type

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Corner 90° Wrap-Around Extended (One Piece Top)

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

C Leg Base Assembly

Height Adjustment Mechanism

Telescoping Base Tube

Note

• Hand Crank, Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side

• The table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/pedestals) .

• Total lifting capacity of tables with an electric adjustment mechanism is 300 lbs . including the top .

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed

• See Price List for Top weights

Table Orientation

• Extended table handedness is determined by length side of table from seated position.

Left Handed Options:

(E) 23" Deep Top with Left Hand Orientation

(F) 29" Deep Top with Left Hand Orientation

Edge Profile Locations

Right Handed Options (H) 23" Deep Top with Right Hand Orientation (J) 29" Deep Top with Right Hand Orientation

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

Specified Edge Option (Knife Edge/ 3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband (F) Knife Edge

Wood Top – Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband (U) Knife Edge

• Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

J Rail Painted Metal – Standard in Black

Incremental Leg Adjustment

Crank Adjustment

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

• Includes bright zinc Button head screws.

• Thumbscrew replacement for button head screw is available; separately specified, standard in black.

• Hand Crank is standard in black.

• Retracts under top when not in use.

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord. Glides

Dimensions Top View

WORKSURFACE DEPTH–LEFT (See chart for available depths)

Front View

• Standard in Black

(See chart for available lengths)

(See chart for adjustable height ranges by type) WIDTH (See chart for available widths)

Glides provide 1/2” of vertical leveling

WORKSURFACE DEPTH–RIGHT (See chart for available depths)

(28.68”)

23 11/16” 58” (57.68”) 36 5/16" 10 1/4" 24 3/4" 12 3/4" 2 15/16" 23 11/16”

(63.68”) 36 5/16" 10 1/4" 30 3/4" 12 3/4" 2 15/16" 23 11/16” 70” (69.68”) 36 5/16" 10 1/4" 36 3/4" 12 3/4" 2 15/16"

(51.68”)

(45.68”)

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Corner 90° Wrap-Around Extended – 2-Piece Top

Attachment Arm

J Rail

Height Adjustment Mechanism (Shown with Programmable Touch Pad option)

Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Corner 90° Wrap-Around Extended (2-Piece Top)

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Corner 90° Wrap-Around Extended (Two Piece Top)

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

C Leg Base

Assembly

Incremental Adjustment With Button Screws

Hand Crank Adjustment with Retractable Hand Crank

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/ Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Height

Adjustment

Mechanism

Telescoping Base Tube

J Rail

Incremental Leg Adjustment

Crank Adjustment

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Glides

Dimensions Top View

Note

• Hand Crank, Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side .

• The table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/pedestals)

• Total lifting capacity of tables with an electric adjustment mechanism is 300 lbs including the top .

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed

• See Price List for Top weights .

Table Orientation

• Two-piece tops are handed.

• The seamless primary user side of the table (side without seam) determines the handedness from a seated position.

Left Right

Seamless Primary User Side (Left Hand)

Left Handed Options:

(E) 23" Deep Top with Left Hand Orientation

(F) 29" Deep Top with Left Hand Orientation

Edge Profile Locations

Seamless Primary User Side (Right Hand)

Right Handed Options (H) 23" Deep Top with Right Hand Orientation (J) 29" Deep Top with Right Hand Orientation

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

Specified Edge Option (3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband Wood Top –Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband

• Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Includes bright zinc Button head screws.

• Thumbscrew replacement for button head screw is available; separately specified, standard in black.

• Hand Crank is standard in black.

• Retracts under top when not in use.

Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Standard

3/16”

3/4”

Wide x 70” Length Only)

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Corner 90° Notched Extended – 1 Piece Top

Attachment Arm

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

90° Angled Top

• Standard core only

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

C Leg Base Assembly

TACP-4064-_ _SNC_ _

Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Height Adjustment Mechanism

Telescoping Base Tube

J Rail

Incremental Leg Adjustment

Crank Adjustment

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband (F) Knife Edge

Wood Top – Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband (U) Knife Edge

• Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in black.

• Includes bright zinc Button head screws.

• Thumbscrew replacement for button head screw is available; separately specified, standard in black.

• Hand Crank is standard in black.

• Retracts under top when not in use.

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord black.

Incremental Adjustment With Button Screws

Hand Crank Adjustment with Retractable Hand Crank Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/ Down Touch Pad

Adjustable Height Ranges By Type

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord black. Glides Standard in Black

Dimensions Top View

WORKSURFACE DEPTH–LEFT

(See chart for available depths)

5/16” E

Note

• Hand Crank, Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side

• The table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/pedestals)

• Total lifting capacity of tables with an electric adjustment mechanism is 300 lbs including the top

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed

• See Price List for Top weights

Table Orientation

• Extended table handedness is determined by length side of table from seated position.

Front View HEIGHT

(See chart for adjustable height ranges by type) WIDTH (See chart for available widths) LENGTH (See chart for available lengths)

Glides provide 1/2” of vertical leveling

WORKSURFACE DEPTH–RIGHT (See chart for available depths)

Left Handed Options:

(E) 23" Deep Top with Left Hand Orientation

(F) 29" Deep Top with Left Hand Orientation

Edge Profile Locations

Right Handed Options

(H) 23" Deep Top with Right Hand Orientation (J) 29" Deep Top with Right Hand Orientation

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

Specified Edge Option (Knife Edge/ 3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

23 11/16”

58” (57.68”) 42 1/2" 17 3/4" 15 7/8” 5 3/4" 2 15/16" 23 11/16”

64” (63.68”) 42 1/2" 23 3/4" 15 7/8” 5 3/4" 2 15/16" 23 11/16”

70” (69.68”) 42 1/2" 29 3/4" 15 7/8” 5 3/4" 2 15/16" 23 11/16”

52” (51.68”) 58” (57.68”) 42 1/2" 17 3/4" 15 7/8” 11 3/4" 2 15/16" 23 11/16”

64” (63.68”) 42 1/2" 23 3/4" 15 7/8” 11 3/4" 2 15/16" 23 11/16” 70” (69.68”) 42 1/2" 29 3/4” 15 7/8” 11 3/4" 2 15/16" 23 11/16”

(63.68”) 42 1/2" 23 3/4" 15 7/8” 17 3/4" 2 15/16" 23 11/16”

(57.68”)

29” (28.68”) 46” (45.68”)

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Corner 90° Notched Extended – 2-Piece Top

(64” Wide x 70” Length Only)

Attachment Arm

J Rail

Height Adjustment Mechanism (Shown with Programmable Touch Pad option)

Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Incremental Adjustment With Button Screws

Crank Adjustment with Retractable Hand Crank

Adjustment with Standard Up/ Down Touch Pad

Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Adjustable Height Ranges By Type

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Corner 90° Notched Extended (Two Piece Top)

Leg, Foot and Attachment

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband Wood Top –Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband

• Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color Telescoping

J Rail

Incremental Leg Adjustment

Crank Adjustment

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Includes bright zinc Button head screws.

• Thumbscrew replacement for button head screw is available; separately specified, standard in black.

• Hand Crank is standard in black.

• Retracts under top when not in use.

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad Touch pad with up/down controls.

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Dimensions Top View

Note

• Hand Crank, Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side .

• The table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/pedestals)

• Total lifting capacity of tables with an electric adjustment mechanism is 300 lbs including the top

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed .

• See Price List for Top weights .

Table Orientation

• Two-piece tops are handed.

• The seamless primary user side of the table (side without seam) determines the handedness from a seated position.

• Standard with black housing.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Standard in Black

Left Handed Options:

(E) 23" Deep Top with Left Hand Orientation

(F) 29" Deep Top with Left Hand Orientation

Edge Profile Locations

Right Handed Options (H) 23" Deep Top with Right Hand Orientation (J) 29" Deep Top with Right Hand Orientation

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

Specified

Edge Option (3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Corner 120° Wrap-Around

One Piece Top

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Corner 120° Wrap-Around (One Piece Top)

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

Height Adjustment Ranges By Type Height Adjustment Mechanisms

C Leg Base

Assembly

Height Adjustment

Mechanism

Telescoping Base Tube

J Rail

Incremental Leg Adjustment

Crank Adjustment

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Glides

FINISHES

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband (F) Knife Edge

Wood Top –Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband (U) Knife Edge

Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Includes bright zinc Button head screws.

• Thumbscrew replacement for button head screw is available; separately specified, standard in black.

• Hand Crank is standard in black.

• Retracts under top when not in use.

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Standard in Black

Note

• The Hand Crank, Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side

• The table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/pedestals)

• Total lifting capacity of tables with an electric adjustment mechanism is 300 lbs including the top

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed

• See Price List for Top weights

Edge Profile Locations

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

Specified Edge Option (Knife Edge/ 3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Belong Screen – For use with Height Adjustable Tables – Worksurface Mount

Attachment Brackets

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

SUFB-2754-FA

SUFB-2754-DA SUFB-2754-WA SUFB-2754-GA SUFB-2754-MA

Note

Worksurface/Screen Specification Matrix Screen

Planes Height Adjustable Table–Corner Planes Height Adjustable Table–Rectangular

• Only for use with Planes Height Adjustable Tables

• Not for use with Planes Height Adjustable Table - Benches

Screen Thickness by Material

Screen

Fabric

Specified fabric color – surface is non-tackable.

Laminate High-pressure laminate surface with 1mm laminate edgeband. Specified surface color and edgeband trim color.

Wood Specified wood veneer surface with 1mm wood edgeband.

Glass

9T-1C Clear Glass Finish (Grade A)

9T-E21 Satin Etched Glass Finish (Grade C)

Markerboard Glossy white markerboard surface with 1mm edgeband.

Attachment Brackets Painted Metal – With Specified Trim Color

Dimensions

Front View (19" High Screen)

HEIGHT

Nominal (Actual) 19" (18.75")

Side View (Single Stage)

WIDTH

(See Chart for available widths)

34" (33.68")

(29.5") or Less

40" (39.68") 36" (35.5") or Less

46” (45.68”) 42” (41.5”) or Less

52” (51.68”) 48” (47.5”) or Less

58” (57.68”) 54” (53.5”) or Less

64” (63.68”) 60” (59.5”) or Less

70” (69.68”) 60” (59.5”) or Less

Front View (27" High Screen)

WIDTH

(See Chart for available widths)

HEIGHT

Nominal (Actual) 27" (26.75")

(35.5”)

(41.5”)

(47.5”)

(53.5”)

(59.5”)

Side View (Single Stage)

SCREEN THICKNESS Varies by Material (See Chart)

(59.5”)

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Cable Management – Wire Management Basket

• The Wire Management Basket is designed for use with height adjustable tables to provide additional wire management and storage.

• Attaches to underside of top and detaches from table without tools.

• Accessible from both sides.

• Mounts to the underside of the top (straddles the J Rails).

Component Materials/Finishes

Dimensions

Accessories – Basket Cover

• The separately specified Basket Cover encloses a side of the basket to provide a more finished aesthetic.

• A Basket Cover can be added to each side of the basket.

• Specify width to match Basket width.

• The covers are painted metal, and may be specified with a trim color to match the table base or with a coordinating color.

• Each Basket Cover is separately specified.

Application Overview

• The Wire Management Basket is designed for use with most height adjustable tables.

• Ensure basket width is less than distance between C-Leg Posts.

• Ensure the mounting bracketry does not interfere with mounting hardware for screens, monitor arms or other worksurface mounted accessories.

• The Basket is designed for use with the following Planes Height Adjustable Tables: – Rectangular Height Adjustable Tables – 90° Corners – 2-Leg – 90° Corners – 3-Leg

• The Basket is NOT for use with the following Planes Height Adjustable Tables due to interference with the base: – Single Sided Height Adjustable Table – Bench – Dual Sided Height Adjustable Table – Bench – 120° Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Tables

Accessories – Collision Sensor

• The installation of a Collision Sensor on a Planes table with electric height adjustment, helps reduce the possible risk of pinching.

• The Collision Sensor is installed on the underside of the top and connects to the motor control unit on the table. After the system is triggered by sensor, the top will automatically move a defined distance in the opposite direction. This helps prevent the possible risk of pinching.

Component Materials/Finishes

Sensor with Cord

• Specify with (1) Cord for tops 58" or less.

• Specify with (2) cords for tops greater than 58" wide

Unit

Note

• The use of a Collision Sensor does not completely eliminate potential pinch point risks or collisions – user should be properly trained and use caution when operating

• Can only be installed on Planes Height Adjustable Tables and Benches controller that is newer than 10-2016

Installation Diagram

• The Sensor Cord is plugged into the Processor Unit and the Metal Bracket on the end is screwed to bottom of the top and the J-rail. For optimal performance the Sensor Cord must be securely fastened.

• The Processor Unit is screwed to the bottom of the top and must be located within reach of the Motor Control.

• The one end of the Connecting Cable is plugged into the Processor Unit and the other end connects to the Motor Control.

Top View – Height Adjustable Table – Rectangular

Connecting Cable

Sensor Cord

Processor Unit

58" Wide Top (or Less)

Product Details

Planes Height Adjustable Table Bench

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Overview – Edge Options

Edge Profile Options for Laminate Tops

Edgeband (Option J)

• For use with Laminate Tops

Knife Edge (Option F)

• For use with Laminate Tops

Edge Profile Options for Wood Veneer Tops

Wood Edgeband (Option K)

• For use with Wood Tops

• For use with Wood Tops 1

Knife Edge (Option U)

1 3/16” Top Thickness

Note The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Overview – Wood Grain Direction

Wood Grain Direction for Natural Veneer, Quarter Cut Veneer, Rift Cut Veneer, Double Cut Wood Veneer and Wood Grain Laminate

Arrows indicate Wood Grain Direction

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench (Dual-Sided)

Telescoping Base Tube

Power and Data Channels with Trough H Leg

Rectangular Top (2 Tops)

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Rectangular Tops

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm Power and Data Channels with Trough

C Leg Base Assembly

Glides

Edge Profile Locations

Height Adjustment Mechanism (Shown with Programmable Touch Pad option)

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

Specified Edge Option (Knife Edge/ 3mm Edgeband)

1mm Square Edgeband

Screen Applications (Screens are separately specified) Planes Screens – For use with Planes Height Adjustable Benches – Center Mount

• Center Mount Screens attach to the H-Leg base and are Stationary (do not move up and down).

• Only for use with 24", 30" or 36" deep tops, with a 3 5/8" gap between the tops to accommodate the Center Mount Screen.

3 5/8" Gap Between Tops 24", 30" or 36" Deep Tops Center Mount Screen TASC

Belong Screen – For Height Adjustable Benches – Worksurface Mount

• Worksurface Mount Screens attach to the underside of the top allowing them to move up and down with the top.

• Only for use with 23", 29" or 35" deep tops, with a 5 5/8" gap between tops to accommodate the Worksurface Mount Screens.

23", 29" or 35" Deep Tops

5 5/8" Gap Between Tops

Worksurface Mount Screen SUFB

Height Adjustment Mechanism

(See Price List for available mechanism combinations)

Telescoping Base Tubes

J Rail

Crank Adjustment

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Glides

Wood Grain Direction

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband (F) Knife Edge

Wood Top –Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband (U) Knife Edge

Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See Planes overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Hand Crank is standard in black

• Retracts under top when not in use.

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Standard in Black

• Wood Grain Direction for Natural Veneer, Quarter Cut Veneer, Rift

Cut Veneer, Double Cut Wood Veneer and Wood Grain Laminate.

Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Crank Adjustment

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Arrows indicate Wood Grain Direction

Specification Options for Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Crank Adjustment (Both Tops with Crank Mechanism)

B Crank

Crank and Electric Adjustment

(One Top with Crank Mechanism/One Top with Electric Adjustment Mechanism)

L Crank/Single-Stage Standard Touch Pad

M Crank/Single-Stage Programmable Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment (Both Tops with Electric Adjustment Mechanism)

E Single-Stage Standard Touch Pad

R Single-Stage Programmable Touch Pad

P Dual-Stage Low Standard Touch Pad

S Dual-Stage Low Programmable Touch Pad

Q Dual-Stage High Standard Touch Pad

T Dual-Stage High Programmable Touch Pad

Note

• The Hand Crank, Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side

• The table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/ pedestals)

• Total lifting capacity for each worksurface with an electric adjustment mechanism is 250 lbs including the worksurface .

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed

• See Price List for worksurface weights .

TARA-2458-SNH_

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Dimensions Top View

OVERALL DEPTH (See chart for available depths)

WIDTH (See chart for available widths)

– Bench (Dual-Sided)

WORKSURFACE DEPTH (See chart for available depths)

WORKSURFACE DEPTH (See chart for available depths)

Front View (Single Stage) Front View (Dual Stage Low/High) Side View (Single Stage)

View (Dual Stage)

HEIGHT (See chart for adjustable height ranges by type)

Dimensions Chart

Height Adjustment Ranges By Type

29” (28.68”) (For use with Worksurface Mounted Screens)

30” (29.68”) (For use with Center Mounted Screens)

(34.68”) (For use with Worksurface Mounted Screens)

36” (35.68”) (For use with Center Mounted Screens)

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Planes Height Adjustable Table – Single-Sided Bench, Freestanding

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Rectangular Tops

Telescoping Base Tube

Foot Power and Data Channels with Trough

Height Adjustment Mechanism (Shown with Standard Touch Pad option)

Glides

Edge Profile Locations

• The specified edge profile option is applied to the user edge only, all other edges are standard with a 1mm square edgeband.

1mm Square Edgeband Specified Edge Option (Knife Edge/ 3mm Edgeband) USER EDGE

Screen Applications

Planes Screens – For use with Planes Height Adjustable Benches – Center Mount (Separately Specified)

• Center Mount Screens attach to the Power and Data Channel with Trough and are stationary (they do not move up and down).

• Only for use with 24" or 30" deep tops, which are designed to accommodate a Center Mount Screen. 24" or 30" Deep Tops

3 11/16" between Top and back of Power and Data Channel

C Leg Base Assembly

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm and Power and Data Channels with Trough

Telescoping Base Tubes

J Rail

Height Adjustment Mechanism (See Price List for available mechanism combinations) Crank Adjustment

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Glides

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband (F) Knife Edge

Wood Top –Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband (U) Knife Edge

Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Hand Crank is standard in black

• Retracts under top when not in use.

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Standard in Black

Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Crank Adjustment

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Specification Options for Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Crank Adjustment (Both Tops with Crank Mechanism)

B Crank

T Dual-Stage High Programmable Touch Pad Attachment Arm

Belong Screen – For Height Adjustable Benches – Worksurface Mount (Separately Specified)

• Top Surface Mount Screens attach to the underside of the top allowing them to move up and down with the top.

• Only for use with 23" or 29" deep tops, which are designed to accommodate a Worksurface Mount Screen.

23" or 29" Deep Tops Center Mount Screen TASC

Top Surface Mount Screen SUFB

4 11/16" between Top and back of Power and Data Channel

Electric Adjustment (Both Tops with Electric Adjustment Mechanism)

E Single-Stage Standard Touch Pad

R Single-Stage Programmable Touch Pad

P Dual-Stage Low Standard Touch Pad

S Dual-Stage Low Programmable Touch Pad

Q Dual-Stage High Standard Touch Pad

Note

• The Hand Crank, Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side

• The table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/ pedestals) .

• Total lifting capacity for each worksurface with an electric adjustment mechanism is 250 lbs . including the worksurface .

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed

• See Price List for worksurface weights

TARA-2458-_ _SNSB

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench

(See chart for available widths)

(See chart for available depths)

(See chart for adjustable height ranges by type)

(See chart for adjustable height ranges by type)

Dimensions Chart

DEPTH (See chart for available depths)

Adjustable Height Ranges by Type

Worksurface Mounted Screens)

Mounted Screens)

use with Worksurface Mounted Screens)

(29.68”) (For use with Center Mounted Screens)

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Planes Height Adjustable Table – 120° Bench

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

120° Tops

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Laminate Top –Specify surface color and separate edge finish color (J) Edgeband (F) Knife Edge

Wood Top –Specify a single surface and edge finish color (K) Edgeband (U) Knife Edge

H Leg Base Assembly

Height Adjustment Mechanism

(Shown with Standard Touch Pad option)

Screen Applications

Planes Screens – For use with Planes Height Adjustable Benches – Center Mount

(Separately Specified)

• Center Mount Screens attach to the H-Leg base and are Stationary (they do not move up and down).

• Only for use with 24" or 30" deep tops, which are designed with a 3 5/8" gap between tops to accommodate the Center Mount Screen.

• Specify screen width to match bench width.

Belong Screen – For Height Adjustable Benches – Worksurface Mount (Separately Specified)

• Worksurface Mount Screens attach to the underside of the top allowing them to move up and down with the top.

• Only for use with 23" or 29" deep tops, which are designed with a 5 5/8" gap between tops to accommodate mounting of Worksurface Mount Screens.

Height Adjustment Mechanism

(See Price List for available mechanism combinations)

Glides

H-Leg, Corner Assembly, Attachment Arm, and Power and Data Channels with Trough

Telescoping Base Tubes

J Rail

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

• Painted Metal – Specified Base Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights. Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2” long black power cord.

• Standard in Black

Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Specification Options for Height Adjustment Mechanisms

Electric Adjustment (Both Tops with Electric Adjustment Mechanism)

E Single-Stage Standard Touch Pad

R Single-Stage Programmable Touch Pad

P Dual-Stage Low Standard Touch Pad

S Dual-Stage Low Programmable Touch Pad

Q Dual-Stage High Standard Touch Pad

T Dual-Stage High Programmable Touch Pad

Note

• Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side

• The table may be field programmed with shelf/container stops within the standard height range to avoid interference with objects (shelves/ pedestals)

.

• Total lifting capacity for each worksurface with an electric adjustment mechanism is 300 lbs . including the worksurface

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed

• See Price List for worksurface weights

• A separately specified 28" long Jumper is required to distribute power between Power Distribution Assemblies

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Planes Height Adjustable Table – 120° Bench

Dimensions Top View

(See chart for adjustable height ranges by type)

Dimensions Chart

chart for available depths)

Height Adjustment Ranges By Type

TABLETOP

23” (22.68”) (For use with Worksurface Mounted Screens)

24” (23.68”) (For use with Center Mounted Screens)

29” (28.68”) (For use with Worksurface Mounted Screens)

30” (29.68”) (For use with Center Mounted Screens)

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Planes Screen – For use with Planes Height Adjustable Benches – Center Mount

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Only for use with 24", 30" and 36" deep tops

Fabric

Screen

TASC-1858-F

TASC-1858-L

Note

Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench (Double or Single-Sided)

• Screen is designed only to be used with Planes Height Adjustable Table Bench (24", 30" and 36" deep tops only)

• Not for use on other Planes Height Adjustable Tables

• Screen width must be specified to match bench width

Screen Thickness by Material

SCREEN MATERIAL THICKNESS

Attachment Brackets Screen SCREEN

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Specified fabric color – surface is non-tackable.

Laminate High-pressure laminate surface with 1mm laminate edgeband. Specified surface color and edgeband trim color.

Wood Specified wood veneer surface with 1mm wood edgeband.

Glass 9T-1C Clear Glass Finish (Grade A)

9T-E21 Satin Etched Glass Finish (Grade C)

Markerboard Glossy white markerboard surface with 1mm edgeband. Attachment Brackets Painted Metal – With Specified Trim Color

Dimensions

Top View

Front View (Single Stage)

HEIGHT Nominal (Actual) 18" (17.5")

HEIGHT Nominal (Actual) 23" (22.875") 17 3/16” 22 5/8”

Front View (Dual Stage High/Low)

WIDTH

(See Chart for available widths)

Side View (Single Stage)

Screen Thickness

Varies by Material (For dimensions see Screen Thickness by Material Chart)

3 5/8" Gap Between Tops

Side View (Dual Stage)

WIDTH

(See Chart for available widths)

SCREEN THICKNESS

Varies by Material (For dimensions see Screen Thickness by Material Chart)

18” (17.5”) (For use with Crank and All Single Stage Electric Height Adjustment Mechanisms) 46” (45.5”)

23” (22.875”)

(For use with all Dual Stage Electric Height Adjustment Mechanisms)

(51.5”)

58” (57.5”) 64” (63.5”) 70” (69.5”)

46” (45.5”) 52” (51.5”) 58” (57.5”) 64” (63.5”)

(69.5”)

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Belong Screen – For use with Height Adjustable Benches – Worksurface Mount

Attachment Brackets

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Fabric

Screen

Only for use with 23", 29" and 35" deep tops

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Specified fabric color – surface is non-tackable.

Laminate High-pressure laminate surface with 1mm laminate edgeband.

Specified surface color and edgeband trim color.

Wood Specified wood veneer surface with 1mm wood edgeband.

Glass

9T-1C Clear Glass Finish (Grade A)

9T-E21 Satin Etched Glass Finish (Grade C)

Markerboard Glossy white markerboard surface with 1mm edgeband.

Attachment Brackets Painted Metal – With Specified Trim Color

Dimensions

Front View (Single Stage)

Planes Height Adjustable

Table – Bench (Double or Single-Sided)

HEIGHT Nominal (Actual) 15" (15.09")

Note

• Only for use with: – Planes Height Adjustable Benches (23", 29" and 35" deep tops only)

• Not for use with Planes Height Adjustable Benches with 24", 30" and 36" deep tops, due to pinch point clearance

Screen Thickness by Material

(Actual) 23" (23.09")

Worksurface/Screen Specification Matrix

Worksurface Width

Nominal (Actual)

46” (45.68”)

52” (51.68”)

58” (57.68”)

(Actual)

(41.5”) or Less

(47.5”) or Less

(53.5”) or Less

64” (63.68”) 60” (59.5”) or Less

70” (69.68”) 60” (59.5”) or Less

Side View (Single Stage)

(See Chart for available widths) WIDTH

(See Chart for available widths)

(23.5”)

(29.5”)

(35.5”)

(41.5”)

(47.5”)

(53.5”)

(59.5”)

(29.5”)

(41.5”)

(47.5”)

(53.5”)

(59.5”)

5/8"

SCREEN THICKNESS

Varies by Material (For dimensions see Screen Thickness by Material Chart)

SCREEN THICKNESS

Varies by Material (For dimensions see Screen Thickness by Material Chart)

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Electrical Components – Top Feeds

Height Adjustable Bench –Top Feed, End-of-Run (3-Circuit, 4-Circuit or Hardwired)

Electrical Harness In Metal Conduit – 180" long (not included with Hardwired Configuration)

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Pole, Ceiling Bezel Plate and End-of-Run Transition Tray

Electrical Box

Electrical Harness in Metal Conduit (not included with Hardwired configuration)

Dimensions For Single Stage For Dual Stage High/Low

Painted Metal – With Specified Trim Color

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table –

Electrical Components – Top Feeds

Height Adjustable Bench –Top Feed, Middle-of-Run (3-Circuit, 4-Circuit or Hardwired)

Electrical Box

Electrical Harness In Metal Conduit – 180" long (not included with Hardwired Configuration) Ceiling

EAET-C00C-S3

EAET-C00C-S2

EAET-C00C-SC

Dimensions For Single Stage For Dual Stage High/Low

Pole attaches to Separately Specified Transition Tray - For Middle-of-Run Top Feed

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Pole, Ceiling Bezel Plate and End-of-Run Transition Tray

Electrical Box

FINISHES

Painted Metal – With Specified Trim Color

Galvanized Metal Box

Electrical Harness in Metal Conduit (not included with Hardwired configuration) Galvanized Metal Conduit

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Electrical Components – Transition Trays

Height Adjustable Bench – Transition Tray – For use with Double-Sided Bench

• Mounts between crossbars of adjacent benches to route power and data cables.

• Required for code compliance if routing power between adjacent bench tables.

• Not for use with Top Feed.

Component Materials/Finishes

Height Adjustable Bench – Transition Tray – Asymmetrical COMPONENT

• Mounts between crossbars of a SingleSided Bench and an adjacent Bench (single or double sided) to route power and data cables.

• Required for code compliance if routing power between adjacent bench tables.

• Not for use with Top Feed.

Dimensions

Note

• A 14" wide Transition Tray requires a separately specified 28" long Jumper to distribute power between Power Distribution Assemblies

Component Materials/Finishes

Dimensions

View (Showing Single-Sided Bench)

• A 14" wide Transition Tray requires a separately specified 28" long Jumper to distribute power between Power Distribution Assemblies

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Electrical Components – Transition Trays

Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray For use with Middle-of-Run Top Feed

• Mounts to Middle-of-Run Top Feed and between crossbars of adjacent benches, to route power and data cables.

• Creates a 2" pinch point clearance between side-by-side benches.

• Not for use with fixed Screens.

Middle-of-Run Top Feed (Separately Specified)

Cover with 1 1/2" x 4" Cutout for Top Feed

TA01-HBTT-MT

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Tray and Cover with Cutout

Dimensions Front View

Creates 2" Gap Between Tops

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Painted Metal – With Specified Trim Color

Note

• A 14" wide Transition Tray requires a separately specified 28" long Jumper to distribute power between Power Distribution Assemblies

Height Adjustable Bench – Transition Tray – For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run, Top Feed

• Mounts to Middle-of-Run Top Feed and between crossbars of adjacent benches, to route power and data cables.

• Creates a 4" pinch point clearance between side-by-side benches to accommodate applications with Fixed Screens and Middle-of-Run Top Feeds.

Middle-of-Run Top Feed (Separately Specified)

Center Mount Screens (Separately Specified)

Cover with 1 1/2" x 4" Cutout for Top Feed

TA01-HBTT-MTS

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Tray and Cover with Cutout

Dimensions Front View Side View Side View

Creates 4" Gap Between Tops (to accommodate Screens and

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Painted Metal – With Specified Trim Color

Note

• A 16" wide Transition Tray requires a separately specified 30" long Jumper to distribute power between Power Distribution Assemblies

Product Details – Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Cable Management – Cable Capacities

This chart shows the number of communication cables that can be routed through specific pathways. Cable capacities are based on 0.20" (5 mm), 0.25" (6 mm), and 0.30"(8 mm) diameter cables at 60% and 40% fill capacity.

TIA/EIA 569 suggests a cable fill of 40% for planning and up to 60% for unplanned or future additions. The TIA category designations for cable are not size specific but typically the higher the category number the larger the diameter the cable is. As a general rule a Category 5e (Enhanced) cable is approximately 0.20" in diameter, the Category 6 0.25", and a Category (Augmented) 0.30". The actual diameter will vary depending on manufacturer and whether it is a plenum rated cable or riser (PVC) cable.

¹ Cable capacity through the trough may be impacted by the transition tray where two benches connect as the capacity of that tray is less than the tray on the bench.

² The cable capacities for Planes HAB top feeds were calculated at 1.8 square inches even though the openings are much larger. The brackets on the middle run block the routing a bit and the bend radius restricts the capacity.

Product Applications

Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Product Application – Planes Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 1 – Specify Height Adjustable Bench

• Decide on benching application (freestanding, dual-sided, single-sided, mixed dual/single, or 120° applications)

• Select appropriate benching products for the application (Single-Sided, Dual-Sided or 120° Benches)

• Specify worksurface size – width, depth

• Select Height Adjustment Mechanism/Height Range

– Manual Adjustment - Crank with Single Stage Telescoping Legs (not available with 120° Bench)

– Electric Adjustment – Standard / Programmable Touch Pad with Single Stage or Dual Stage Telescoping Legs

• Specify desired worksurface finish (laminate or wood)

• Specify desired edge profile option for user edge (edgeband or knife edge)

Step 2 – Specify Screens

• Select desired screen application (worksurface mount or center mount)

• Select appropriate screen size (dependent on mounting type and privacy needs)

• Ensure worksurface depth meets clearance requirements for screen mounting type.

• Specify desired screen material and finish/color (fabric, laminate, wood or glass)

Step 3 – Specify Electrical Components

Choose appropriate electrical system for the application:

• Hardwired (consists of top feed pole, junction boxes with field supplied wire and receptacles)

• Power Base (Haworth's integrated modular power system)

– Choose Power Configuration (do not mix)

• 3 Circuit (supports as many as three separate 20 Amp rated circuits from one power feed.)

• 4 Circuit (supports as many as four separate 20 Amp rated circuits from one power feed.)

– Specify POWER IN Components:

• Up from the Floor (Base Feed Cover and Infeed Harness)

• Down from the Ceiling (Top Feed – End-of-Run or Middle-of-Run)

– Specify POWER THROUGH Components:

• Specify proper number of Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit (ensure width matches worksurface width –specify 3 or 4 Circuit - Do not mix)

• Specify appropriate number and type of Transition Tray (Single-Sided Tray, Dual-Sided Tray, Tray for use with Top Feed, or Tray for use with Top Feed and Center Mount Screens).

• Specify Jumper (28" or 30" wide depending on application – 3 or 4 Circuit - Do not mix)

– Specify POWER OUT Components:

• Determine number of receptacles needed (each Power Distribution Assembly supports up to 4 receptacles – 2 on each side)

• Specify 15 AMP or 20 AMP Receptacles

Additional Considerations – for Planes Height Adjustable Benches:

• Overall environment

• Future needs

• Privacy requirements

• Frequency of reconfiguration

• Human performance factors

• Technology needs

• Integration needs

• Surface options (aesthetics)

• Overall project budget

Product Application – Planes Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 1 – Specify Height Adjustable Bench

The Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench (HAB) offers three bench configurations.

Single Sided Bench

Primary Product Applications:

Single-Sided Freestanding Applications

Dual Sided Bench

Single-Sided Benching Application

Primary Product Applications:

Dual-Sided Freestanding Applications

Bench

Dual-Sided Benching Application

Primary Product Applications:

120° Freestanding Applications

Benching Application

Worksurface Width

Worksurface Depth

Mixed Single-Sided/Dual-Sided Benching Application

To Order Specify:

1 Surface Options: (L) Laminate ( W) Wood

2 Edge Options:

Laminate: (F) Knife Edge (J) Edgeband

Wood: (K ) Wood Edgeband (U) Wood Knife Edge

3 Height Adjustment

Actuator:

Single Stage: (B) Crank (E) Standard (R) Programmable

Dual Stage, Low: (P) Standard (S) Programmable

Dual Stage, High: (Q) Standard ( T) Programmable

To Order Specify:

1 Surface Options: (L) Laminate ( W) Wood

2 Edge Options:

Laminate: (F) Knife Edge (J) Edgeband

Worksurface Width

Worksurface Depth

Mixed Single-Sided/Dual-Sided Benching Application

Wood: (K ) Wood Edgeband (U) Wood Knife Edge

3 Height Adjustment

Actuator:

Single Stage: (B) Crank (L) Crank/Standard (M) Crank/Programmable (E) Standard (R) Programmable

Dual Stage, Low: (P) Standard (S) Programmable

Dual Stage, High: (P) Standard (S) Programmable

To Order Specify:

1 Surface Options: (L) Laminate ( W) Wood

Worksurface Width

Worksurface Length

Worksurface Depth (B-23", C-24", D-29" or G-30")

2 Edge Options: Laminate: (F) Knife Edge (J) Edgeband

Wood: (K ) Wood Edgeband (U) Wood Knife Edge

3 Height Adjustment

Actuator:

Single Stage: (E) Standard (R) Programmable

Dual Stage, Low: (P) Standard (S) Programmable

Dual Stage, High: (Q) Standard ( T) Programmable

Mixed 120°/Dual-Sided Benching Application

120°

Product Application – Planes Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 1 – Specify Height Adjustable Bench

• Planes Height Adjustable Bench worksurfaces finishes are available in laminate (Option L) or wood (Option W).

• Worksurface edge details are offered in square and knife edge for both laminate and wood worksurface finishes.

• Mixing edge details in a single bench run is not recommended due to aesthetic differences.

Edge Profile Options for Laminate Tops (Option L)

Edgeband (Option J)

Knife Edge (Option F)

Edge Profile Options for Wood Veneer Tops (Option W)

Wood Edgeband (Option K)

Wood Knife Edge (Option U)

Don't

• Mixing edge details in a single bench run is not recommended due to aesthetic differences.

Height Adjustment Options

Planes Height Adjustable Benches offer a variety of adjustment mechanisms and heights.

Crank Adjustment Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

Crank Adjustment

(Only available with Dual and Single-Sided Benches)

B Crank

Crank and Electric Adjustment

(Only available with Dual-Sided Benches)

L Crank/Single-Stage Standard Touch Pad

M Crank/Single-Stage Programmable Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment (Available with all Benches)

E Single-Stage Standard Touch Pad

R Single-Stage Programmable Touch Pad

P Dual-Stage Low Standard Touch Pad

S Dual-Stage Low Programmable Touch Pad

Q Dual-Stage High Standard Touch Pad

T Dual-Stage High Programmable Touch Pad

Don't

Adjustable Height Ranges by Type

Planes HAT-01

Note

• Height Adjustment Actuators (Crank, Standard Touch Pad or Programmable Touch Pad) may be mounted on left or right side of table using predrilled holes

Planes HAT-01

• The power and data channels with troughs of tables with single stage height adjustable legs and dual stage height adjustable legs do not align. Tables with single and dual stage height adjustable legs should not be used together in the same benching applications.

Planes HAT-01

Data Channels with Troughs Do Not Align

Single Stage Includes (1) Telescoping Tube
Dual Stage Includes (2) Telescoping Tubes
Channel with Troughs Data Channel with Troughs

Product Application – Planes Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 1 – Specify Height Adjustable Bench

Bench Heights and Actuator Options

ADJUSTMENT ACTUATOR

Product Application – Planes Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 2 – Specify Screens

The Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench (HAB) is available in a variety of depths and widths to meet the needs of most users. Separately specified screens require the specification of specific worksurface depths.

Worksurface Depth Considerations for Screen Applications:

• Worksurface Mounted Screens – Requires 23", 29" or 35" deep benching worksurfaces.

• Center Mounted Screens – Recommend 24", 30" or 36" deep benching worksurfaces.

Planes Center Mount Screen with Single Sided Bench

Bench Depths: 24", 30" Bench Widths: 46", 52", 58", 64", 70"

or 30" Deep Worksurfaces (Recommended for Center Mounted Screens)

Planes Center Mount Screen with Dual Sided Bench

Bench Depths: 24", 30", 36" Bench Widths: 46", 52", 58", 64", 70"

5/8" Gap Between Tops 24", 30" or 36" Deep Worksurfaces (Recommended for Center Mounted Screens)

Planes Center Mount Screen with 120° Bench

Bench Depths: 24", 30" Bench Widths: 46", 52", 58"

or 30" Deep Worksurfaces (Recommended for Center Mounted Screens)

5/8" Gap Between Tops

Belong Worksurface Mount Screen Depth Single Sided Bench

Bench Depths: 23", 29" Bench Widths: 46", 52", 58", 64", 70"

or 29" Deep Worksurfaces (Required for Center Mounted Screens)

Mount Screen

Belong Worksurface Mount Screen with Dual Sided Bench

Bench Depths: 23", 29", 35" Bench Widths: 46", 52", 58", 64", 70"

Mount Screen

Mount Screen

Belong Worksurface Mount Screen with 120° Bench

Bench Depths: 23", 29" Bench Widths: 46", 52", 58"

or 29" Deep Worksurfaces

5/8" Gap

Tops

Product Application – Planes Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 2 – Specify Screens

Don't

Belong Screens for Height Adjustable Tables or Belong Screens for Reside Desking with Height Adjustable Benches .

Due to interference with the Height Adjustable Base understructure, the following screens are not for use with Planes Height Adjustable Benches:

• Belong Screen for use with Height Adjustable Tables

• Belong Screens for use with Reside Desking. (SUFA-_ _ _ _- _A or SUFB-_ _ _ _- _U.)

Belong Screen for Height Adjustable Tables (SUFA-_ _ _ _- _A) or Belong Screens for Reside Desking (SUFB-_ _ _ _- _U)

Planes Height Adjustable Benches (Single-Sided, Dual-Sided or 120° Benches)

Screen for use with Height Adjustable Bench with Worksurface Mount (SUFB-_ _ _ _-_B)

23” Screens_Planes

Belong Screen for Height Adjustable Tables (SUFB-_ _ _ _- _A) or Belong Screens for Reside Desking (SUFB-_ _ _ _- _U)

Specify 23" High Screens for additional Privacy .

• Use the 23" high screens for additional visual privacy when seated or standing with different height benches.

23" High Screens

15" High Screens

High Screen

Specify worksurface mount screens less than width of bench worksurface .

• Specify Belong Screens for use with Height Adjustable Bench with Worksurface Mount less than the Bench width.

• Worksurface mount screens require 23", 29" and 35" depth benches only for pinch point clearance.

Screen for use with Height Adjustable Bench with Worksurface Mount (SUFB-_ _ _ _-_B)

Requires 23", 29" or 35" Deep Worksurfaces

Screen – SUFB-1560_-_ B (2) Bench – TARA-2370-LFSNHR (1)

5 5/8" Gap Between Tops

Bench Width/Screen Width Specification Matrix

(63.68”)

(69.68”)

or

(59.5”) or Less

Product Application – Planes Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 2 – Specify Screens

Do

• Use 18" High Center Mounted Screens on Crank and/or Single Stage Height-Adjustable Benches.

• Use 23" H Center Mounted Screens on Dual Stage Low and High Height-Adjustable Benches.

• Center Mounted Screen width must match width of bench.

Side View (Single Stage)

(Actual)

(17.5") 22 5/8”

Side View (Dual Stage) HEIGHT

5/8" Gap Between Tops 24", 30" or 36" Deep Worksurfaces 24", 30" or 36" Deep Worksurfaces

(22.875")

Front View (Dual Stage High or Low) HEIGHT

(Actual)

Screen Width Must Match Bench Width

WIDTH (See Chart for available widths)

3/16”

Gallery End Panel Brackets for use with Gallery End Panels Do

• Use the bracket with Gallery End Panel – Universal.

• The bracket mounts to cross beam at the end of a bench.

• Not for use on Single Sided Height Adjustable Bench or between benches. Bench – TARA-_ _ _ _-LFSNHP Center Screen – TASC-23_ _-F

Screen: SUSG-5060-DUNN (3) Bracket: TA01-BRKT-E (3)

Screen Width Must Match Bench Width Gallery End Panels

• Gallery End Panel Brackets are designed to work on Double Sided and 120° Height Adjustable Benches.

TACZ-5858-LFSNHPD Center Screen: TASC-2358-F (3)

Bench: TARA-2470-LFSNHP Center Screen: TASC-2370-F

Product Application – Planes Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 3 – Specify Electrical Components

Choose appropriate electrical system for the benching application:

• Hardwired (consists of top feed pole, junction boxes with field supplied wire and receptacles)

• Power Base (Haworth's integrated modular power system)

Power Base Integrated Modular Electrical Components

• Power Base is a modular electrical system offered in 3-Circuit and 4-Circuit (2+2 or 3+1) configurations.

• Power Base components are designed to address three functions:

– POWER IN: Routing power from the building into the furniture.

– POWER THROUGH: Routing power through the furniture.

– POWER OUT: Receptacle access at power/data channel.

EUEH-0087-_

Infeed Harness (3-Circuit or 4-Circuit)

Base Feed Module Concealed Hardwire Connection (3-Circuit or 4-Circuit)

EUEJ-0064-_WF

Internal Power Base AI Base Feed (3-Circuit or 4-Circuit)

EAET-C000-S_

Top Feed, End-of-Run (3-Circuit, 4-Circuit or Hardwired)

Top Feed, Middle-of-Run (3-Circuit, 4-Circuit or Hardwired)

TA01-HBTT-MT

Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray For use with Middle-of-Run Top Feed

Base Feed Cover Vertical

TA01-HBTT-MTS

Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run, Top Feed

EUEK-0042-_S

Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit (3-Circuit or 4-Circuit) Jumper (3-Circuit or 4-Circuit)

EUEJ-00_ _-_

Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray

TA01-HBTT-M

TA01-HBTT-MA

Height Adjustable Bench – Transition Tray – Asymmetrical

POWER OUT

EUER-0020-_M13

EUER-0015-_M_3

Triplex Receptacles 15 AMP (3-Circuit or 4-Circuit)

Triplex Receptacles 20 AMP (3-Circuit or 4-Circuit)

Kit

BSFD-S

Product Application – Planes Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 3 – Specify Electrical Components

POWER IN – Base Feed Cover – Vertical and Infeed Harness

• Power is brought into the Planes Height Adjustable Bench using a separately specified Infeed Harness, a separately specified Base Feed Cover - Vertical may be add for a more finished aesthetic. Infeed Harness (Separately Specified) EUEH

Single Stage Bench

Base Feed Cover TA01-BSFD-S Infeed Harness EUEH-0087-_

Dual Stage Bench

Base Feed Cover TA01-BSFD-D Infeed Harness EUEH-0087-_

Base Feed Cover Vertical (Separately Specified)

Note

• Base Feed Cover/Infeed Harness may be used with both Dual-Sided, Single-Sided or 120° Benches

POWER-IN – End-of-Run Top Feed (3-Circuit, 4-Circuit or Hardwired)

• Power is brought down from the ceiling into the end of a Planes height adjustable benching run using a separately specified End-of-Run Top Feed.

Single Stage Bench Top Feed and Cover EAET-_ _ 00-S_

Dual Stage Bench Top Feed and Cover EAET-_ _ 00-D_

End-of-Run Top Feed (Includes End-of-Run Transition Tray)

EAET-C000-S3

EAET-C000-S2

EAET-C000-SC

Note

• End-of-Run Top Feeds may be used with both Dual-Sided, SingleSided or 120° Benches

Product Application – Planes Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 3 – Specify Electrical Components

POWER-IN – Middle-of-Run Top Feed / Transition Tray for use with Middle-of-Run Top Feed

• Power is brought down from the ceiling using a separately specified Middle-of-Run Top Feed. The Top Feed is installed between dual sided benches (middle-of-run) into a separately specified Transition Tray for Middle-ofRun Top Feed.

• The Transition Tray for Middle-of-Run top feed creates a 2" Gap between the benches and is not for use applications using Center Mount Screens.

Middle-of-Run – Top Feed

EAET-C00C-S3

EAET-C00C-S2

EAET-C00C-SC

Single Stage Bench

(With No Center Mount Screens)

Top Feed – Middle-of-Run

EAET-_ _ 0C-S_

Transition Tray – For use with Middle-of-Run Top Feed

TA01-HBTT-MT

Dual Stage Bench

(With No Center Mount Screens)

Top Feed and Cover

EAET-_ _ 0C-D_

Transition Tray – For use with Middle-of-Run Top Feed

TA01-HBTT-MT

Transition Tray - For Middle-of-Run Top Feed (Separately Specified TA01-HBTT-MT)

Transition Tray creates a 2" Gap between worksurfaces for Pinch Point Clearance

Note

• Middle-of-Run Top Feeds and Transition Trays are not for use with Single Sided Benches .

• A 28" Jumper is required for routing power through the Transition Tray between Utility Tray Retrofit Kits

POWER-IN – Middle-of-Run Top Feed / Transition Tray for use with Center Mount Screens & Middle-of-Run Top Feed

• Power is brought down from the ceiling using a separately specified Middle-of-Run Top Feed. The Top Feed is installed between dual sided benches (middle-of-run) into a separately specified Transition Tray For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run, Top Feed.

• The Transition Tray For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run, Top Feed creates a 4" Gap between the benches to accommodate the Top Feed and prevent interference with the Center Mount Screens.

Middle-of-Run Top Feed

EAET-C00C-S3

EAET-C00C-S2 EAET-C00C-SC

Center Mount Screens (Separately Specified)

TASC-_ _58-F TASC-_ _58-L

Single Stage Bench

(With No Center Mount Screens)

Top Feed – Middle-of-Run

EAET-_ _ 0C-S_

Transition Tray – For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run, Top Feed

TA01-HBTT-MTS

Center Mount Screens

TASC-18_ _-F

Dual Stage Bench

(With No Center Mount Screens)

Top Feed and Cover

EAET-_ _ 0C-D_

Transition Tray – For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run, Top Feed

TA01-HBTT-MTS

Center Mount Screens

TASC-18_ _-F

Transition Tray For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run, Top Feed (Separately Specified TA01-HBTT-MTS)

Transition Tray creates a 4" Gap between worksurfaces to accommodate screens and Top feed

Note

• Middle-of-Run Top Feeds and Transition Trays are not for use with Single Sided Benches .

• A 30" Jumper is required for routing power through the Transition Tray between Utility Tray Retrofit Kits

Product Application – Planes Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 3 – Specify Electrical Components

POWER-THROUGH – Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit / Jumper / Transition Tray

• Power is routed through dual-sided and 120° benching applications using a matching width Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit, a 28" long Jumper and a Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray (all are separately specified).

• The Transition Tray connects the benches together, creates a 2" gap between worksurfaces and provides a channel to route the Jumper.

• The Jumper is used to distribute power between multiple Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kits by connecting to the Power Distribution Assembly.

• The Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit is installed in the data channel of the bench. The Transition Tray connects the benches together and provides a channel to route the Jumper. The Jumper connects to multiple Utility Tray Retrofit Kits to supply power through the benching run.

Dual Sided-Benching Application

Power Distribution Assembly (Included with Power Retrofit Kit)

Dual-Sided Bench

Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit (Separately Specified)

EUEK-0042-_S

Jumper – 28" Long (Separately Specified) EUEJ-00_ _-_

Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray (Separately Specified)

TA01-HBTT-M

Note • A separately specified 28" long Jumper is required to distribute power between Power Distribution Assemblies on 120° Bench

120° Benching Application

120° / Dual-Sided Benching Application

POWER-THROUGH – Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit / Jumper / Transition Tray – Asymmetrical

• Power is routed through single-sided benching applications using a matching width Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit, a 28" long Jumper and a Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray – Asymmetrical (all are separately specified).

• The Transition Tray – Asymmetrical connects the benches together, creates a 2" gap between worksurfaces and provides a channel to route the Jumper.

• The Jumper is used to distribute power between multiple Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kits by connecting to the Power Distribution Assembly (included with Retrofit Kit).

• The Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit is installed in the data channel of the bench. The Transition Tray connects the benches together and provides a channel to route the Jumper. The Jumper connects to multiple Utility Tray Retrofit Kits to supply power through the benching run.

Single-Sided Bench

Power Distribution Assembly (Included with Power Retrofit Kit)

Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit (Separately Specified)

EUEK-0042-_S

Single-Sided Benching Application

Dual-Sided / Single-Sided Benching Application

Jumper – 28" Long (Separately Specified) EUEJ-00_ _-_

Height Adjustable Bench

Transition Tray – Asymmetrical (Separately Specified)

TA01-HBTT-MA

Product Application – Planes Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 3 – Specify Electrical Components

POWER-THROUGH – Transition Trays

• The Planes Height Adjustable Bench uses Transition Trays to link together benches into runs.

• Transition Tray specification is dependent on the benching application.

Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray

For use with the following Bench Applications:

• Single Sided Bench to Single Sided Bench

• Single Sided Bench to Dual Sided Bench

• Single Sided Bench to 120° Bench

• Specify 28" long Jumper.

Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray for use with Middleof-Run Top Feed

For use with the following Bench Applications:

• Dual-Sided Bench to Dual Sided Bench with Middle-ofRun Top Feed

• Dual-Sided to 120° Bench with Middle-of-Run Top Feed

• Specify 28" long Jumper.

Transition Tray Applications

Single Sided Bench To Single Sided Bench Application

Products Shown:

Single Sided Bench: TARA-2958-LFSNSB (3)

Transition Tray – Asymmetrical: TA01-HBT T-MA (2)

Dual Sided Bench To Dual Sided Bench Application

Products Shown:

Dual Sided Bench: TARA-2458-LFSNSB (3)

Transition Tray (Specify appropriate Transition Tray for application):

• Transition Tray – TA01-HBT T-MA (2)

• Transition Tray for use with Middle-of-Run Top Feed – TA01-HBTT-MT (2)

• Transition Tray – For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run Top Feed – TA01-HBTT-MTS (2)

Sided Bench To Single Sided Bench Application

Products Shown:

Dual Sided Bench: TARA-2458-LFSNSB (2)

Single Sided Bench: TARA-2958-LFSNSB (1)

Transition Tray – Asymmetrical: TA01-HBT T-MA (2)

Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray Asymmetrical

For use with the following Bench Applications:

• Dual Sided Bench to Dual Sided Bench

• 120° Bench to 120° Bench

• Dual Sided Bench to 120° Bench

• Specify 28" long Jumper.

Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray – For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run, Top Feed

For use with the following Bench Applications:

• Dual-Sided Bench to Dual Sided Bench with Middle-of-Run Top Feed and Center Mount Screens

• Dual-Sided to 120° Bench with Middle-of-Run Top Feed and Center Mount Screens

• Specify 30" long Jumper.

Bench To 120° Bench Application

Products Shown:

120° Bench TACZ-4646-LFSNHSB (2)

Transition Tray (Specify appropriate Transition Tray for application):

• Transition Tray – TA01-HBT T-MA (2)

• Transition Tray for use with Middle-of-Run Top Feed – TA01-HBTT-MT (2)

• Transition Tray – For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run Top Feed – TA01-HBTT-MTS (2)

Products Shown:

120° Bench: TACZ-4646-LFSNHSB (2)

Dual Sided Bench: TARA-2458-LFSNSB (1)

Transition Tray (Specify appropriate Transition Tray for application):

• Transition Tray – TA01-HBT T-MA (2)

• Transition Tray for use with Middle-of-Run Top Feed – TA01-HBTT-MT (2)

• Transition Tray – For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run Top Feed – TA01-HBTT-MTS (2)

Dual
120°
120° Bench To Dual Sided Bench Application
TA01-HBTT-M
TA01-HBTT-MT
TA01-HBTT-MA
TA01-HBTT-MTS

Product Application – Planes Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 3 – Specify Electrical Components

POWER-OUT – Triplex Receptacles

• Power access on Height Adjustable Benches are provided by Triplex Receptacles installed on a Power Distribution Assembly (PDA is included with the separately specified Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit). Users can access the receptacles below the worksurfaces through cutouts in the wire management trough.

• Each Power Distribution Assembly accommodates up to (4) Triplex Receptacles (2 on each side).

Power Distribution Assembly (Included with Power Retrofit Kit)
Triplex Receptacles (3-Circuit or 4-Circuit)

Product Application – Planes Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 3 – Specify

Height Adjustable Table – Bench –

Electrical Components – Specification Matrix

• Height Adjustable Benches include a Data Channel with Troughs which are designed to accommodate Power Base Electrical Components.

• The height of the Data Channels with Troughs is tied to the configuration of the Telescoping Posts. Single-stage posts place the Data Channel with Troughs higher above the floor than Dual-stage posts.

• Ensure all Base Feed Covers and Top Feeds are specified to match the Telescoping Post configuration of the Bench (single-stage or dual-stage) to ensure proper alignment.

This page intentionally left blank .

Technical Specifications

Planes Height Adjustable Tables and Benches

Technical Specifications – Planes Height Adjustable Tables and Benches

Table Top Construction

Laminate and veneer table top cores are 1 3/16" (30.2mm) thick and are made with an engineered composite panel with a minimum 90% wood fiber content with at least 10% post-consumer and 80% pre-consumer wood fiber bonded with resin. These worksurfaces/tops are 3rd party certified compliant with GREENGUARD® and ANSI/ BIFMA Standards for Low Emitting Products. The composite panel is 3rd party certified compliant with California Air Resource Board requirements for Phase 2 formaldehyde emission levels and includes wood fiber sourced from FSC certified forests using the 70% FSC Mix Credit System.

Laminate surfaces are balanced construction with high-pressure laminate on the top, a laminate backer on the bottom and are available with the following plastic edges:

• 0.125” (3mm) radius edge band on the user edge capped with a 0.039” (1mm) thick edge band on the remaining edge(s)

• 0.125" (3mm) radius edgeband on the user edge with a 2" deep reverse chamfer capped with a 0.039" (1mm)thick edgeband on the remaining edges. The exposed wood composite material on the bottom of the surface is sealed with a clear finish.

Wood veneer surfaces are balanced construction with wood veneer on the top, a balancing backer on the bottom and are available with the following wood edges:

• 0.125” (3mm) radius edge band on the user edge capped with a 0.028” (.7mm) thick edge band on the remaining edge(s).

• 0.125" (3mm) radius edgeband on the user edge with a 2" deep reverse chamfer capped with a 0.028" (.7mm) thick edgeband on the remaining edges. The exposed wood composite material is sealed with a clear finish. Painted tops consist of a 1” (25.4mm) thick MDF core with tapered edges and powder coat paint on all sides.

Electrical Distribution System

Planes height adjustable benches are offered with an optional electrical distribution system known as Power Base. The Power Base electrical system is PVC free and is 3rd party certified through Intertek to be compliant to UL 183 and 1286 and to CSA C22.2 No. 203 and 203.1 electrical standards. The system consists of in-feeds to route power from the building, power distribution assemblies (PDAs) and jumpers to route power through the benches, and receptacles to provide access to the power. The system has eight wires and can be specified in either a 3-circuit or one of two 4-circuit wiring configurations. Each circuit is rated for 20-amps at 125 volts. The 3-circuit version has 3 hots, 3 neutrals, 1 common and 1 isolated ground. All the wires in the 3-circuit version are No. 12 American Wire Gauge (AWG). The 4-circuit has two versions; one is a 2 + 2 configuration and the other is a 3 + 1, both of which have 4 hots, 2 neutrals, 1 common and 1 isolated ground. The 4-circuit system has No. 10 AWG for the neutral wires and No. 12 AWG for the hot and ground wires. The electrical system can contain four (4) triplex receptacles per bench, two (2) per side.

Receptacles are unique for each system. They are available in a 15-amp (NEMA 5-15R) or 20-amp (NEMA 5-20R) configuration with either common or isolated ground access. The 3-circuit 15-amp receptacles are field programmable to all three circuits. The 3-circuit, 20-amp receptacles and all 4-circuit receptacles are circuit specific. All receptacles employ safety latches to ensure a secure connection to power distribution assemblies. Flexible metal jumpers with plastic connectors on each end enclose eight conductors to continue power between tables. The jumpers employ safety latches to ensure a secure connection to power distribution assemblies.

Technical Specifications – Planes Height Adjustable Tables and Benches

Planes Height-Adjustable Tables/Benches

Planes height adjustable products include tables and benches offered in a variety of configurations. Tables or benches with electrical height adjustment are 3rd party certified through Intertek to be compliant to UL 962 and CSA C22.2 No. 68, benches with electrical distribution are also certified compliant to UL 1286 and CSA C22.2 No. 203. Tables height adjustment options include incremental, crank, and electrical. Bench height adjustment options include crank, electrical, or a combination of the two. The components comprising the base assembly consist of some or all the following

Feet – Feet are present on table units and consist of a sheet metal weldment with glides that offer 1” of adjustment. Optional caster kits are available for two leg tables.

Columns – Columns are constructed of roll-formed steel, the inner and outer tubes are powder coat painted. Single post columns include a glide with 1” adjustment. Columns adjustment options include:

• Incremental (Table Only): Manual adjustment with threaded screw, with tool or tool-less option. Adjusts in 1” increments from 22” – 35”. Supports 250 lbs.

• Height-Adjustable Crank: Manual adjustment with 6 turns per 1” ratio via front or top-mounted crank. Adjustment range of 27” – 45”. Two-leg version supports 250 lbs. and three-leg 300 lbs. including weight of surface.

• Height-Adjustable Electric, Single-Stage Electric: Electric adjustment from 27”-46” at a rate of 1.4” per second. Two-leg version supports 250 lbs. and three-leg 300 lbs. including weight of surface.

• Height-Adjustable Electric, Dual-Stage Electric: Electric adjustment from 22” – 48” (Low) or 24” – 50” (High) at a rate of 1.4” per second. Two-leg version supports 250 lbs. and three-leg 300 lbs. including weight of surface.

Supports – Supports for surfaces include 16-gauge sheet steel rails and 12-gauge support arms that are attached to surface and columns with metal screws.

Controller – Electric height adjustable tables and benches include an electronic system that controls via a hand-switch the operation of the columns providing Intelligent System Protection (ISP), container and shelf stop settings, and calibration/initialization capabilities for smooth operation of the table travel. Controllers have a 2 minute on/18 minute off duty cycle.

Touch Pad (Hand-switch) – Hand-switch options include a standard two button up/down touchpad or a programmable switch with up/down buttons, four memory settings, and a digital height display. Both switches allow for the setting of container and shelf stops and capability to initialize the electric bases. Programmable switch can also display error codes for troubleshooting purposes.

Belong Screens

Screens attach to surfaces and troughs of benches with powder coated aluminum brackets. Bracket assembly attaches to the bottom side of the worksurface or troughs with threaded fasteners. Screens are held in the bracket with mechanical fasteners. For center glass screens a plastic gasket fits into a “U” bracket and the screens are friction fit into the plastic gasket. Screens are available in the following materials:

• Fabric screens are made with 0 .56” (14.2mm) thick non-trackable wood composite core with fabric bonded to the faces and edges and the seams covered by a plastic spline that surrounds the edge perimeter.

• Laminate screens are made with 0 .56” (14.2mm) thick wood composite core with high pressure laminate bonded to the faces and the edges capped with a .039” (1mm) ABS edge.

• Markerboard screens are made with 0 .6” (15.2mm) thick wood composite core with high pressure laminate bonded to the faces and the edges capped with a .039” (1mm) ABS edge.

• Wood Veneer screens are made with 0 .56” (14.2mm) thick wood composite core with wood veneer bonded to the faces and edges.

• Glass screens are made with 0 .240” (6mm) thick tempered safety glass eased on the top and sides with beveled corners at the top.

This page intentionally left blank .

Product Details

Planes LT Height Adjustable Table

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table

Overview – Configurations and Options

Planes LT Configurations

Top Finishes and Edgeband

Planes LT Tops are standard with a laminate surface, with a 3mm edgeband on the user edge and and a 1mm edgeband on the remaining edges (requires specification of a surface color and a separate specification for the edge trim color).

Top View

Side (1mm thick Edgeband)

Back (1mm thick Edgeband)

1mm (.039”)

Edgeband

1mm (.039”)

Edgeband

Side (1mm thick Edgeband)

Front/User Edge (3mm thick Edgeband)

Top Handedness and Laminate Wood Grain Direction

3mm (.039”) Edgeband

1mm (.039”)

Edgeband

3mm (.118”)

Radius

3mm (.118”)

1mm (.039”)

Radius

3mm (.118”)

User Edge Profile

User Edge – Side View (3mm Thick Edgeband)

1 3/16” Top Thickness

Edgeband Profile

Non-User Edge – Side View (1mm Thick Edgeband)

1 3/16” Top Thickness

• Handedness must be specified for all asymmetrical and 2-piece tops (see below for top handedness options).

• Tops may be specified with wood grain laminate (see below for laminate wood grain direction by top shape).

Indicates

Rectangular Top (non-handed)

Corner, 90° Notched Top – 1-Piece – Non-Handed

Corner, 90° Wrap-Around Top – 1-Piece – Non-Handed

Corner, 90° Wrap-Around Extended Top –1-Piece – Left-Handed

Corner, 90° Notched Extended Top –1-Piece – Left-Handed

2-Piece

Left-Handed

Corner 120° Wrap Around Top (non-handed)

2-Piece

Right-Handed

2-Piece

Left-Handed

Left-Handed

2-Piece

Left-Handed

Right-Handed

Right-Handed

Right-Handed

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table

Overview – Configurations and Options

Height Adjustment Actuator and Base Configuration Options

E Standard

Standard Height Adjustment

Actuator with single stage telescoping base assembly

Table Height Ranges: 27” Min. - 46” Max.

R Programmable

Programmable Height Adjustment

Actuator with single stage telescoping base assembly

Table Height Ranges: 27” Min. - 46” Max.

P Standard

Standard Height Adjustment Actuator with dual stage - low telescoping base assembly

Table Height Ranges: 23” Min. - 48.7” Max.

S Programmable

Programmable Height Adjustment

Actuator with dual stage- low telescoping base assembly

Table Height Ranges: 23” Min. - 48.7” Max.

Note

• The power draw for a powered height adjustable table with two legs is 10 Watts when stationary and 6 5 Amps while raising worksurface with a 250 pound surface load (which includes the top)

• The power draw for a powered height adjustable table with three legs is 10 Watts when stationary and 7 Amps while raising worksurface with a 175 pound surface load(which includes the top) .

• Standard Touch Pad Actuator and Programmable Touch Pad Actuator can be mounted on left or right side .

Height Adjustable Table Load Capacities

• Table load capacity (including top) – weight should be evenly distributed.

– Electrical Adjustment: 250 pounds (2-Legs), 300 pounds (3-Legs)

Telescoping Base Tube Finish Specification Matrix

The finish color for the Telescoping Base Tubes is determined by the paint finish specified for the Leg/Foot.

• When the Leg/Foot is specified with a Smooth Non-Metallic paint, the Telescoping Base Tube finish will match.

• When the Leg/Foot is specified with a Textured or Metallic paint finish, the Telescoping Base Tube finish will have a coordinating finish

(See Matrix below for specific finishes).

Matrix for Telescoping Base Tubes Finishes

Smooth Metallic Paint

Textured Metallic Paint

Metallic Champagne TR-MC Smoke TR-E

Metallic Silver TR-LE Smoke TR-E

Metallic Dark Bronze TR-DM Brownstone TR-1R

Grout TR-TG Platinum TR-P

Cement TR-TY Brownstone TR-1R

Hellenic TR-HE Brownstone TR-1R

Pitch TR-TF Black TR-F

Argent TR-AR Smoke TR-E

Smooth Paint (Non-Metallic) Telescoping Base Tube Finish will match Base Trim Color specified for the Foot/Leg

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table

Overview

Shelf / Container Stops

Height Adjustable Tables with an electric height adjustment mechanism may be field programmed with shelf/ container stops within the standard height adjustment range to avoid interference with objects above or below the table (shelves/pedestals).

STEP 1 Set table to desired height

STEP 2 Press and hold up and down buttons until you hear (2) clicks

Note

• To remove container stop, press and hold up and down buttons until you hear (1) click

• Container/Shelf Stops can be set with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table

Overview

• Planes LT Height Adjustable Table Tops are designed to allow a 1” pinch point clearance.

• Tops are 1” less in depth and 2” less in width than standard Adaptable Worksurfaces sizes.

• Height Adjustable Tables Tops must be positioned 1” from adjacent Adaptable Worksurfaces and Panels to provide required pinch point clearance.

Panel Application with Adaptable Worksurfaces

Panel Application with Adaptable Worksurfaces and a Height Adjustable Corner Table

Panel Application with Adaptable Worksurfaces and a Height Adjustable Table – Rectangle

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Rectangular

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Rectangular Top

C-Leg/T-Leg Telescoping Base Assemblies

Height Adjustment

Components

– Actuator

– Control Box

– Power Cord

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

Telescoping Base Tube

Glides

Standard Touch Pad Actuator

Programmable Touch Pad Actuator

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Laminate Top with 3mm edgeband

• Tops are 3mm on user edge and 1mm on remaining edges.

• Specify laminate surface color and separate edge trim color.

• Painted Metal – Specified Base Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Standard in Black (Provides 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling)

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9' long black power cord with NEMA 15-5P Plug.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9' long black power cord with NEMA 15-5P Plug.

Product Numbers, Configurations and Options

Specifiable Options

Leg

Edgeband Thickness

• Tops include 3mm thick edgeband on user edge and 1mm thick edgeband on remaining edges.

Table Lifting Capacity

• Total lifting capacity of the table is 250 lbs. including surface.

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed.

Laminate Wood Grain Direction

Top View

Arrow Indicates

Standard Actuator

Single Stage: Dual Stage – Low:

Standard Actuator

Programmable Height Adjustment Actuator with single stage telescoping base assembly

Table Height Ranges: 27” Min. - 46” Max.

Programmable Actuator

Programmable Actuator Single Stage Base

Programmable Height Adjustment Actuator with dual stage- low telescoping base assembly

Table Height Ranges: 23” Min. - 48.7” Max.

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Rectangular

Sizes and Dimensions

C-Leg

T-Leg

chart for available depths)

chart for available depths)

Note

WIDTH (See chart for available widths) WIDTH (See chart for available widths)

Box (location determined

• The dimensions in these charts reflect the installation of the base using the pilot holes provided on the underside of the top .

• The base allows the legs to be positioned flush to the edge or inset not more than 12" from the edge of the top (verify load, fit and stability are adequate) These custom leg positions are not reflected in the dimensions provided in the charts above

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Corner – 90° Notched

One Piece Top (52” and 58” Wide Tables only)

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Corner – 90° Notched Top Laminate Top with 3mm edgeband

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

Motor Housing

C-Leg/ Corner Leg

Telescoping Base Assemblies

Height Adjustment

Components

– Actuator

– Control Box

– Power Cord

Two-Piece Top (64” and 70” Wide Tables only)

• Tops are 3mm on user edge and 1mm on remaining edges.

• Specify laminate surface color and separate edge trim color.

• Painted Metal – Specified Base Trim Color

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black Telescoping Base Tube

L Rail and Flush Mount Plates (64" & 70" only)

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black Glides

Standard Touch Pad Actuator

Programmable Touch Pad Actuator

Single Stage:

• Standard in Black (Provides 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling)

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2' long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9' long black power cord with NEMA 15-5P Plug.

Edgeband Configuration

• Tops include 3mm thick edgeband on user edge and 1mm thick edgeband on remaining edges.

Dual Stage – Low:

Table Lifting Capacity

• Total lifting capacity of the table is 300 lbs. including surface.

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed.

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Corner – 90° Notched Sizes and Dimensions

One Piece Top (52” and 58” Wide Tables only)

Two-Piece Top (64” and 70” Wide Tables only)

chart for available depths)

chart for available widths)

TABLETOP

Note • The dimensions in these charts reflect the installation of the base using the pilot holes provided on the underside of the top • The base allows the legs to be positioned flush to the edge or inset not more than 12" from the edge of the top (verify load, fit and stability are adequate) . These custom leg positions are not reflected in the dimensions provided in the charts above

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Corner – 90° Notched Extended

One Piece Top

Edgeband Configuration

• Tops include 3mm thick edgeband on user edge and 1mm thick edgeband on remaining edges.

User Edge Profile

Component Materials/Finishes

Corner – 90° Notched

Extended Top Laminate Top with 3mm edgeband Tops are 3mm on user edge and 1mm on remaining edges.

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

C-Leg/ Corner Leg Telescoping Base Assemblies

Height Adjustment Components

– Actuator

– Control Box

– Power Cord

• Specify laminate surface color and separate edge trim color.

• Painted Metal – Specified Base Trim Color Motor Housing

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black Telescoping Base Tube

L Rail and Flush Mount Plates (64" x 70" only)

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black Glides

Standard Touch Pad Actuator

• Standard in Black (Provides 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling)

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2' long black power cord.

Programmable Touch Pad Actuator Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9' long black power cord with NEMA 15-5P Plug.

Table Lifting Capacity

• Total lifting capacity of the table is 300 lbs. including surface.

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed.

Specifiable Options

1 Height Adjustment Actuator Options:

Flush Mount Plate

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Corner – 90° Notched Extended

Sizes and Dimensions

One Piece Top Two-Piece

52” (51.68”)

TABLETOP BASE

20 3/8" 11/16”

58” (57.68”) 36 5/16" 24 3/4" 18 3/4" 4 1/4” 17 5/16” 14 13/16” 23 11/16” 7 3/4" 20 3/8" 11/16” 64” (63.68”) 36 5/16" 30 3/4" 18 3/4" 4 1/4” 17 5/16” 14 13/16” 23 11/16” 7 3/4 20 3/8 11/16” 70” (69.68”) 36 5/16" 36 3/4" 18 3/4" 4 1/4” 17 5/16” 14

TABLETOP BASE

Note • The dimensions in these charts reflect the installation of the base using the pilot holes provided on the underside of the top

• The base allows the legs to be positioned flush to the edge or inset not more than 12" from the edge of the top (verify load, fit and stability are adequate) These custom leg positions are not reflected in the dimensions provided in the charts above

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Corner – 90° Wrap-Around

One Piece Top (52” and 58” Wide Tables only)

Power Cord with Plug

Control Box

Corner Leg Telescoping Base Assembly

Corner 90°

Notched Top (One Piece Top)

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Corner – 90° Wrap-Around Top

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

Motor Housing

C-Leg/ Corner Leg

Telescoping Base Assemblies

Attachment Arm

Leg C-Leg Telescoping Base Assembly

Telescoping Base Tube

Glides

Foot

Two-Piece Top (64” and 70” Wide Tables only)

Flush Mount Plate

• Tops include 3mm thick edgeband on user edge and 1mm thick edgeband on remaining edges. User

Table Lifting Capacity

• Total lifting capacity of the table is 300 lbs. including surface.

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed.

Height Adjustment

Components

– Actuator

– Control Box

– Power Cord

Telescoping Base Tube

L Rail and Flush Mount Plates (64" & 70" only)

Glides

Standard Touch Pad Actuator

Programmable Touch Pad Actuator

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Laminate Top with 3mm edgeband

• Tops are 3mm on user edge and 1mm on remaining edges.

• Specify laminate surface color and separate edge trim color.

• Painted Metal – Specified Base Trim Color

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal

– Standard in Black

• Standard in Black (Provides 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling)

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2' long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9' long black power cord with NEMA 15-5P Plug.

Product Numbers, Configurations and Options

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

One Piece Top (52” and 58” Wide Tables only)

Two-Piece Top (64” and 70” Wide Tables only)

TABLETOP BASE

Note • The dimensions in these charts reflect the installation of the base using the pilot holes provided on the underside of the top • The base allows the legs to be positioned flush to the edge or inset not more than 12" from the edge of the top (verify load, fit and stability are adequate) These custom leg positions are not reflected in the dimensions provided in the charts above

chart for available lengths)

chart for available lengths)

chart for available depths)

chart for available depths)

chart for available widths)

chart for available depths)

chart for available depths)

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables Corner – 90° Wrap-Around Extended

COMPONENT NAME

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Corner – 90° Wrap-Around Extended Top Laminate Top with 3mm edgeband Tops are 3mm on user edge and 1mm on remaining edges.

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

Motor Housing

C-Leg/ Corner Leg Telescoping Base Assemblies

Height Adjustment Components

– Actuator

– Control Box

– Power Cord

Edgeband Configuration

• Tops include 3mm thick edgeband on user edge and 1mm thick edgeband on remaining edges.

User Edge Profile

• Specify laminate surface color and separate edge trim color.

• Painted Metal – Specified Base Trim Color

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black Telescoping Base Tube

L Rail and Flush Mount Plates (64" x 70" only)

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black Glides

Standard Touch Pad Actuator

• Standard in Black (Provides 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling)

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2' long black power cord.

Programmable Touch Pad Actuator Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9' long black power cord with NEMA 15-5P Plug.

1 Height Adjustment Actuator Options:

Programmable Height Adjustment Actuator with single stage telescoping base assembly Table Height Ranges: 27” Min. - 46” Max.

Table Lifting Capacity

• Total lifting capacity of the table is 300 lbs. including surface.

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed.

2

Depth and Orientation Option

Programmable Height Adjustment Actuator with dual stage- low telescoping base assembly Table Height Ranges: 23”

Flush Mount Plate

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Corner – 90° Wrap-Around Extended

(69.68”) 36 5/16" 36 3/4" 12 3/4" 4 1/4”" 17 5/16” 14 13/16” 23 11/16” 7 3/4" 11/16”

52” (51.68”) 58” (57.68”) 36 5/16" 24 3/4" 18 3/4" 4 1/4” 17 5/16” 14 13/16” 23 11/16” 7 3/4" 11/16”

64” (63.68”) 36 5/16" 30 3/4" 18 3/4" 4 1/4” 17 5/16” 14 13/16” 23 11/16” 7 3/4 11/16”

70” (69.68”) 36 5/16" 36 3/4" 18 3/4" 4 1/4” 17 5/16” 14 13/16” 23 11/16” 7 3/4" 11/16” 58” (57.68”) 64” (63.68”) 36 5/16" 30 3/4" 24 3/4" 4 1/4” 17 5/16” 14 13/16” 23 11/16” 7 3/4" 11/16”

TABLETOP BASE

Note • The dimensions in these charts reflect the installation of the base using the pilot holes provided on the underside of the top

• The base allows the legs to be positioned flush to the edge or inset not more than 12" from the edge of the top (verify load, fit and stability are adequate) These custom leg positions are not reflected in the dimensions provided in the charts above

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Corner 120° Wrap-Around

One Piece Top

Edgeband Configuration

• Tops include 3mm thick edgeband on user edge and 1mm thick edgeband on remaining edges. User Edge Profile

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Corner 120° Wrap-Around

C Leg Base/ Corner Leg Telescoping Base Assembly

Height Adjustment Actuator

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

Telescoping Base Tube

Glides

Standard Touch Pad Actuator

Programmable Touch Pad Actuator

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Laminate Top with 3mm edgeband

• Tops are 3mm on user edge and 1mm on remaining edges.

• Specify laminate surface color and separate edge trim color.

• Painted Metal – Specified Base Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Standard in Black (Provides 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling)

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2' long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9' long black power cord with NEMA 15-5P Plug.

Product Numbers, Configurations and Options

Table Lifting Capacity

• Total lifting capacity of the table is 300 lbs. including surface.

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed.

Specifiable Options

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Corner 120° Wrap-Around

Sizes and Dimensions

Top

View

TABLETOP

Front View

C-Leg Detail (End View)

Note • The dimensions in these charts reflect the installation of the base using the pilot holes provided on the underside of the top

• The base allows the legs to be positioned flush to the edge or inset not more than 12" from the edge of the top (verify load, fit and stability are adequate) These custom leg positions are not reflected in the dimensions provided in the charts above

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Height Adjustable Base – for Rectangular Tops (Base Only)

Component Materials/Finishes

Control Box

C-Leg/T-Leg Telescoping Base Assemblies

Height Adjustment Components

– Actuator

– Control Box

– Power Cord

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

Telescoping Base Tube

Glides

Standard Touch Pad Actuator

Programmable Touch Pad Actuator

• Painted Metal – Specified Base Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Standard in Black (Provides 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling)

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9' long black power cord with NEMA 15-5P Plug.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9' long black power cord with NEMA 15-5P Plug.

Product Numbers, Configurations and Options

Specifiable Options

Base Option 1

Table Lifting Capacity

• Total lifting capacity of the table is 250 lbs. including surface.

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed.

Recommended Top Shapes

Rectangle Inverse Swell

Height Adjustment Actuator Options:

Single Stage:

Table Height Ranges with 1 3/16" Thick Top: 27” Min. - 46” Max.

• Base only requires separately specified/field supplied top.

• Maximum work top overhang allowed is 12" on one side.

• Select a top that accommodates 1" pinch point clearance on all sides and meets at least a NFPA class C flammability rating.

Actuator

Dual Stage – Low:

Actuator Programmable Actuator

Programmable Height Adjustment Actuator with dual stage- low telescoping base assembly

Table Height Ranges with 1 3/16" Thick Top:

Min. - 48.7”

Programmable Actuator

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Height Adjustable Base for Rectangular Tops (Base Only)

C-Leg T-Leg

Programmable

BASE DEPTH Nominal (Actual)

(29.68")

BASE WIDTH

Note

BASE DEPTH Nominal (Actual) 23" (23.68") or

Actuator (Standard or Programmable - may be located on left or right hand side)

TOP WIDTH (See chart for Recommended widths)

TOP WIDTH (See chart for Recommended widths) TOP

Side View

BASE DEPTH Nominal (Actual)

BASE DEPTH Nominal (Actual)

field supplied

3/16"

• The base allows the legs to be positioned flush to the edge or inset not more than 12" from the edge of the top (verify load, fit and stability are adequate) These custom leg positions are not reflected in the dimensions provided in the charts above

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Height Adjustable Base – for Corner, 90° Tops (Base Only)

One Piece Top (52” and 58” Wide Tables only)

Control

Two-Piece Top (64” and 70” Wide Tables only)

L Rail Flush Mount Plate

Note • Bases for 64" and 70" wide tops are designed for 2-piece tops and include (2) Flush Mount Plates and (1) L-Rail .

Table Lifting Capacity

• Total lifting capacity of the table is 300 lbs. including surface.

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed.

Recommended Top Shapes

90° Corner - Notched

Corner - Wrap Around

• Base only requires separately specified/field supplied top.

• Maximum work top overhang allowed is 12" on one side.

• Select a top that accommodates 1" pinch point clearance on all sides and meets at least a NFPA class C flammability rating.

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

Motor Housing

C-Leg/ Corner Leg Telescoping Base Assemblies

Height Adjustment

Components

– Actuator

– Control Box

– Power Cord

Telescoping Base Tube

L Rail and Flush Mount Plates (64" x 70" only)

Glides

Standard Touch Pad Actuator

Programmable Touch Pad Actuator

Specifiable Options

– Low:

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

• Painted Metal – Specified Base Trim Color

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Standard in Black (Provides 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling)

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2' long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9' long black power cord with NEMA 15-5P Plug.

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Height Adjustable Base – for Corner, 90° Tops (Base Only)

Sizes and Dimensions

One Piece Top (52” and 58” Wide Tables only)

Note • The base allows the legs to be positioned flush to the edge or inset not more than 12" from the edge of the top (verify load, fit and stability are adequate) . These custom leg positions are not reflected in the dimensions provided in the charts above

BASE

BASE

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Height Adjustable Base – for Corner, 90° Extended Tops (Base Only)

One Piece Top (52" and 58" Length Only)

Component Materials/Finishes

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

C-Leg/ Corner Leg Telescoping Base Assemblies

Actuator

Two Piece Top (64” Wide x 70” Length Only)

L Rail and Flush Mount Plates (64" x 70" only)

• Painted Metal – Specified Base Trim Color

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black Glides

• Standard in Black (Provides 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling)

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2' long black power cord.

Programmable Touch Pad Actuator

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9' long black power cord with NEMA 15-5P Plug.

Product Numbers, Configurations and Options

Specifiable Options

1

Note

• Bases for 64" and 70" length tops are designed for 2-piece tops and include (2) Flush Mount Plates and (1) L-Rail .

Table Lifting Capacity

• Total lifting capacity of the table is 300 lbs. including surface.

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed.

Recommended Top Shapes

90° Corner - Notched

Corner - Wrap Around

• Base only requires separately specified/field supplied top.

• Maximum work top overhang allowed is 12" on one side.

• Select a top that accommodates 1" pinch point clearance on all sides and meets at least a NFPA class C flammability rating.

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Height Adjustable Base for Corner, 90° Extended Tops (Base Only)

Sizes and Dimensions

(29.68”) 23 5/16” 17 13/16” 8 1/4" 29” (28.68”)

(45.68”)

(51.68”)

(57.68”)

(63. 68”) 23" 41" 2 13/16”

(69.68”) 23" 47" 2 13/16”

(63.68”) 29" 41" 2 13/16”

(69.68”) 29" 47" 2 13/16”

Note • The base allows the legs to be positioned flush to the edge or inset not more than 12" from the edge of the top (verify load, fit and stability are adequate) . These custom leg positions are not reflected in the dimensions provided in the charts above

Control Box (location determined during installation)

(Standard or Programmable - may be located on left or right hand side)

Power Cord

field supplied 1 3/16"

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Height Adjustable Base – for Corner, 120° Wrap-Around Tops (Base Only)

One Piece Top

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Corner 120° Wrap-Around Laminate Top with 3mm edgeband

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm

C Leg Base/ Corner Leg Telescoping Base Assembly

Height Adjustment Actuator

Table Lifting Capacity

• Total lifting capacity of the table is 300 lbs. including surface.

• Applied weight should be evenly distributed.

Recommended Top Shapes

• Tops are 3mm on user edge and 1mm on remaining edges.

• Specify laminate surface color and separate edge trim color.

• Painted Metal – Specified Base Trim Color Telescoping Base Tube

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See overview page for details).

Motor Housing

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black Glides

Standard Touch Pad Actuator

Programmable Touch Pad Actuator

• Standard in Black (Provides 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling)

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2' long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9' long black power cord with NEMA 15-5P Plug.

Product Numbers, Configurations and Options

• Base only requires separately specified/field supplied top.

• Maximum work top overhang allowed is 12" on one side.

• Select a top that accommodates 1" pinch point clearance on all sides and meets at least a NFPA class C flammability rating.

Specifiable Options

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables

Height Adjustable Base – for Corner, 120° Wrap-Around Tops (Base Only)

Sizes and Dimensions

This page intentionally left blank .

Product Details

Planes LT Height Adjustable Table – Bench

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table – Benches

Bench – Dual-Sided

Component Materials/Finishes

COMPONENT NAME

Rectangular Tops

H-Leg, Power and Data Channels with Trough and Attachment Arm

H Leg Base Assembly

Edge Profile Locations

• Tops include 3mm thick edgeband on user edge and 1mm thick edgeband on remaining edges.

3mm Edgeband

1mm Square Edgeband

Screen Applications (Screens are separately specified) Planes Screens – For use with Planes Height Adjustable Benches – Center Mount

• Center Mount Screens attach to the H-Leg base and are Stationary (do not move up and down).

• Only for use with 24", 30" or 36" deep tops, with a 3 5/8" gap between the tops to accommodate the Center Mount Screen.

3 5/8" Gap Between Tops 24" or 30"

Belong Screen – For Height Adjustable Benches – Worksurface Mount

• Worksurface Mount Screens attach to the underside of the top allowing them to move up and down with the top.

• Only for use with 23", 29" or 35" deep tops, with a 5 5/8" gap between tops to accommodate the Worksurface Mount Screens.

Telescoping Base Tubes

Motor Housing

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Laminate Top with 3mm edgeband

• Tops are 3mm on user edge and 1mm on remaining edges. Specify laminate surface color and separate edge trim color.

• Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See Planes overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black Glides

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard in Black (Provides 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling) Height Adjustment Actuator Standard Touch Pad Actuator

Programmable Touch Pad Actuator

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2' long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9' long black power cord with NEMA 15-5P Plug.

Product Numbers, Configurations and Options

1 Height Adjustment Actuator Options:

Note

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table – Benches

Bench – Dual-Sided

Dimensions

(See chart for available depths)

Dimensions Chart

23” (22.68”) (For use with Worksurface Mounted Screens)

24” (23.68”) (For use with Center Mounted Screens)

29” (28.68”) (For use with Worksurface Mounted Screens)

WIDTH

(See chart for available widths)

(See chart for available depths)

(See chart for available depths)

WIDTH

(See chart for available widths) WIDTH

(See chart for available widths)

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table – Benches

Single-Sided Bench, Freestanding

Rectangular Top

Power and Data Channels with Trough

Edge Profile Locations

• Tops include 3mm thick edgeband on user edge and 1mm thick edgeband on remaining edges.

Component Materials/Finishes

Laminate Top with 3mm edgeband

Rectangular Tops

Leg, Foot and Attachment Arm and Power and Data Channels with Trough

C Leg Base Assembly

Adjustment Mechanism (See Price List for available mechanism combinations)

Telescoping Base Tubes

Electric Adjustment with Standard Up/Down Touch Pad

Electric Adjustment with Programmable Touch Pad

• Tops are 3mm on user edge and 1mm on remaining edges.

• Specify laminate surface color and separate edge trim color.

• Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See Planes overview page for details).

• Standard in Black (Provides 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling)

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Standard with black housing.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 ” long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9” long black power cord.

Product Numbers, Configurations and Options

Screen Applications

Planes Screens – For use with Planes Height Adjustable Benches – Center Mount (Separately Specified)

• Center Mount Screens attach to the Power and Data Channel with Trough and are stationary (they do not move up and down).

• Only for use with 24" or 30" deep tops, which are designed to accommodate a Center Mount Screen.

Center Mount Screen ( TASC)

3 11/16" between Top and back of Power and Data Channel

Belong Screen – For Height Adjustable Benches – Worksurface Mount (Separately Specified)

• Top Surface Mount Screens attach to the underside of the top allowing them to move up and down with the top.

• Only for use with 23" or 29" deep tops, which are designed to accommodate a Worksurface Mount Screen.

Top Surface Mount Screen (SUFB)

4 11/16" between Top and back of Power and Data Channel

or 29"

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable

Single-Sided Bench, Freestanding

Actuator (Standard or Programmablemay be located on left or right hand side) 3 3/8” 3/16”

Front View (Single Stage) Front View (Dual Stage)

24” (23.68”)

with Center Mounted Screens)

(28.68”) (For

with Worksurface Mounted Screens)

View (Single Stage)
View (Dual Stage)

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table – Benches

120° Bench

and

Component Materials/Finishes

Laminate Top with 3mm edgeband

Rectangular Tops

H-Leg, Corner Assembly, Power and Data Channels with Trough and Attachment Arm

• Tops are 3mm on user edge and 1mm on remaining edges.

• Specify laminate surface color and separate edge trim color.

• Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

H Leg Base and Corner Assembly

Height Adjustment Actuator

Screen Applications

Planes Screens – For use with Planes Height Adjustable Benches – Center Mount

(Separately Specified)

• Center Mount Screens attach to the H-Leg base and are Stationary (they do not move up and down).

• Only for use with 24" or 30" deep tops, which are designed with a 3 5/8" gap between tops to accommodate the Center Mount Screen.

• Specify screen width to match bench width.

Telescoping Base Tubes

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See Planes overview page for details).

Motor Housing Painted Metal – Standard in Black Glides

Standard Touch Pad Actuator

Programmable Touch Pad Actuator

• Standard in Black (Provides 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling)

• Touch pad with up/down controls.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9 1/2' long black power cord.

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

• Includes Actuator with black housing, Control Box with black housing and 9' long black power cord with NEMA 15-5P Plug.

Product Numbers, Configurations and Options

Belong Screen – For Height Adjustable Benches – Worksurface Mount

(Separately Specified)

• Worksurface Mount Screens attach to the underside of the top allowing them to move up and down with the top.

• Only for use with 23" or 29" deep tops, which are designed with a 5 5/8" gap between tops to accommodate mounting of Worksurface Mount Screens.

Dual Stage – Low:

Note

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table – Benches

Dimensions

Top View

HEIGHT (See chart for adjustable height ranges by type)

Dimensions Chart

TABLETOP

23” (22.68”) (For use with Worksurface Mounted Screens)

24” (23.68”) (For use with Center Mounted Screens)

29” (28.68”) (For use with Worksurface Mounted Screens)

30” (29.68”) (For use with Center Mounted Screens)

Product Details – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table – Benches

Base for Bench (Dual SIded/Base Only)

Rectangular Tops (Field Supplied)

Screen Applications

(Screens are separately specified) Planes Screens – For use with Planes Height Adjustable Benches – Center Mount

• Center Mount Screens attach to the H-Leg base and are Stationary (do not move up and down).

• Only for use with 24", 30" or 36" deep tops, with a 3 5/8" gap between the tops to accommodate the Center Mount Screen.

3 5/8" Gap Between Tops 24" or 30" Deep Tops

Belong Screen – For use with Planes Height Adjustable Benches – Worksurface Mount

• Worksurface Mount Screens attach to the underside of the top allowing them to move up and down with the top.

• Only for use with 23", 29" or 35" deep tops, with a 5 5/8" gap between tops to accommodate the Worksurface Mount Screens.

Component Materials/Finishes

H-Leg, Power and Data Channels with Trough and Attachment Arm

FINISHES

• Painted Metal – Specified Trim Color

• Matched with leg finish for Smooth and non-metallic paints, Legs specified with Metallic and Textured paint will have a coordinating finish (See Planes overview page for details).

• Painted Metal – Standard in Black

• Standard in Black (Provides 1/2" of vertical adjustment for leveling)

• Touch pad with up/down controls. • Includes Actuator with black

with

• Touch pad with up/down controls and programmable buttons for storing up to four different programmed heights.

1 Height Adjustment Actuator Options:

Single Stage:

Dual Stage – Low:

Product Details – Planes LT Height

Base for Bench (Dual SIded/Base Only)

Dimensions

Top View

chart for available depths)

(locations determined during installation)

Front View (Single Stage) Front View (Dual Stage)

Dimensions Chart

24” (23.68”) (For use with Center Mounted Screens)

29” (28.68”) (For use with Worksurface Mounted Screens)

(29.68”) (For use with Center Mounted Screens)

(See chart for available widths) WIDTH

(See chart for available widths) WIDTH

(See chart for available widths)

(See chart for available

(See chart for

View (Single Stage) Side View (Dual Stage)

This page intentionally left blank .

Product Applications

Product Application – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 1 – Specify Height Adjustable Bench

• Decide on Planes LT Height Adjustable benching application (freestanding, dual-sided, single-sided, mixed dual/single, or 120° applications)

• Select appropriate benching products for the application (Single-Sided, Dual-Sided or 120° Benches)

• Specify worksurface size – width, depth

• Select Height Adjustment Mechanism/Height Range

– Standard or Programmable Touch Pads with Single Stage or Dual Stage Low Telescoping Legs

• Specify desired laminate worksurface finish

Step 2 – Specify Screens

• Select desired screen application (worksurface mount or center mount)

• Select appropriate screen size (dependent on mounting type and privacy needs)

• Ensure worksurface depth meets clearance requirements for screen mounting type.

• Specify desired screen material and finish/color (fabric, laminate, wood or glass)

Step 3 – Specify Electrical Components

Choose appropriate electrical system for the application:

• Hardwired (consists of top feed pole, junction boxes with field supplied wire and receptacles)

• Power Base (Haworth's integrated modular power system)

– Choose Power Configuration (do not mix)

• 3 Circuit (supports as many as three separate 20 Amp rated circuits from one power feed.)

• 4 Circuit (supports as many as four separate 20 Amp rated circuits from one power feed.)

– Specify POWER IN Components:

• Up from the Floor (Base Feed Cover and Infeed Harness)

• Down from the Ceiling (Top Feed – End-of-Run or Middle-of-Run)

– Specify POWER THROUGH Components:

• Specify proper number of Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit (ensure width matches worksurface width –specify 3 or 4 Circuit - Do not mix)

• Specify appropriate number and type of Transition Tray (Single-Sided Tray, Dual-Sided Tray, Tray for use with Top Feed, or Tray for use with Top Feed and Center Mount Screens).

• Specify Jumper (28" or 30" wide depending on application – 3 or 4 Circuit - Do not mix)

– Specify POWER OUT Components:

• Determine number of receptacles needed (each Power Distribution Assembly supports up to 4 receptacles – 2 on each side)

• Specify 15 AMP or 20 AMP Receptacles

Additional Considerations – for Planes LT Height Adjustable Benches:

• Overall environment

• Future needs

• Privacy requirements

• Frequency of reconfiguration

• Human performance factors

• Technology needs

• Integration needs

• Surface options (aesthetics)

• Overall project budget

Product Application – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 1 – Specify Height Adjustable Bench

The Planes Height Adjustable Table – Bench (HAB) offers three bench configurations.

Single Sided Bench

Catalog Logic:

_ _ _-LJ SNS _ 1

Worksurface Width

Worksurface Depth

Primary Product Applications:

Single-Sided Benching Application

Dual Sided Bench

Primary Product Applications:

Mixed Single-Sided/Dual-Sided Benching Application

Dual-Sided Freestanding Applications

Bench

Dual-Sided Benching Application

Primary Product Applications:

Catalog Logic: Catalog Logic:

Worksurface Width

Worksurface Depth

To Order Specify:

1 Height Adjustment

Actuator Option:

Single Stage: (E) Standard (R) Programmable

Dual Stage, Low: (P) Standard (S) Programmable

To Order Specify:

1 Height Adjustment

Actuator Option:

Single Stage: (E) Standard (R) Programmable

Dual Stage, Low: (P) Standard (S) Programmable

Worksurface Width

Freestanding Applications

Benching Application

Mixed Single-Sided/Dual-Sided Benching Application Mixed 120°/Dual-Sided Benching Application

To Order Specify:

1 Height Adjustment

Actuator Option:

Single Stage: (E) Standard (R) Programmable

Dual Stage, Low: (P) Standard (S) Programmable

Worksurface Length

120°

Product Application – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 1 – Specify Height Adjustable Bench

Planes LT Height Adjustable Bench worksurfaces feature laminate tops with 3mm edgeband edges (Tops are 3mm on user edge and 1mm on remaining edges).

Edgeband

Square Edgeband

Height Adjustment Actuator and Bench Leg Options

Planes LT Height Adjustable Benches offer a variety of adjustment mechanisms and heights.

Height Adjustment Actuator Options: Single Stage: Dual Stage Low:

P Dual-Stage Low Standard Touch Pad

S Dual-Stage Low Programmable Touch Pad

Height Adjustment Actuators (Standard Touch Pad or Programmable Touch Pad) may be mounted on left or right side of table using predrilled holes

Product Application – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 2 – Specify Screens

The Planes LT Height Adjustable Table – Bench is available in a variety of depths and widths to meet the needs of most users. Separately specified screens require the specification of specific worksurface depths.

Worksurface Depth Considerations for Screen Applications:

• Worksurface Mounted Screens – Requires 23", 29" or 35" deep benching worksurfaces.

• Center Mounted Screens – Recommend 24", 30" or 36" deep benching worksurfaces.

Planes Center Mount Screen with Single Sided Bench

Bench Depths: 24", 30" Bench Widths: 46", 52", 58", 64", 70"

Belong Worksurface Mount Screen Depth Single Sided Bench

Bench Depths: 23", 29" Bench Widths: 46", 52", 58", 64", 70"

Planes Center Mount Screen with Dual Sided Bench

Bench Depths: 24", 30" Bench Widths: 46", 52", 58", 64", 70"

Belong Worksurface Mount Screen with Dual Sided Bench Bench Depths: 23", 29" Bench Widths: 46", 52", 58", 64", 70"

Planes Center Mount Screen with 120° Bench

Bench Depths: 24", 30" Bench Widths: 46", 52", 58"

Belong Worksurface Mount Screen with 120° Bench

Bench Depths: 23", 29" Bench Widths: 46", 52", 58"

Product Application – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 2 – Specify Screens

Don't

Belong Screens for Height Adjustable Tables or Belong Screens for Reside Desking should not be used with Height Adjustable Benches .

Due to interference with the Height Adjustable Base understructure, the following screens are not for use with Planes LT Height Adjustable Benches:

• Belong Screen for use with Height Adjustable Tables

• Belong Screens for use with Reside Desking. (SUFA-_ _ _ _- _A or SUFB-_ _ _ _- _U.)

Screen for use with Height Adjustable Bench with Worksurface Mount (SUFB-_ _ _ _-_B)

Do

Belong Screen for Height Adjustable Tables (SUFA-_ _ _ _- _A) or Belong Screens for Reside Desking (SUFB-_ _ _ _- _U)

Planes LT Height Adjustable Benches (Single-Sided, Dual-Sided or 120° Benches)

Belong Screen for Height Adjustable Tables (SUFB-_ _ _ _- _A) or Belong Screens for Reside Desking (SUFB-_ _ _ _- _U)

Specify 23" High Screens for additional Privacy .

• Use the 23" high screens for additional visual privacy when seated or standing with different height benches.

23" High Screens

15" High Screens

15" High Screen

Do

Specify worksurface mount screens less than width of bench worksurface .

• Specify Belong Screens for use with Height Adjustable Bench with Worksurface Mount less than the Bench width.

• Worksurface mount screens require 23" or 29" depth benches only for pinch point clearance.

Screen for use with Height Adjustable Bench with Worksurface Mount (SUFB-_ _ _ _-_B)

Requires 23" or 29" Deep Worksurfaces

Screen – SUFB-1560_-_ B Bench – TLRA-2370-LJSNHP

5 5/8" Gap Between Tops

Bench Width/Screen Width Specification Matrix

or

or

Product Application – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 2 – Specify Screens

Do

• Use 23" high Center Mounted Screens on Planes LT Benches with Single Stage or Dual Stage Low Bases.

• Center Mounted Screen width must match width of bench.

Side View (Single Stage)

3 5/8" Gap Between Tops

Side View (Dual Stage)

3 5/8" Gap Between Tops

24" or 30" Deep Worksurfaces

Bench – TLRA-_ _ _ _-LJSNH_ Center Screen – TASC-23_ _-F Bench – TLRA-_ _ _ _-LJSNH_ Center Screen – TASC-18_ _-F

24" or 30" Deep Worksurfaces

Front View (Single Stage High or Low) Available Widths

Front View (Dual Stage High or Low)

Screen Width Must Match Bench Width

Available Widths

or

Gallery End Panel Brackets for use with Gallery End Panels Do

Screen Width Must Match Bench Width

• Gallery End Panel Brackets are designed to work on Double Sided and 120° Height Adjustable Benches.

• Use the bracket with Gallery End Panel – Universal.

• The bracket mounts to cross beam at the end of a bench.

• Not for use on Single Sided Height Adjustable Bench or between benches.

Screen: SUSG-5060-DUNN (3) Bracket: TA01-BRKT-E (3)

Available Heights 29", 42" or 50"

120° Bench: TLCZ-5858-LJSNHPD Center Screen: TASC-2358-F (3) Widths (60"-108")

Product Application – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 3 – Specify Electrical Components

Choose appropriate electrical system for the benching application:

• Hardwired (consists of top feed pole, junction boxes with field supplied wire and receptacles)

• Power Base (Haworth's integrated modular power system)

Power Base Integrated Modular Electrical Components

• Power Base is a modular electrical system offered in 3-Circuit and 4-Circuit (2+2 or 3+1) configurations.

• Power Base components are designed to address three functions:

– POWER IN: Routing power from the building into the furniture.

– POWER THROUGH: Routing power through the furniture.

– POWER OUT: Receptacle access at power/data channel.

EUEH-00_ _-_

Infeed Harness (3-Circuit or 4-Circuit)

Base Feed Module Concealed Hardwire Connection (3-Circuit or 4-Circuit)

Top Feed, End-of-Run (3-Circuit, 4-Circuit or Hardwired)

Top Feed, Middle-of-Run (3-Circuit, 4-Circuit or Hardwired)

EUEK-0042-_S

EUEJ-00_ _-_

EUEJ-0064-_WF

or 4-Circuit) Utility

(3-Circuit or 4-Circuit)

(3-Circuit or 4-Circuit)

EUER-15_ _-_ SOS

Triplex Receptacles 15 AMP (3-Circuit or 4-Circuit)

EUER-20_ _-_SOS

Triplex Receptacles 20 AMP (3-Circuit or 4-Circuit)

TA01-HBTT-MT

Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray For use with Middle-of-Run Top Feed

Base Feed Cover – Vertical (Specify only Dual Stage 12.25"-13.25" High Base Feed Covers for all Planes LT Height Adjustable Table Bench Applications – Single and Dual Stage)

TA01-HBTT-MTS

Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run, Top Feed

TA01-HBTT-M

Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray

EKEP-0000-C

TA01-HBTT-MA

Height Adjustable Bench – Transition Tray – Asymmetrical

Hardwire Kit

Product Application – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 3 – Specify Electrical Components

POWER IN – Base Feed Cover – Vertical and Infeed Harness

Planes LT Height Adjustable Table Bench

• Power may be brought into the Planes LT Height Adjustable Bench using a separately specified Infeed Harness, a separately specify Base Feed Cover –

Vertical (only Dual Stage 12.25"-13.25" high) may be added for a more finished aesthetic.

Infeed Harness (Separately Specified) EUEH

Base Feed Cover – Vertical Dual Stage (12.25"-13.25" High) (Separately Specified)

TA01-BSFD-D

Note • 17 5"-18 5" high Single Stage Base Feed Cover are too tall to be used with either single stage or dual Stage Planes LT Height Adjustable Table Benches (Single Stagle Base Feed Covers are only for use with standard Single Stage Planes Height Adjustable Table Benches)

BASE FEED COVER – VERTICAL – SPECIFICATION MATRIX

Do Do

12 25"-13 25" High Base Feed Cover –Dual Stage (TA01-BSFD-D)

Specify Dual Stage Base Feed Covers for Single Stage Planes LT Bench Applications.

Single Stage Bench

Don't

17 5"-18 .5" High Base Feed Cover –Single Stage (TA01-BSFD-S)

Single Stage Base Feed Covers are too tall for use with Single Stage Planes LT Bench Applications.

Single Stage Bench

Do

Specify Dual Stage Base Feed Covers for Dual Stage Low Planes LT Bench Applications.

Dual Stage Low Bench

Don't

Single Stage Base Feed Covers are too tall for use with Dual Stage Planes LT Bench Applications.

Dual Stage Low Bench

POWER-IN – Height Adjustable Bench – Top Feed, End-of-Run (3-Circuit, 4-Circuit or Hardwired)

Do Do

Power may be brought down from the ceiling into the end of a Planes LT Height Adjustable Table Bench run using a separately specified Height Adjustable Bench – Top Feed, End-of-Run.

Single Stage – Planes LT

Height Adjustable Table Bench Application

Height Adjustable Bench –Top Feed, End-of-Run

EAET-_ _00-D3 (3-Circuit)

EAET-_ _00-D2 (4-Circuit - 2+2)

EAET-_ _00-D4 (4-Circuit - 3+1)

EAET-_ _00-DC (Hardwired)

Single Stage Bench

Height Adjustable Bench Top Feed, End-of-Run (Includes End-of-Run Transition Tray)

EAET-_ _00-D3 (3-Circuit)

EAET-_ _00-D2 (4-Circuit - 2+2)

EAET-_ _00-D4 (4-Circuit - 3+1)

EAET-_ _00-DC (Hardwired)

Double Stage – Planes LT

Height Adjustable Table Bench Application

Height Adjustable Bench –Top Feed, End-of-Run

EAET-_ _00-D3 (3-Circuit)

EAET-_ _00-D2 (4-Circuit - 2+2)

EAET-_ _00-D4 (4-Circuit - 3+1)

EAET-_ _00-DC (Hardwired)

Dual Stage Low Bench

Note • End-of-Run Top Feeds may be used with both Dual-Sided, Single-Sided or 120° Benches

Product Application – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 3 – Specify Electrical Components

POWER-IN – Middle-of-Run Top Feed / Transition Tray for use with Middle-of-Run Top Feed

Do Do

• Power is brought down from the ceiling using a separately specified Height Adjustable Bench – Top Feed, Middle-of-Run. The Top Feed is installed between dual sided benches (middle-of-run) into a separately specified Transition Tray for use with Middle-of-Run Top Feed.

• The Transition Tray for use with Middle-of-Run top feed creates a 2" Gap between the benches and is not for use in applications using Center Mount Screens.

Adjustable

and

Single Stage – Planes LT

Height Adjustable

Table Bench Application

Dual Stage – Planes LT

Height Adjustable

Table Bench Application

Note

• Top Feed – Middle of Run is designed for use with Single Stage and Dual Stage Height Adjustable Benches .

• Middle-of-Run Top Feeds and Transition Trays are not for use with Single Sided Benches

• A 28" Jumper is required for routing power through the Transition Tray between Utility Tray Retrofit Kits

POWER-IN – Middle-of-Run Top Feed / Transition Tray for use with Center Mount Screens & Middle-of-Run Top Feed Transition Tray - For Middle-of-Run Top Feed (Separately Specified TA01-HBTT-MT)

• Power is brought down from the ceiling using a separately specified Middle-of-Run Top Feed. The Top Feed is installed between dual sided benches (middle-of-run) into a separately specified Transition Tray For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run, Top Feed.

• The Transition Tray For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run, Top Feed creates a 4" Gap between the benches to accommodate the Top Feed and prevent interference with the Center Mount Screens.

Mount Screens (Separately Specified) TASC-18_ _-F

Single

Height Adjustable

Table Bench Application

Dual

Height Adjustable

Table Bench Application

Tray For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run, Top Feed (Separately Specified TA01-HBTT-MTS)

Note

Note

• Middle-of-Run Top Feeds and Transition Trays are not for use with Single Sided Benches

• A 30" Jumper is required for routing power through the Transition Tray between Utility Tray Retrofit Kits .

Product Application – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 3 – Specify Electrical Components

POWER-THROUGH – Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit / Jumper / Transition Tray

• Power is routed through dual-sided and 120° benching applications using a matching width Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit, a 28" long Jumper and a Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray (all are separately specified).

• The Transition Tray connects the benches together, creates a 2" gap between worksurfaces and provides a channel to route the Jumper.

• The Jumper is used to distribute power between multiple Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kits by connecting to the Power Distribution Assembly.

• The Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit is installed in the data channel of the bench. The Transition Tray connects the benches together and provides a channel to route the Jumper. The Jumper connects to multiple Utility Tray Retrofit Kits to supply power through the benching run.

Dual Sided-Benching Application

120° Benching Application

120° / Dual-Sided Benching Application

Note

• A separately specified 28" long Jumper is required to distribute power between Power Distribution Assemblies on 120° Bench

POWER-THROUGH – Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit / Jumper / Transition Tray – Asymmetrical

• Power is routed through single-sided benching applications using a matching width Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit, a 28" long Jumper and a Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray – Asymmetrical (all are separately specified).

• The Transition Tray – Asymmetrical connects the benches together, creates a 2" gap between worksurfaces and provides a channel to route the Jumper.

• The Jumper is used to distribute power between multiple Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kits by connecting to the Power Distribution Assembly (included with Retrofit Kit).

• The Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit is installed in the data channel of the bench. The Transition Tray connects the benches together and provides a channel to route the Jumper. The Jumper connects to multiple Utility Tray Retrofit Kits to supply power through the benching run.

Height Adjustable Table Bench –Single-Sided Benching Application

Height Adjustable Table Bench –Dual-Sided / Single-Sided Benching Application

Product Application – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 3 – Specify Electrical Components

POWER-THROUGH – Transition Trays

• The Planes LT Height Adjustable Bench uses Transition Trays to link together benches into runs.

• Transition Tray specification is dependent on the benching application.

Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray

For use with the following Bench Applications:

• Single Sided Bench to Single Sided Bench

• Single Sided Bench to Dual Sided Bench

• Single Sided Bench to 120° Bench

• Specify 28" long Jumper

Height Adjustable

Bench Transition Tray for use with Middleof-Run Top Feed

For use with the following Bench Applications:

• Dual-Sided Bench to Dual Sided Bench with Middle-ofRun Top Feed

• Dual-Sided to 120° Bench with Middle-of-Run Top Feed

• Specify 28" long Jumper

Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray Asymmetrical

For use with the following Bench Applications:

• Dual Sided Bench to Dual Sided Bench

• 120° Bench to 120° Bench

• Dual Sided Bench to 120° Bench

• Specify 28" long Jumper

Height Adjustable Bench Transition Tray – For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run, Top Feed

For use with the following Bench Applications:

• Dual-Sided Bench to Dual Sided Bench with Middle-of-Run Top Feed and Center Mount Screens

• Dual-Sided to 120° Bench with Middle-of-Run Top Feed and Center Mount Screens

• Specify 30" long Jumper

Transition Tray Applications 120° Bench To 120° Bench Application

Single Sided Bench To Single Sided Bench Application

Products Shown:

(3) Single Sided Bench: TLRA-2958-LJSNS

(2) Transition Trays (Specify appropriate Transition Tray for application):

– Transition Tray – Asymmetrical: TA01-HBT T-MA

Dual Sided Bench To Dual Sided Bench Application

Products Shown:

(3) Dual Sided Benches: TLRA-2458-LJSNH

(2) Transition Trays (Specify appropriate Transition Tray for application):

– Transition Tray – TA01-HBT T-M

– Transition Tray for use with Middle-of-Run Top Feed – TA01-HBTT-MT

– Transition Tray – For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run Top Feed – TA01-HBTT-MTS

Dual Sided Bench To Single Sided Bench Application

Products Shown:

(2) 120° Benches TLCZ-4646-LJSNH_ _

(1) Transition Tray (Specify appropriate Transition Tray for application):

– Transition Tray – TA01-HBT T-M

– Transition Tray for use with Middle-of-Run, Top Feed – TA01-HBTT-MT

120° Bench To Dual Sided Bench Application

Products Shown:

(2) Dual Sided Bench: TLRA-2458-LJSNH

(1) Single Sided Bench: TLRA-2958-LJSNS

(2) Transition Trays (Specify appropriate Transition Tray for application):

– Transition Tray – Asymmetrical: TA01-HBT T-MA

Products Shown:

(2) 120° Bench: TLCZ-4646-LJSNH_ _

(1) Dual Sided Bench: TLRA-2458-LJSNH

(2) Transition Tray (Specify appropriate Transition Tray for application):

– Transition Tray – TA01-HBT T-M

– Transition Tray for use with Middle-of-Run, Top Feed – TA01-HBTT-MT

– Transition Tray – For use with Center Mount Screens and Middle-of-Run,

– Top Feed – TA01-HBTT-MTS

TA01-HBTT-M
TA01-HBTT-MT
TA01-HBTT-MA
TA01-HBTT-MTS

Product Application – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 3 – Specify Electrical Components

POWER-OUT – Triplex Receptacles

• Power access on Planes LT Height Adjustable Table – Benches are provided by Triplex Receptacles installed on a Power Distribution Assembly (PDA is included with the separately specified Utility Tray Power Retrofit Kit). Users can access the receptacles below the worksurfaces through cutouts in the wire management trough.

• Each Power Distribution Assembly accommodates up to (4) Triplex Receptacles (2 on each side).

Power Distribution Assembly (Included with Power Retrofit Kit)
Triplex Receptacles (3-Circuit or 4-Circuit)

Product Application – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table - Bench

Specifying Bench Applications in 3 Easy Steps

Step 3 – Specify Electrical Components

Height Adjustable Table – Bench – Electrical Components Diagram

Electrical Components – Specification Matrix

• Planes LT Height Adjustable Table – Benches include a Data Channel with Troughs which are designed to accommodate Power Base Electrical Components.

• The height of the Data Channels with Troughs is the same for Single-stage and Dual-stage configurations.

• Ensure all Base Feed Covers and Top Feeds are only specified as Dual Stage configurations to ensure proper alignment with the Data Channels with Troughs.

Technical Specifications

Planes LT Height Adjustable Tables and Benches

Technical Specifications – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table and Bench

Table Top Construction

Laminate and veneer table top cores are 1 3/16" (30.2mm) thick and are made with an engineered composite panel with a minimum 90% wood fiber content with at least 10% post-consumer and 80% pre-consumer wood fiber bonded with resin. These worksurfaces/tops are 3rd party certified compliant with GREENGUARD® and ANSI/ BIFMA Standards for Low Emitting Products. The composite panel is 3rd party certified compliant with California Air Resource Board requirements for Phase 2 formaldehyde emission levels and includes wood fiber sourced from FSC certified forests using the 70% FSC Mix Credit System.

Laminate surfaces are balanced construction with high-pressure laminate on the top, a laminate backer on the bottom and are available with the following plastic edges:

• 0.125” (3mm) radius edge band on the user edge capped with a 0.039” (1mm) thick edge band on the remaining edge(s)

• 0.125" (3mm) radius edgeband on the user edge with a 2" deep reverse chamfer capped with a 0.039" (1mm)thick edgeband on the remaining edges. The exposed wood composite material on the bottom of the surface is sealed with a clear finish.

Wood veneer surfaces are balanced construction with wood veneer on the top, a balancing backer on the bottom and are available with the following wood edges:

• 0.125” (3mm) radius edge band on the user edge capped with a 0.028” (.7mm) thick edge band on the remaining edge(s).

• 0.125" (3mm) radius edgeband on the user edge with a 2" deep reverse chamfer capped with a 0.028" (.7mm) thick edgeband on the remaining edges. The exposed wood composite material is sealed with a clear finish. Painted tops consist of a 1” (25.4mm) thick MDF core with tapered edges and powder coat paint on all sides.

Electrical Distribution System

Planes LT Mode Height Adjustable Benches are offered with an optional electrical distribution system known as Power Base. The Power Base electrical system is PVC free and is 3rd party certified through Intertek to be compliant to UL 183 and 1286 and to CSA C22.2 No. 203 and 203.1 electrical standards. The system consists of in-feeds to route power from the building, power distribution assemblies (PDAs) and jumpers to route power through the benches, and receptacles to provide access to the power. The system has eight wires and can be specified in either a 3-circuit or one of two 4-circuit wiring configurations. Each circuit is rated for 20-amps at 125 volts. The 3-circuit version has 3 hots, 3 neutrals, 1 common and 1 isolated ground. All the wires in the 3-circuit version are No. 12 American Wire Gauge (AWG). The 4-circuit has two versions; one is a 2 + 2 configuration and the other is a 3 + 1, both of which have 4 hots, 2 neutrals, 1 common and 1 isolated ground. The 4-circuit system has No. 10 AWG for the neutral wires and No. 12 AWG for the hot and ground wires. The electrical system can contain four (4) triplex receptacles per bench, two (2) per side.

Receptacles are unique for each system. They are available in a 15-amp (NEMA 5-15R) or 20-amp (NEMA 5-20R) configuration with either common or isolated ground access. The 3-circuit 15-amp receptacles are field programmable to all three circuits. The 3-circuit, 20-amp receptacles and all 4-circuit receptacles are circuit specific. All receptacles employ safety latches to ensure a secure connection to power distribution assemblies. Flexible metal jumpers with plastic connectors on each end enclose eight conductors to continue power between tables. The jumpers employ safety latches to ensure a secure connection to power distribution assemblies.

Technical Specifications – Planes LT Height Adjustable Table and Bench

Planes LT Height-Adjustable Tables/Benches

Planes height adjustable products include tables and benches offered in a variety of configurations. Tables or benches with electrical height adjustment are 3rd party certified through Intertek to be compliant to UL 962 and CSA C22.2 No. 68, benches with electrical distribution are also certified compliant to UL 1286 and CSA C22.2 No. 203. Tables height adjustment options include incremental, crank, and electrical. Bench height adjustment options include crank, electrical, or a combination of the two. The components comprising the base assembly consist of some or all the following

Feet – Feet are present on table units and consist of a sheet metal weldment with glides that offer 1” of adjustment. Optional caster kits are available for two leg tables.

Columns – Columns are constructed of roll-formed steel, the inner and outer tubes are powder coat painted. Single post columns include a glide with 1” adjustment. Columns adjustment options include:

• Height-Adjustable Electric, Single-Stage Electric: Electric adjustment from 27”-46” at a rate of 1.4” per second. Two-leg version supports 250 lbs. and three-leg 300 lbs. including weight of surface.

• Height-Adjustable Electric, Dual-Stage Electric: Electric adjustment from 22” – 48” (Low) or 24” – 50” (High) at a rate of 1.4” per second. Two-leg version supports 250 lbs. and three-leg 300 lbs. including weight of surface.

Supports – Supports for surfaces include 16-gauge sheet steel rails and 12-gauge support arms that are attached to surface and columns with metal screws.

Controller – Electric height adjustable tables and benches include an electronic system that controls via a hand-switch the operation of the columns providing Intelligent System Protection (ISP), container and shelf stop settings, and calibration/initialization capabilities for smooth operation of the table travel. Controllers have a 2 minute on/18 minute off duty cycle.

Touch Pad (Hand-switch) – Hand-switch options include a standard two button up/down touchpad or a programmable switch with up/down buttons, four memory settings, and a digital height display. Both switches allow for the setting of container and shelf stops and capability to initialize the electric bases. Programmable switch can also display error codes for troubleshooting purposes.

Product Details – Accessories

Belong Screen – For use with Height Adjustable Tables – Worksurface Mount

Attachment Brackets

Components and Surface Materials

SUFB-2754-FA

Upside Height

Adjustable Table

Rectangular

Screen Sizes

WORKSURFACE MOUNT SCREEN

Screen Height

(Actual) Screen Width

(Actual)

19” (18.75") 24” (23.5”) 30” (29.5”) 36” (35.5”)

27” (26.75")

(41.5”)

(47.5”)

(53.5”)

(59.5”)

(23.5”)

(29.5”)

(35.5”) 42” (41.5”) 48” (47.5”) 54” (53.5”)

(59.5”)

Screen Thickness by Material

SCREEN

Worksurface/Screen Specification Matrix

Screen (Worksurface Mount) HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE TABLE WORKSURFACE MOUNT SCREEN

Worksurface Width

Nominal (Actual)

46” (45.68”)

52” (51.68”)

(47.5”) or Less

58” (57.68”) 54” (53.5”) or Less

64” (63.68”) 60” (59.5”) or Less

70” (69.68”) 60” (59.5”) or Less

76” (75.68”) 60” (59.5”) or Less

82” (81.68”) 60” (59.5”) or Less

COMPONENT NAME

Screen

MATERIALS/FINISHES

Fabric Specified fabric color – surface is non-tackable.

Laminate High-pressure laminate surface with 1mm laminate edgeband. Specified surface color and edgeband trim color.

Wood Specified wood veneer surface with 1mm wood edgeband.

Markerboard Glossy white markerboard surface with 1mm edgeband.

Attachment Brackets Painted Metal – With Specified Trim Color

Dimensions

19" High Screen Top View

Front View

HEIGHT Nominal

27" High Screen Top View Side View Side View

Front View

Chart for available widths)

THICKNESS

by Material (See Chart)

Belong Plus Back Screen With Modesty

Screen with Modesty

Upside Height Adjustable Table Rectangular

Screen Sizes

19” (18.50")

(51.54”) 3

(63.54”) 3

(65.54”) 3

(69.54”) 3

(71.54”) 3

(23.54”) 2

(29.54”) 2

(33.54”) 2

36” (35.54”) 2

COMPONENT NAME

MATERIALS/ FINISHES

Screen Fabric Covered with tackable surface – specify fabric and color. L Brackets Painted Metal – specify trim color.

Dimensions

19" High Screen

SCREEN WIDTH (See Chart for available widths)

35" High Screen Screen

40” (39.54”) 2

42” (41.54”) 2

46” (45.54”) 2

48” (47.54”) 3

27” (26.50")

35” (34.50")

52” (51.54”) 3

54” (53.54”) 3

58” (57.54”) 3

60” (59.54”) 3

64” (63.54”) 3

66” (65.54”) 3

70” (69.54”) 3

72” (71.54”) 3

24” (23.54”) 2 30” (29.54”) 2

34” (33.54”) 2

36” (35.54”) 2

40” (39.54”) 2

42” (41.54”) 2

46” (45.54”) 2

48” (47.54”) 3

52” (51.54”) 3

54” (53.54”) 3

58” (57.54”) 3

60” (59.54”) 3

64” (63.54”) 3

66” (65.54”) 3

70” (69.54”) 3 72” (71.54”) 3

Note

• Screen will be visibly marked where attachment hardware is to be installed . Belong Plus Back Screen

27" High Screen

SCREEN WIDTH (See Chart for available widths)

(Actual)

(26.5") SCREEN HEIGHT

SCREEN WIDTH (See Chart for available widths)

THICKNESS 3/4" (Actual)

L Bracket Details

• Bracket location on the screen cannot be field modified

• Screen width must be equal to or less than the width of the table top

• Screen may not extend past the edge of the table top

UpsideFinish/ColorLegends

WoodFinishes

GradeA

DoubleCut

2P-RLApplegate

WE-RDDune

WJ-REEbony

2N-RLEcho

WE-RTMelba

CQ-WGWalnutGrove

GradeB

AnegreQuarterCut

NP-W08Golden

Cherry

VC-CA1Amber

VC-W23American

VC-W33Caramel

VC-W30Heritage

VC-W32Pacific

Maple

VP-LMLight

VP-NNatural

MapleQuarterCut

NM-NNatural

RiftCutWhiteOak

NR-W35Clear

NR-W15Espresso

NR-W40Mocha

Walnut

VR-W15Espresso

VR-W12Naturally

VR-W31Retro

WalnutQuarterCut

NW-W35Clear

NW-W15Espresso

NW-W31Retro

LaminateFinishes

GradeA

SolidColor

H-34Beige

H-AKChalk

H-8JCharcoal

H-3JGraphite

H-62GrayTone

H-WLLinen

H-3PPlatinum

H-AAPutty

H-3ESmoke

GradeA

Patterned

H-P1LinenCasual H-P2LinenClassic

H-P3LinenCrisp H-P4LinenFlax

Wood

H-AEMaple

H-ADMediumCherry

GradeB

PremiumWoodGrain

H-KABrazilwood

H-KGColumbianWalnut

H-KPFieldElm

H-KNGreyElm

H-KMLandmarkWood

H-KLNeoWalnut

H-KCNewAgeOak

H-KRPhantomEcru

H-KSPhantomPearl

H-KDRiverCherry

H-KFWilliamsburgCherry

GradeE

Premium

H-C1Hay

H-C2Drift

H-C3Pecan

H-C4Molasses

H-C5Mineral

H-C6Hatch

H-C7Tanned

*GradeElaminateavailableon RectangleTopsONLY

Edgeband

SolidColor

HP-34Beige

HP-AKChalk

HP-8JCharcoal

HP-3JGraphite

HP-62GrayTone

HP-WLLinen

HP-3PPlatinum

HP-AAPutty

HP-3ESmoke

Patterned

HP-P1LinenCasual

HP-P2LinenClassic

HP-P3LinenCrisp

HP-P4LinenFlax

WoodGrain

HP-KABrazilwood

HP-AMCherry

HP-KGColumbianWalnut

HP-KPFieldElm

HP-KNGreyElm

HP-KMLandmarkWood

HP-AEMaple

HP-ADMediumCherry

HP-KLNeoWalnut

HP-KCNewAgeOak

HP-KRPhantomEcru

HP-KSPhantomPearl

HP-KDRiverCity

HP-KFWilliamsburgCherry

Ply-Edge

HP-PWPly-Edge

Premium

HP-C1Hay

HP-C2Drift

HP-C3Pecan

HP-C4Molasses

HP-C5Mineral

HP-C6Hatch

HP-C7Tanned

Trim

GradeA

SolidColor

*TR-RBeige

*TR-AKChalk

TR-KCharcoal

*TR-JGraphite

*TR-GGrayTone

*TR-AAPutty

*TR-ESmoke

TR-PLSSmoothPlaster

Textured

*TR-TGGrout

*TR-TWPlaster

GradeB

SolidColor

*TR-1RBrownstone

*TR-1QPark

*TR-RRRustyRed

*TR-1MSable

TR-1JSkyBlue

SmoothMetallic

*TR-MCMetallicChampagne

TR-LEMetallicSilver

TexturedMetallic

*TR-ALAlloy

NOTE: *RepresentsadditionalUpside+ paintfinishes.

ALERT: Thesematerialsarecurrent,howeverthey arebeingconsideredforfutureobsolescencedue tolowvolume.

Wood:

2R-RLButternut

NP-W08Golden

NP-W07Light

NX-UMedium

VR-W12NaturallyWalnut

VP-ADSand

WC-RWWenge

Laminate:

H-AMAmberCherry

Trims: TR-DMDarkBronzeMetallic

ForestStewardshipCouncil(FSC)

Statement: Inourcontinuingsupportof sustainableforestryandresponsible purchasing,HaworthNorthAmericais offeringFSCcertifiedwoodproductsat noup-charge.ByprovidingFSC certifiedmaterial,Haworthis supportingourclient’sgreenbuilding goalsanddemonstratingourcollective commitmenttosourcematerialsmore sustainably.

Haworthwillprovidetoyouthe necessaryFSC-certifiedpaperwork withyourshipment.Formore information,FAQs,andacompleteFSC productlist(includingproduct exceptions),gototheLibraryand searchFSC.

WoodFinishes

GradeA

DoubleCut

2P-RLApplegate

WE-RDDune

WJ-REEbony

2N-RLEcho

WE-RTMelba

CQ-WGWalnutGrove

GradeB

Cherry

VC-CA1Amber

VC-W23American

VC-W33Caramel

VC-W30Heritage

VC-W32Pacific

Maple

VP-LMLight

VP-NNatural

MapleQuarterCut

NM-NNatural

RiftCutWhiteOak

NR-W35Clear

NR-W15Espresso

NR-W40Mocha

Walnut

VR-W15Espresso

VR-W21MahoganySatin

VR-W31Retro

WalnutQuarterCut

NW-W35Clear

NW-W15Espresso

NW-W31Retro

LaminateFinishes

GradeA

SolidColor

H-34Beige

H-AKChalk

H-8JCharcoal

H-3JGraphite

H-62GrayTone

H-WLLinen

H-3PPlatinum

H-AAPutty

H-3ESmoke

GradeA

Patterned

H-P1LinenCasual

H-P2LinenClassic

H-P3LinenCrisp

H-P4LinenFlax

Edgeband

SolidColor

HP-34Beige

HP-AKChalk

HP-8JCharcoal

HP-3JGraphite

HP-62GrayTone

HP-WLLinen

HP-3PPlatinum

HP-AAPutty

HP-3ESmoke

Patterned

HP-P1LinenCasual

HP-P2LinenClassic

HP-P3LinenCrisp

HP-P4LinenFlax

WoodGrain

HP-KABrazilwood

HP-AMCherry

HP-KGColumbianWalnut

HP-KPFieldElm

HP-KNGreyElm

HP-KMLandmarkWood

HP-AEMaple

HP-ADMediumCherry

HP-KLNeoWalnut

HP-KCNewAgeOak

HP-KRPhantomEcru

HP-KSPhantomPearl

HP-KDRiverCherry

HP-KESanara

HP-KFWilliamsburgCherry

Wood

H-AMAmberCherry

H-AEMaple

GradeB

PremiumWoodGrain

H-KABrazilwood

H-KGColumbianWalnut

H-KPFieldElm

H-KNGreyElm

H-KMLandmarkWood

H-KLNeoWalnut

H-KCNewAgeOak

H-KDRiverCherry

H-KESanara

H-KFWilliamsburgCherry

Ply-Edge

HP-PWPly-Edge

Trim

GradeA

Smooth

TR-RBeige

TR-AKChalk

TR-KCharcoal

TR-C1Cocoa

TR-JGraphite

TR-GGrayTone

TR-AAPutty

TR-ESmoke

TR-PLSSmoothPlaster

TR-FMSnow

Textured

TR-TGGrout

TR-TFPitch

TR-TWPlaster

GradeB

Smooth

TR-1CAccentBlue

TR-1EAccentOrange

TR-1GBlueJay

TR-1RBrownstone

TR-1NNight

TR-1QPark

TR-RRRustyRed

TR-1MSable

TR-1JSkyBlue

TR-1HTerra

TR-1KWren

SmoothMetallic

TR-MCMetallicChampagne

TR-LEMetallicSilver

TexturedMetallic

TR-HEHellenic

ALERT: Thesematerialsarecurrent,howevertheyare beingconsideredforfutureobsolescenceduetolow volume.

Wood: 2R-RLButternut

NP-W08Golden

NP-W07Light

NX-UMedium

VR-W12NaturallyWalnut

VP-ADSand

WC-RWWenge

Laminate: H-AMAmberCherry

Trims:

TR-CTSChartreuse

TR-DMDarkBronzeMetallic

ForestStewardshipCouncil(FSC)

Statement: Inourcontinuingsupportofsustainable forestryandresponsiblepurchasing,Haworth NorthAmericaisofferingFSCcertifiedwood productsatnoup-charge.ByprovidingFSC certifiedmaterial,Haworthissupportingour client’sgreenbuildinggoalsand demonstratingourcollectivecommitmentto sourcematerialsmoresustainably. Haworthwillprovidetoyouthenecessary FSC-certifiedpaperworkwithyourshipment. Formoreinformation,FAQs,andacomplete FSCproductlist(includingproduct exceptions),gototheLibraryandsearchFSC.

PlanesandPlanesLTTableFinish/ColorLegends

WoodFinishes

GradeA

DoubleCut

2P-RLApplegate

WJ-REEbony

2N-RLEcho

WE-RDDune

WE-RTMelba

CQ-WGWalnutGrove

GradeB Cherry

VC-CA1Amber

VC-W23American

VC-W33Caramel

VC-W30Heritage

VC-W32Pacific

Maple

VP-LMLight

VP-NNatural

MapleQuarterCut

NM-NNatural

RiftCutWhiteOak

NR-W35Clear

NR-W15Espresso

NR-W40Mocha

Walnut

VR-W15Espresso

VR-W31Retro

WalnutQuarterCut

NW-W35Clear

NW-W15Espresso

NW-W31Retro

LaminateFinishes

GradeA

SolidColor

H-34Beige

H-AKChalk

H-8JCharcoal

H-3JGraphite

H-62GrayTone

H-WLLinen

H-3PPlatinum

H-AAPutty

H-3ESmoke

Wood

H-AEMaple

H-ADMediumCherry

GradeB

PremiumWoodGrain

H-KABrazilwood

H-KGColumbianWalnut

H-KPFieldElm

H-KNGreyElm

H-KMLandmarkWood

H-KLNeoWalnut

H-KCNewAgeOak

H-KRPhantomEcru

H-KSPhantomPearl

H-KDRiverCherry

H-KFWilliamsburgCherry

GradeE

Premium

H-C1Hay

H-C2Drift

H-C3Pecan

H-C4Molasses

H-C5Mineral

H-C6Hatch

H-C7Tanned

*GradeElaminatesavailableon

RectangleTopsONLY

Edgeband

SolidColor

HP-34Beige

HP-AKChalk

HP-8JCharcoal

HP-3JGraphite

HP-62GrayTone

HP-WLLinen

HP-3PPlatinum

HP-AAPutty

HP-3ESmoke

WoodGrain

HP-KABrazilwood

HP-AMCherry

HP-KGColumbianWalnut

HP-KPFieldElm

HP-KNGreyElm

HP-KMLandmarkWood

HP-AEMaple

HP-ADMediumCherry

HP-KLNeoWalnut

HP-KCNewAgeOak

HP-KRPhantomEcru

HP-KSPhantomPearl

HP-KDRiverCherry

HP-KFWilliamsburgCherry

Ply-Edge

HP-PWPly-Edge

Premium

HP-C1Hay

HP-C2Drift

HP-C3Pecan

HP-C4Molasses

HP-C5Mineral

HP-C6HPatch

HP-C7Tanned

Trim

GradeA

Smooth

TR-RBeige

TR-AKChalk

TR-KCharcoal

TR-C1Cocoa

TR-JGraphite

TR-GGrayTone

TR-AAPutty

TR-ESmoke

TR-PLSSmoothPlaster

TR-FMSnow

Textured

TR-TGGrout

TR-TFPitch

TR-TWPlaster

GradeB

Smooth

TR-1CAccentBlue

TR-1EAccentOrange

TR-1GBlueJay

TR-1RBrownstone

TR-1NNight

TR-1QPark

TR-RRRustyRed

TR-1MSable

TR-1JSkyBlue

TR-1HTerra

TR-1KWren

SmoothMetallic

TR-MCMetallicChampagne

TR-LEMetallicSilver

TexturedMetallic

TR-HEHellenic

Casters

TR-FBlack

TR-7Fog

TR-LPLLightPlatinum

ALERT: Thesematerialsarecurrent,howevertheyare beingconsideredforfutureobsolescenceduetolow volume.

Wood: 2R-RLButternut

NP-W08Golden

NP-W07Light

NX-UMedium

VR-W12NaturallyWalnut

VP-ADSand

WC-RWWenge

Laminate: H-AMAmberCherry

Trims: TR-CTSChartreuse

TR-DMDarkBronzeMetallic

ForestStewardshipCouncil(FSC) Statement: Inourcontinuingsupportofsustainable forestryandresponsiblepurchasing,Haworth NorthAmericaisofferingFSCcertifiedwood productsatnoup-charge.ByprovidingFSC certifiedmaterial,Haworthissupportingour client’sgreenbuildinggoalsand demonstratingourcollectivecommitmentto sourcematerialsmoresustainably. Haworthwillprovidetoyouthenecessary FSC-certifiedpaperworkwithyourshipment. Formoreinformation,FAQs,andacomplete FSCproductlist(includingproduct exceptions),gototheLibraryandsearchFSC.

VerticalFabrics

GradeA

Chevron(6X) Etch(35)

Highlands(L6)

Striae(C1)

Tailored(PY) Tellure(3A)

GradeB

Camp(33) Classic(L5) Fields(34) Hue(6) Kio(ZR) Peca(32)

Ritz(PV) Shimmer(WS)

GradeC

BirdsNest(PH) Sisal(SW)

GradeD Tangram(LV)

*Formostcurrentfinishandfabricavailabilitypleasereferencesurfaces.haworth.com.

Haworth+

ForinformationontheHaworth+allianceprogram,including imagesandproductavailability,pleasereferto: Haworth.com>SurfaceCollection>Haworth+Library

Customer’sOwnMaterial(COM)

ForgeneralCustomer’sOwnMaterial(COM)information includingprocessesandforms,pleasereferto: Haworth.com>SurfaceCollection>Resources>COM ForinformationonapprovedCOM’s,pleasereferto: Haworth.com>SurfaceCollection>COMLibrary

Productsarelistedalphabeticallyinthisindexbyalpha-numericprefix/suffixcodes.

ProductCode

4TEB-15

ProductDescription

Tactics3-Circuit—ElectricalComponents–SingleCircuitBaseFeed–ReceptacleConnection—3-Circuitand4-Circuit

4TEB-20 Tactics3-Circuit—ElectricalComponents–SingleCircuitBaseFeed–ReceptacleConnectionwithPowerCord— 3-Circuitand4-Circuit

BSFD-S PlanesBenchElectricalComponents–BaseFeedCover—Vertical

EAAW-0000-H PlanesBenchElectricalComponents–CableChain

EAET-C000-S3 PlanesHeightAdjustableBenchElectricalComponents–End-of-Run–HeightAdjustableBench–TopFeed,End-of-Run— 3-Circuitand4-Circuit

EAET-C000-SC PlanesHeightAdjustableBenchElectricalComponents–End-of-Run—Hardwire–HeightAdjustableBench–TopFeed, End-of-Run—Hardwire .181

EAET-C00C-DCPlanesHeightAdjustableBenchElectricalComponents–Middle-of-RunHardwire–HeightAdjustableBench–TopFeed, Middle-of-Run—Hardwire

EAET-C00C-S3 PlanesHeightAdjustableBenchElectricalComponents–Middle-of-Run–HeightAdjustableBench–TopFeed, Middle-of-Run—3-Circuitand4-Circuit

EKEP-0000-C PlanesHeightAdjustableBenchElectricalComponents–Middle-of-RunHardwire–HardwireKit

EUEH-0087-2 ElectricalComponents—HeightAdjustableBench–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment–InfeedHarness ................

EUEH-0087-3 ElectricalComponents—HeightAdjustableBench–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment–InfeedHarness

EUEH-0087-4 ElectricalComponents—HeightAdjustableBench–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment–InfeedHarness

EUEJ-0018-3 ElectricalComponents—HeightAdjustableBench–Jumper

EUEJ-0024-4

EUEJ-0064-2WFElectricalComponents—HeightAdjustableBench–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment–InternalPowerBase™AIBaseFeed

EUEJ-0064-3WFElectricalComponents—HeightAdjustableBench–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment–InternalPowerBase™AIBaseFeed

EUEJ-0064-4WFElectricalComponents—HeightAdjustableBench–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment–InternalPowerBase™AIBaseFeed

EUEK-2S ElectricalComponents—HeightAdjustableBench–UtilityTrayPowerRetrofitKit

EUEK-3S ElectricalComponents—HeightAdjustableBench–UtilityTrayPowerRetrofitKit

EUEK-4S ElectricalComponents—HeightAdjustableBench–UtilityTrayPowerRetrofitKit

EUER-15 ElectricalComponents–TriplexReceptacle–15Amp

EUER-20 ElectricalComponents–TriplexReceptacle–20Amp

FBEW ElectricalComponents—HeightAdjustableBench–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment–WallFeedFieldWired1Port

KUPA BelongSuspendedPedestal–Box/FileorOpenwithBoxDrawer

KUPD BelongSuspendedPedestal–Box/FileorOpenwithBoxDrawer

SUFB BelongScreens–BackScreenwithoutModesty–HeightAdjustableTablesandBenching

TA01-BRKT-E Accessories–PlanesandPlanesValueModelOnly–GalleryEndPanelBracket

TA01-CLSN Accessories–PlanesandPlanesValueModelOnly–CollisionSensor

TA01-CSTR Accessories–PlanesandPlanesValueModelOnly–CasterKit

TA01-HBTT-M PlanesBenchElectricalComponents–HeightAdjustableBench–TransitionTray

TA01-HBTT-MAPlanesBenchElectricalComponents–HeightAdjustableBench–TransitionTray–Asymmetrical

TA01-HBTT-MTPlanesBenchElectricalComponents–HeightAdjustableBench–TransitionTray—ForusewithMiddle-of-Run,TopFeed

TA01-HBTT-MTSPlanesBenchElectricalComponents–HeightAdjustableBench–TransitionTray–Asymmetrical

TABC ElectricalComponents–Accessories–ForusewithHeightAdjustableTables–BasketCover

TACA PlanesHeightAdjustableTables—90°Straight–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment–

TACA PlanesHeightAdjustableTables—90°Straight–LaminateorWood–IncrementalAdjustment–

TACE-4064-NCDB PlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Wrap-AroundExtended–LaminateorWood–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment .............61 TACE-4064-NCEBPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Wrap-AroundExtended–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment ................65

TACE-6470-NCDE PlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Wrap-AroundExtended–LaminateorWood–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TACE-6470-NCEEPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Wrap-AroundExtended–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment ................65

TACNPlanesHeightAdjustableTables—90°Notched–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment–

TACNPlanesHeightAdjustableTables—90°Notched–LaminateorWood–IncrementalAdjustment–

TACN-5858-NCDBPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Notched–LaminateorWood–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment ..................50

TACN-5858-NCEBPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Notched–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment .............................53

TACN-6464-NCDEPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Notched–LaminateorWood–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment ..................50

TACN-6464-NCEEPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Notched–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment

TACP-4070-NCDBPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°NotchedExtended–LaminateorWood–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TACP-4070-NCEBPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°NotchedExtended–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment

TACP-5270-NCDBPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°NotchedExtended–LaminateorWood–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TACP-5270-NCEBPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°NotchedExtended–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment

TACRPlanesHeightAdjustableTables—90°WrapAround–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment

TACRPlanesHeightAdjustableTables—90°WrapAround–LaminateorWood–IncrementalAdjustment

TACR-5858-NCDBPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Wrap-Around–LaminateorWood–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TACR-5858-NCEBPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Wrap-Around–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment

TACR-7070-NCDEPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Wrap-Around–LaminateorWood–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TACR-7070-NCEEPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Wrap-Around–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment

TACUPlanesHeightAdjustableTables—90°Angled–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment

TACUPlanesHeightAdjustableTables—90°Angled–LaminateorWood–IncrementalAdjustment

TACZPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—120°Bench–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment

TACZ-5858-NCDBPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,120°Wrap-Around–LaminateorWood–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TACZ-5858-NCEBPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,120°Wrap-Around–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment

TARA PlanesHeightAdjustableTables—Rectangular–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment

TARA PlanesHeightAdjustableTables—Rectangular– LaminateorWood–IncrementalorCrank

TARA-2458-NHPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Bench–LaminateorWood–CrankandElectricAdjustment

TARA-2458-NHPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Bench–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment

TARA-2458-NHPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Single-SidedBench,Freestanding–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment

TARA-2458-NHBPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Bench–LaminateorWood–CrankAdjustment

TARA-2458-NHBPlanesHeightAdjustableTable—Single-SidedBench, Freestanding–LaminateorWood–CrankAdjustment

TASC PlanesScreens–CenterScreen–PlanesandPlanesLTBenches–ForusewithPlanesHeightAdjustableBenches,CenterMount...169

TAWB ElectricalComponents–Accessories–ForusewithHeightAdjustableTables–WireManagementBasket

TCRN JiveTable—DiscBase–Round–LaminateorWoodPneumaticAdjustment

TCRP JiveTable—DiscBase–Pebble–LaminateorWoodPneumaticAdjustment

TCRQ JiveTable—DiscBase–Square–LaminateorWoodPneumaticAdjustment

TJ01-CSTR Accessories–UpsideOnly–CasterKit

TJBA Upside—BaseOnly

TJBA-3CXB-G UpsideBaseOnlyfor90°or120°Top–ElectricAdjustment

TJRA Upside—Rectangular–LaminateTop–ElectricAdjustmentforC-legBaseorT-legBase

TLCE-4064-NCEBPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner,90°ExtendedTops–ElectricAdjustment

TLCE-4064-NCEBPlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Wrap-AroundExtended–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment

TLCE-6470-NCEEPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner,90°ExtendedTops–ElectricAdjustment

TLCE-6470-NCEEPlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Wrap-AroundExtended–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment

TLCN-5858-NCEBPlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Notched–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment

TLCN-6464-NCEEPlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Notched–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment

TLCP-4070-NCEB PlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°NotchedExtended–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment

TLCP-5270-NCEB PlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°NotchedExtended–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment

TLCR-5858-NCEBPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner,90°–ElectricAdjustment

TLCR-5858-NCEBPlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Wrap-Around–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment

TLCR-6464-NCEEPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner,90°–ElectricAdjustment

TLCR-7070-NCEEPlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,90°Wrap-Around–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment

TLCZPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBasefor120°Bench–ElectricAdjustment

TLCZPlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—120°Bench–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment

TLCZ-5858-NCEBPlanesLTHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner,120°Tops–ElectricAdjustment

TLCZ-5858-NCEBPlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—Corner,120°Wrap-Around–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment

TLRA PlanesLTHeightAdjustableBaseforBench–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment

TLRA PlanesLTHeightAdjustableBaseforRectangularTops–ElectricAdjustment

TLRA PlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—Bench–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment

TLRA PlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—Rectangular–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment

TLRA PlanesLTHeightAdjustableBaseforSingle-SidedBench,Freestanding–ElectricAdjustment

ProductCode

TLRA

ProductDescription

PlanesLTHeightAdjustableTable—Single-SidedBench,Freestanding–Laminate–ElectricAdjustment

TMCE-4064-NCDB PlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner,90°Extended–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TMCE-4064-NCEB

PlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner,90°Extended–ElectricAdjustment

TMCE-6470-NCDE PlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner,90°Extended–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TMCE-6470-NCEE PlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner,90°Extended–ElectricAdjustment

TMCR-5858-NCDBPlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner, 90°–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TMCR-5858-NCEBPlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner,90°–ElectricAdjustment

TMCR-6464-NCDEPlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner, 90°–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TMCR-6464-NCEEPlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner,90°–ElectricAdjustment

TMCZ-5858-NCDBPlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner,120°–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TMCZ-5858-NCEBPlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforCorner,120°–ElectricAdjustment

TMRAPlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforRectangularTops–ElectricAdjustment

TMRAPlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforRectangularTops–IncrementalorCrankAdjustment

TMRA-2458-NHPlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforBench–ElectricAdjustment

TMRA-2458-NHBPlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforBench–CrankAdjustment

TMRA-2458-NHBPlanesHeightAdjustableBaseforBench–CrankandElectricAdjustment

TRCE-4652

TRCE-4652

TRCE-4652

TRCE-6470

TRCR-5252

TRCR-7070

Upside90°CornerWrap-AroundTransitionalExtendedTopOnly–Laminate

Upside90°CornerWrap-AroundExtendedTopOnly–Laminate

Upside90°CornerWrap-AroundTransitionalExtendedTopOnly–Laminate

Upside90°CornerWrap-AroundExtendedTopOnly–Laminate

Upside90°CornerWrap-AroundTopOnly–Laminate

Upside90°CornerWrap-AroundTopOnly–Laminate

TRCZ-4646 Upside120°CornerWrap-AroundTopOnly–Laminate

TVBC PlanesLTHeightAdjustableBench—Accessories–BenchStretcherCover

VZEB-0000-Y ElectricalComponents—HeightAdjustableBench–LaminateorWood–ElectricAdjustment–BaseFeedModule—

Thispageintentionallyblank

Product Compatibility and Limited Warranty Policy

Great Expectations

You have them as a Haworth customer and so do we. And because we value our customers, we cover our products with the Haworth North America Product Compatibility and Limited Warranty Policy.

Our Commitment To Product Compatibility – Integrated Product Platforms

As a market leader in the design and manufacture of workspaces that adapt to change, we strive to maintain product compatibility within our various generations of integrated product platforms. This benefits the customer who desires to update or modify their work environment. It also benefits the customer needing to replace a product due to damage or other reasons but which is no longer manufactured or is otherwise unavailable, such as a fabric or finish that is discontinued because of changing market preferences. In both circumstances, we often can provide products with comparable function and performance.

Our Commitment To Product Quality – The Haworth North America Limited Warranty

To ensure customer satisfaction and peace of mind, we stand behind our products with the Haworth North America Limited Warranty. To review the current version of the limited warranty including its terms and conditions, please go to: www.haworth.com/warranty or contact OneTouch@Haworth.com or 1 877 429 6784

Warranty Requests or Questions

For questions or service requests pertaining to the Haworth Limited Warranty, please contact your Haworth dealer. If you are unsure who your dealer is, please contact OneTouch@Haworth.com or 1 877 429 6784

Effective: September 1, 2021

Terms of Sale

The Terms of Sale apply to all products in the North America Price Lists. To review the current version of the North American Terms of Sale, please go to: www.haworth.com/terms-of-sale or contact OneTouch@Haworth.com or 1 877 429 6784

Effective: September 2, 2022

Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.